上海市中考英语首字母填空练习 附详解 245页

上海市中考英语首字母填空练习 首字母填空类短文题是近几年各省、市中考题经常采用的题型之一，这种题难度相对较大，考生失分现象很严重。‎ 主观型首字母填空也称为限制型完形填空。它的特点是将一篇文章中若干个词“掏空”，留下该词的首字母，它既作为提示又作为限制，让我们根据短文的意思把单词拼写完整，使文章连贯。学生们在通读全文、掌握大意的前提下，采用先易后难，再逐项填空的应试策略。做题时要通过字里行间来捕捉信息，既要理清逻辑，又要综合考虑，最后通过复读全文来消除疏漏。给首字母填空类短文的阅读题属于能力测试的范畴，它考查的范围极广，可以是英语知识的方方面面，还可能涉及其它学科。它要求考生在充分理解短文的基础上将单词拼写出来，并且单词形式合理，符合语法规范，符合短文需要。下面就讲一讲做这类题的方法与技巧：‎ ‎1. 通读短文知大意，看整体全面了解 与阅读理解题和其它类型的完形填空一样，首先要通读短文，了解文章的大意。每篇短文段落之间必然承上启下、前呼后应。因此通读全文时要一气呵成，只要能了解短文的大意即可，细节不理解可以跳过。因此，在解题之前通读一遍短文，目的是对文章有个全面的了解，弄清其中心思想和大意。‎ ‎2. 复读短文抓信息，前后照应巧猜词 在了解文章大意的前提之下再次通读短文，目的是对短文有更进一步的了解。在阅读时要特别注意一篇文章的开头（一般不设空）和结尾，它们能提供主要的信息，帮助了解全文所描述的事件或文章的中心思想。在阅读过程中，要注意上、下文的关系，这对于把握文章的整体意义大有用处。另外，要学会跳读，即对不理解的地方采用暂时回避的方式，待真正理解全文之后再找解决的方法。有些短文填空题，有时出现约 3%~5% 的生词是很正常的，这就要求学生根据构词知识或上、下文的意思加以猜测，来确定它的词义。‎ ‎3. 反复推敲多分析，慎重答题讲技巧 再次通读短文，对留空的句子进行全面的分析，看它在全文中所处的位置、作用和意义。这一遍阅读要求是精心阅读，要留心找出关键词、短语或句子，还要结合所给首字母的提示，进行填写，并注意单词的正确形式。‎ ‎4. 认真复查全文，把握整体和词形 做完以后，再认真读一遍，检查所填写的单词是否与文章要求相符，文章是否通顺，前后是否呼应，有无句型结构及语法错误。从实际中看，很多学生能够充分利用词首字母和短文内容填写单词，但是，问题往往出现在单词的形式变化上。比如填 q ，要求填写 quickly ，而多数考生只知道填写 quick ，忽略了词性问题。因此，深思熟虑很重要。‎ 通过以上对首字母填空类型题的讲解，同学们一定对这类题型有了更多的了解，掌握了此类题的考点和做题的技巧后，给同学们准备了以下的练习题，请同学们及时巩固学习内容。‎ 上海市中考英语首字母填空练习 第一部分14篇 Passage One We call the Chinese New Year the Spring Festival. There is a n__(1)__ for each Chinese year - the year of the sheep, the year of the monkey, the year of the tiger, etc.‎ Before New Year's Day, people are b__(2)__ cleaning their houses and doing some shopping. On New Year's Eve, there is a big family dinner. After dinner, all the family stay up late to w__(3)__ the New Year. On the f__(4)__ day of the New Year, people put on their new c__(5)__ and go to visit their relatives and friends. They say "Happy New Year!" a__(6)__ some other greetings to each other. People u__(7)__ have a very good time during the festival.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage Two A: Hi, how are you?‎ B: Fine, thanks. Yesterday morning I saw your father in the street, I went up to talk to him, but he said he didn't know me. I was confused.‎ A: It c__(1)__ be him! My father was at home studying English at that time.‎ B: Oh, sorry! I must have made a mistake. But why is your father studying English now?‎ A: He wants to i__(2)__ his English. Last month he went to New York‎, ‎U.S.A.‎ He couldn't go anywhere alone because he didn't understand people there. Once he was almost l__(3)__. And when he felt h__(4)__, he even didn't know i__(5)__ there's a good place to eat.‎ B: What a pity! He should have studied English really hard if he often goes to English-speaking countries.‎ A: You're right. Now he is studying English b__(6)__ listening to tapes.‎ B: Good. By the way, are you free tonight? How about having dinner and then see the latest 3D m__(7)__?‎ A: OK, that's great! See you later.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage Three Dreams may be more important than sleep. Some people don't need much sleep. H__(1)__, we all need to dream according to the scientists.‎ Dreams take up about one quarter of our sleeping time. People have several dreams e__(2)__ night. Dreams are like short films. They are usually in color. Some dreams are l__(3)__ old films. They come to us over and again. That may be because the dreamer is worrying about something.‎ Dreaming may be a w__(4)__ of trying to find an answer. Some people get new ideas about their work from dreams. They could have been t__(5)__ about their work all day. Then these things go into their dreams.‎ Sometimes we wake up with a good feeling from a dream. But often we can't remember the dream. Dreams can d__(6)__ quickly from memory.‎ Too much dreaming isn't good. The m__(7)__ we sleep, the longer we dream. Our mind is hard at work when we dream. That is why we may have a long sleep and still wake up tired.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage Four Should children stop playing computer games or not? That's always a hot topic.‎ Computer games may h__(1)__ you learn how to use computers skillfully. And they are more f__(2)__ than going to a  computer class. You will learn all kinds of things through playing games on your computer.‎ Games a __(3)__ get your brain（脑子）to work fast. When you play games, you have to work out w__(4)__ to do in a very short time. Your brain, eyes and hands must work quickly. It makes you free from schoolwork and helps you e__(5)__ yourself and relax.‎ But wait, you'd better not take that as an excuse and play computer games all day. If you sit before your computer for a long time, your hands, back and eyes will get h__(6)__. Children shouldn’t use a computer for more than 30 minutes w__(7)__ a rest.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage Five When the Chinese swimmer Liu Zige won the gold medal in the women's 200-meter butterfly at the 2008 Beijing Olympics, many people said her success was just good l__(1)__. Now, Liu's talent and effort has proved that she is no falling star in world swimming.‎ At the World Cup short-course meet in Berlin on November 15, 2009, Liu broke her own world record that had been set four days earlier in Stockholm‎, ‎Sweden, in the women's 200-meter butterfly. During the past month, she has won gold medals and  b__(2)__ the world record three times in this event.‎ Liu attributes her great success to her tough training. The 20-year-old girl says she hasn't had a day off s__(3)__ she won the silver medal at Rome World Championships in July, 2009.‎ When she's not training, Liu keeps herself away from the noisy world outside. That's w__(4)__ she never appears on front pages but wins top results in competions.‎ Unlike most players who struggle for victory, Liu doesn't care too m__(5)__ about setting the world record. "Even tiny progress can make  a new record, which is very common in the pool," Liu said."I believe hard work pays off."‎ Liu started swimming at the age of seven. A__(6)__ being trained at a sports school in Benxi‎, ‎Liaoning for two years, she joined a swimming club and began her career. In 2007, Liu joined the national s__(7)__ team.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage Six In the early days, using a computer was very hard because of its large size. Douglas Engelbart, a researcher who worked in Silicon Valley, wanted to find a way to make using computers e__(1)__. In 1963, he invented the first computer mouse.‎ Nowadays, a computer mouse is a standard p __(2)__ of a computer. It is used to tell a computer what to do. It got its name because the wire coming out of the end of the first computer mouse reminded people of the t__(3)__ of a real mouse. Many mice today are wireless and run on batteries.‎ The user can move the mouse to move the cursor（指针）shown on the screen in the same direction. If there is something on the screen that the user wants to c__(4)__, he can move the cursor over it and click the l__(5)__ button of the mouse. The right button is used to open menus. Most computer mice have only two or three buttons, but some have more buttons to do more work. They also have a "scroll wheel" - a small wheel b__(6)__ the two main mouse buttons. The user can move the wheel back or forth to "scroll" through things like a website or folder（文件夹）, which m__(7)__ moving it up or down on the screen.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage Seven In Denmark, parents are allowed to set up a new school if they are not satisfied with the school in the area where they are living. A__(1)__ these schools have to follow the national courses, they have a lot of c__(2)__ in deciding what to teach. Some of these new schools are called "small schools" because the number of pupils is only sixty, but at l__(3)__ there should be twenty-seven pupils.‎ Cooleenbridge‎ School in Ireland is a small school similar to the ones in Denmark. It was set up by parents who came from Holland, Germany, England and o__(4)__ parts of Ireland. They came because they wanted to live in the countryside and to grow their own food. In June 1986, they decided to start a school. They m__(5)__ to get an old, disused（废弃的）primary school building and started with twenty-four children a__(6)__ from ‎ four to twelve.‎ The teacher says, "The important thing in school is doing, not sitting." And so the courses include yoga, cooking, knitting, kite-making, music, fishing, drama and environment s__(7)__, as well as reading, writing, maths and science.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage Eight Blog is one form of communication that has appeared on the Internet. Blog is short way of saying "web log". Through these p__(1)__ web pages, people can share their lives, ideas and opinions with anyone on the Internet. Millions of people throughout the world c__(2)__ and read blogs. There are reportedly thirteen million blogs in the United States alone.‎ People of all ages may have their own blogs. For young people, blogs are a way to show their writings and o__(3)__ forms of self-expression. Blogs can also connect people who have the same i__(4)__.‎ Many websites offer free services to create personal blogs. You can fill your blogs w__(5)__ writing and pictures. These sites are used mainly by teenagers and young adults. My Space, for example, is an online community that lets people s__(6)__ messages and pictures with an increasing number of friends. About one hundred twenty million people now are using My Space. It is one of the most p__(7)__ networking site on the Internet.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage Nine When the London Underground goes on strike, my journey to work can be terrible. I remember a strike, which happened a few years a___1___the station near my house was closed and I had to use another station and take a different train. This a___2__about ‎ an hour to my journey, so I wasn’t very happy. E__3___went wrong at the station. People were late and they were panicking! By the time I go to the train, I was feeling upset and sorry for myself. Then I saw this man. There was something about him-he had such a familiar f___4__. A few minutes later, I realized that he was Jack, a fiend from my school days in Scotland. At the same time he a___5___realized who I was. Then we started talking about school days and the people we both used to k___6___. I was even more surprised when the train came into my station and he started to get off too! I asked himw___7___he was going and he said he was going to work. He told me he worked in Fitzroy Street. You see, I work in Fitzroy Street, too. It's a small w__8__! It was such an amazing coincidence!‎ ‎1. ______ 2. _______ 3. ______ 4. _______ 5. ______ 6. ______ 7. ______ 8. ______‎ Passage Ten Most American families are smaller than the families in o  81  countries. Most American families e   82    have one or two children.‎ C   83   in the US will leave their parents' home when they grow up. They usually live far f    84 their parents because they want to find good jobs. They often w   85   to their parents or telephone them. And they often go to visit their parents on h   86    .‎ Parents usually let their children choose their o   87    jobs. Americans think it important for young people to decide on their lives by themselves.‎ Children are asked to do some work around their house. And in many families, children are paid (付钱)for d   88    some housework so that they learn how to make money for their own use.‎ Do you often help y   89    parents do housework? Do you want to live with your parents w   90    you grow up ?‎ ‎81. _________ 82. __________ 83. _________ 84. __________ 85. _________ ‎ ‎86. _________ 87. __________ 88. _________ 89. __________ 90. _________‎ Passage Eleven Lofton is a little village （村庄）in England. It is not f__81___ from the city of Manchester. Not many families l__82___ around the village, so the people all know each o__83___. Most of them are friendly and helpful.‎ Though their homes are in Lofton, many people have jobs in Manchester. S__84__ work in large factories there. A few work in shops o___85___ offices. Most of these people go to work by train. It usually t__86_ _ about half an hour to go from Lofton to Manchester.‎ In the evening a lot of people like watching TV. But if they go to see a film or go to a concert (音乐会), they have to go to Manchester, because there are n___87___ cinemas in Lofton.‎ Like many other villages near towns or cities, it is clean and quiet. So life in Lofton may not be so e___88____ as the life in the b___89___ cities, but it can be just as interesting. That is w___90__ people in Lofton love their village.‎ ‎81. _________ 82. __________ 83. _________ 84. __________ 85. _________ ‎ ‎86. _________ 87. __________ 88. _________ 89. __________ 90. _________‎ Passage Twelve Years ago，I lived in a building in a large city．The building next door was only a few f__1__ away from mine．There was a woman who lived there，whom I had never met，yet I could see her seated by her window each afternoon，sewing or reading． After several months had gone by，I began to n__2___ that her window was dirty．Everything was unclear through the dirty window．I would say to myself，“1 wonder why that woman doesn't wash her window．It really looks t__3___．” ‎ One bright morning I decided to clean my flat，i___4___ washing the window on the inside． Late in the afternoon when I finished the cleaning，I sat down by the window ‎ with a cup of coffee for a rest． What a s___5____! Across the way，the woman s___6___ by her window was clearly visible．Her window was clean!‎ ‎ Then it d__7__ on me．I had been criticizing(批评)her dirty window，but all the time I was watching hers through my own dirty window． That was quite an important l__8___ for me．How often had I looked at and criticized others through the dirty window of my heart，through my own s__9__? Since then，whenever I wanted to judge(评判)someone，I asked myseIf first，“Am I looking at him through my own dirty window?” Then I try to clean the window of my own world so that I may see the world about me m__10__ clearly.‎ ‎1. __________ 2. __________ 3. __________ 4. __________ 5. __________ ‎ ‎6. __________ 7. __________ 8. __________ 9. __________ 10. __________‎ Passage Thirteen A jobless man applied for the position of “office boy” at a big firm.‎ The HR manager i___1__ him, then a test: clean the floor. “You are hired,” he said, “give me your email address, a___2__ I’ll send you the application to fill.” The man replied “I don’t have a computer l___3__ alone an email”.‎ ‎“I’m sorry,” said the HR manager, “that means you do not exist. And w___4__ doesn’t exist cannot have the job.” The man slowly left w___5__ hope. He didn’t know what to do, with only $‎10 in his pocket.‎ He then decided to go to the supermarket and buy a ‎10 KG tomato crate. He then sold the tomatoes in a door-to-door round. In less than two hours, he s___6__ in doubling his capital. He repeated the operation 3 times, and returned home with $60. 5 years later, the man is one of the b ___7__ food retailers(零售商) in the US. He started to plan his family’s future, and decided to have a life insurance.‎ He called an insurance b ___8__, and chose a protection plan. When the conversation was concluded, the broker asked him his email. The man replied: “I don’t ‎ have an email”. The broker r___9__ curiously, “You don’t have an email, and yet have established an empire! Do you imagine w___10__ you could have been if you had an email?‎ The man thought for a while, and replied: “An office boy!”‎ ‎1. __________ 2. __________ 3. __________ 4. __________ 5. __________ ‎ ‎6. __________ 7. __________ 8. __________ 9. __________ 10. __________‎ Passage Fourteen Once a Chinese student went to England. His f___1__ name is Sun. England is a country with bad w___2__. It is often cloudy or rainy. So the people don't get m___3___ sunshine. When the Chinese student got to London, a policemen went to see his passport. He was h__4___ when he saw "Sun" in the passport. He t__5___ it was just the English word "Sun", so he said to the student" You are w__6___. You have brought your s__7___ to England. （难度★★）‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ 上海市中考英语首字母填空练习 第一部分 答案 Passage One Key：1. name 2. busy 3. welcome 4. first 5. clothes 6. and 7. usually 首字母填空小技巧：找关键词或符号 ‎（1）所谓近指的是指横线部分与重要信息属于同一句句中，而（1）题中，破折号起解释说明的作用，是解题的关键，“the year of the sheep, the year of the monkey, the year of the tiger, etc.”这部分明显是对a+名词，其中名词的解释，根据这点，判断应填name ‎（2）还是用“近”的方法，关键在于此句中cleaning，are ____ doing，这个词组我们就立刻可以想到be busy doing的结构 ‎（3）to是表示目的，目的是为了迎新，故就填welcome（wait这个词后面是要跟for的哦，所以此处不能用wait）‎ ‎（4）、（5）在这句话中同时出现了两个空格，这时就需要纵观全句进行首字母填空，从最完整的先看and go visit their relatives and friends去拜访他们的亲戚和朋友，and与前半部分有着承接的关系，put on这个词组表示穿上，穿上的必然是衣服，所以填clothes（注意不能填cloth，要用复数）再通过已填的空与the我们可以得出应该是在新年的第一天，所以应用first ‎（6）“Happy New Year”与greetings属于同类，都是表示问好，所以用and连接 ‎（7）从整句句子来看，在行为动词前应该常用副词修饰，通过全句的解释，应用usually Passage Two Key：1. can't（couldn't） 2. improve 3. lost 4. hungry 5. if 6. by 7. movie 首字母填空小技巧：揣测句意（结合语境）‎ ‎（1）It c__(1)__ be him! My father was at home studying English at that time.在上篇完型中我们讲到了符号的重要性，此处各位注意找一下，关键符号“！”，我们知道感叹号可以表示惊讶、非常肯定等，我们在把视线移到后半句，我的爸爸那个时候正在家里学习英语，结合两者，我们可以确定“那不可能是他”，应该用can't来表示不可能 ‎（2）He wants to i__(2)__ his English. Last month he went to New York‎, ‎U.S.A.‎ He couldn't go anywhere alone because he didn't understand people there. 所谓有因必有果，如果读完以上三句句子，我们不难发现后面两句是第一句的因，从后两句来看，上个月他去了美国纽约（去干吗呢？）。他不能单独地去任何地方因为他不能理解那里的人。（其实就是语言不通）由此可见，他想要的是提升自己的英语水平，want to后要跟动词原形，故用improve ‎（3）、（4）、（5）需要结合起来来看，Once he was almost l__(3)__. And when he felt h__(4)__, he even didn't know i__(5)__ there's a good place to eat.首先我们要知道Once是什么意思，这里的once解释为曾经，然后我们又可以发现在后半句开头有个And，前后句子之间存在着并列关系，他曾经几乎______。并且当他感到_______，他甚至不知道_______有好的吃饭的地方。关键的地方在于“eat”这个动词，关于吃，那肯定是感到饿了，（3）应该填hungry，（5）这个词根据前后判断应该是连词，i开头的连词，我们初中就学到的一个，那就是if，犹未注意这里的if是表示是否的意思。后半句语意完整了，那我们就通过揣测后半句来推前半句，后半句的句意为并且当他感到饥饿的时候，他设置不知道是否有好的吃饭的地方。用and并列两个相同的情况，除了饥饿之外，那就是迷路了，所以要用到词组be lost，（3）处应该填lost ‎（6）Now he is studying English b__(6)__ listening to tapes.（6）前后的关系，我们知道现在他正在学习英语通过听磁带的方式。‎ ‎（7）By the way, are you free tonight? How about having dinner and then see the latest 3D m__(7)__? 现在最流行的就是3D电影了，所以出现了3D，那后面又是以m字母开头，显然应该填movie，此处应该用单数，因为前面有最高级 Passage Three Key：1. However 2. every 3. like 4. way 5. thinking 6. disappear 7. more 首字母填空小技巧：判断词性与句子成分 ‎（1）通过这个空格，大家很容易判断在逗号前常出现的就是转折副词However然而，我们在将结合上下句意思进行检验，一些人不需要太多的睡眠。然而，根据科学家所说，我们都需要做梦。前后句子的关系是转折关系。‎ ‎（2）从句子成分而言，e______ night在句子中做时间状语，从词性来讲，night是跟名词，前应用形容词来修饰，所以此处应该填的是every ‎（3）Some dreams are l__(3)__ old films.在句子成分中，此处要不做的是状语，要不做的就是表语，若做表语（3）处填的就应该是一个形容词或者名词，但是从整句句意来看，（3）应该填的是介词，在整句句子中作状语，表示的意思为一些梦就像是老电影 ‎（4）a冠词后面往往跟的是名词短语，而在（4）有介词of，所以（4）填的是一个名词，结合整句句子来看，做梦也许是尝试找到一个答案的方法 ‎（5）have been t_____，这个结构中很容易看出是一个时态的结构，在be动词后如果跟现在分词表示进行，如果be动词后跟过去分词，则表示被动，从此处来看不存在被动关系，所以此处应该用现在分词thinking，整句话的意思为他们却不能一整天在谈论他们的工作 ‎（6）Dreams can d__(6)__ quickly from memory. 在can情态动词之后应该跟动词原形，所以（6）应该填的是一个动词，从整句话中可以看出，梦能够从记忆中快速消失，所以用disappear ‎（7）The m__(7)__ we sleep, the longer we dream. 此句中用了一个the+比较级，the+比较级的结构，从后一句来看longer是副词的比较级，所以前者应该也用副词的比较级，整句句意表示为我们睡的越多，我们做梦的时间就越长，所以此处填more Passage Four Key：1. help 2. fun 3. also 4. what 5. enjoy 6. hurt 7. without 首字母填空小技巧：‎ ‎（1）may后应该跟的是动词原形，通过整句话的意思应填help，而在初中要学到一个词组help sb（to）do sth，从而验证此处应填help ‎（2）根据比较连词than，这里应该填的是一个形容词的比较级（be+形容词），而前面有more这个形容词的比较级，后面应该填一个名词，比起去上电脑课他们更有趣些。所以此处填名词fun ‎（3）通过句意与词性判断，这里应该填一个副词，而整句句子意思为游戏也能使你的脑子快速地工作 ‎（4）疑问词+不定式的结构，因为do后应跟的是宾语，所以应该用what to do，句意是你不得不在很短的时间内找出做什么 ‎（5）词组enjoy oneself，通过and这个表示并列的连词，而后面relax表示and前面也应该有表示娱乐的意义在里面 ‎（6）词组get hurt，if这个连词引导的是条件性状语从句，如果你在电脑前坐很长的时间，你的手、背和眼睛会受到伤害，所以此处填hurt ‎（7）从句意进行判断：孩子们不应该用电脑超过30分钟没有休息的情况下，这里应该填without这个介词，表示在没有...‎ Passage Five Key：1. luck 2. broken 3. since 4. why 5. much 6. After 7. swimming 首字母填空小技巧：推理法 ‎（1）many people said her success was just good l__(1)__. Now, Liu's talent and effort has proved that she is no falling star in world swimming. 这个空要填出来，我们需要先结合语言环境进行判断，这里我们用从后往前推的方法：现在，刘的天赋和努力已经证明了她在世界泳坛并不是一个失败的明星。从这句话我们看，说明之前有人说她是失败的明星，前句表示许多人说她的成功只是好运（与后一句推测的意思相吻合），所以此处应该填luck，因为good是形容词后应该填的是名词 ‎（2）During the past month, she has won gold medals and b__(2)__ the world record three times in this event.在过去的几个月，她已经赢得了多枚金牌，这里的并列连词and表示前后应该是并列的关系，后面我们也可以想到一个词组break the record 打破记录，由此应该填break，但要注意时态的变化，这里与前面的won共用一个has，所以应该填过去分词broken ‎（3）The 20-year-old girl says she hasn't had a day off s__(3)__ she won the silver medal at Rome World Championships in July, 2009.这题我们可以通过语法点来解题，前句用的现在完成时态，后句用的一般过去时态，那连接这一时态的连词在我们初中学习的s开头的只有since ‎（4）When she's not training, Liu keeps herself away from the noisy world outside. That's w__(4)__ she never appears on front pages but wins top results in competions.这里运用到推测法的从前往后推的模式，前一句很明显是有一句的原因，其实这里考到的是表语从句，应用why ‎（5）Liu doesn't care too m__(5)__ about setting the world record. 跟在too这个副词以m开头的字母有两个，一个是many，一个是much，这边它表示的是一个抽象的概念，意思是刘并不关注太多关于创造世界记录。所以应该用much来修饰抽象的概念 ‎（6）A__(6)__ being trained at a sports school in Benxi, Liaoning for two years, she joined a swimming club and began her career.通过语法知识来解题，A之后是一个动名词的被动语态，在这里考查的是介词后加动名词，通过推测法，后面句意比较完整，从后向前推，她加入了一个游泳俱乐部并开始她的职业生涯。由此看前面的意思为在辽宁的本溪的一所运动学校被锻炼了两年。前半部分是在后半部分之前，所以应该用After ‎（7）In 2007, Liu joined the national s__(7)__ team.在2007年，刘加入了国家游泳队。这里是一个事件的先后，加入了游泳俱乐部后，之后通过努力加入了国家游泳队，所以应该用swimming Passage Six Key：1. easier 2. part 3. tail 4. choose 5. left 6. between 7. means 首字母填空小技巧：常规固定搭配法 ‎（1）a researcher who worked in Silicon Valley, wanted to find a way to make using computers e__(1)__. ‎ 看到这道题目我们可能会难以下手，但是这里有个词make，是我们突破的关键，在初中我们学过make常规的搭配：make sb do以及make sb/sth adj，这里using computer明显是sth，所以在（1）应该用形容词，结合全句，一名在Silicon Valley工作的研究者想要找到一个让使用电脑怎么样地方法，在往前推到前一句，电脑的尺寸太大了，而一段最后一句说他发明了个鼠标，明显前后有所比较，而且使得电脑的使用变得更容易，所以（1）应该用形容词的比较级：easier【这个空有点难，在考试的时候可能会成为难点之一】‎ ‎（2）Nowadays, a computer mouse is a standard p __(2)__ of a computer. 结合整句句意来看，这里对于standard这个词很多学生不熟悉，但是从整个结构来看a _____ of，鼠标是电脑的一部分，所以用到了固定搭配a part of，而standard这里只做形容词用来修饰part，表示是标准的一部分 ‎（3）It got its name because the wire coming out of the end of the first computer mouse reminded people of the t__(3)__ of a real mouse. 主要介绍的是鼠标名字的由来，其实只要看后半句remind sb of sth，表示提醒某人某事，这里定冠词the后应该用名词，提醒人们是一个真正老鼠的什么，联合实际想下，鼠标像什么，老鼠的尾巴（只是线比较长而已），所以这里应该填tail ‎（4）、（5）If there is something on the screen that the user wants to c__(4)__, he can move the cursor over it and click the l__(5)__ button of the mouse. 又碰到了一句多空的现象，按照我们之前说，应该先把容易的给填出来，逐个击破，这里我们先通看下全句，如果有使用者想要干嘛（动作）的东西在屏幕上，他能够移动指针到它上面并且点击鼠标的左键（用过电脑的应该都清楚）所以（5）应该填left，我们在联合实际，点击鼠标左键其实是要选中某个点击的事物，所以很明显（4）应该填choose ‎（6）They also have a "scroll wheel" - a small wheel b__(6)__ the two main mouse buttons. 这里可能有些单词不认识，但是联想鼠标上有些什么，除了两个按键还有一个在中间的滑轮，这里就不难填了，应该填between，表示在两个主要的鼠标键中间有一个小滑轮 ‎（7）The user can move the wheel back or forth to "scroll" through things like a website or folder（文件夹）, which m__(7)__ moving it up or down on the screen.如果遇到空格在从句中，一定要先看主句在看从句进行判断，主句意思是使用者能够移动滑轮前后来浏览那些像一张网页或一个文件夹的东西，而后半句是表示做前面整句的定语从句，表示的前面整句话的意思也表示能够在屏幕上上上下下的移动它（一张网页或一个文件夹），接下来看从句，从句中缺少谓语动词，这里指代前面整句句子，所以谓语动词要用单词，而后面的moving又提示我们，要注意固定搭配，这里用到的是mean doing sth，表示意味着做某事 Passage Seven Key：1. Although 2. choices 3. least 4. other 5. managed 6. aged 7. studies 首字母填空小技巧：综合用法 ‎（1）、（2）A__(1)__ these schools have to follow the national courses, they have a lot of c__(2)__ in deciding what to teach. 遇到两个空的句子，首先，我们先看较为完整的前半句，这些学校不得不遵循国家规定课程，而后半句为他们有许多什么在决定教什么方面。前后两句通读下，发现两句之间必然存在一种关系，这种关系即为转折，虽然被限制，但是还是有许多选择在决定方面，所以此处两个空应该填的是Although与choices ‎（3） 这里考的是固定搭配，但是有些同学第一印象可能是at last，首先代进去看下，Some of these new schools are called "small schools" because the number of pupils is only sixty, but at l__(3)__ there should be twenty-seven pupils.这些新学校中的一些被称为小学校因为学生的数量只有60人，但是最后应该有27名小学生。很显然句意在此不通顺，这里考查的是固定搭配at least，应该是至少应该有27名小学生，因为没有前就没有后，所以不存在at last的情况 ‎（4）It was set up by parents who came from Holland, Germany, England and  o__(4)__ parts of Ireland通过语法的方法来解题，首先我们看parts是一个名词的复数，and这个连词又起并列的作用，很显然这里应该填形容词，表示其它的的形容词又以o开头的只有我们常见的other ‎（5）、（6）They m__(5)__ to get an old, disused（废弃的）primary school building and started with twenty-four children a__(6)__ from four to twelve. 如果词汇记忆熟悉的话，（5）的固定搭配就出来了，manage to do sth解释为想法设法做某事（若想不出的话，可以结合前2句来看，They came because they wanted to live in the countryside and to grow their own food. In June 1986, they decided to start a school. 他们来是因为他们想要住在乡村并且种植他们自己的食物。在1986年的6月，他们决定开一所学校，由此可以判断后半句是先要想办法找到一所旧的被废弃的学校，因此填manage to do sth）；后半段句意为开始是以24个孩子年龄从4岁到12岁，这里是过去分词作状语（这空考的比较难），所以应该填aged ‎（7）And so the courses include yoga, cooking, knitting, kite-making, music, fishing , drama and environment s__(7)__, as well as reading, writing, Maths and Science.综合句意来看，（7）应该是填studies，表示环境研究 Passage Eight personal create other idea with share popular Passage Nine 全文概况是身处英国的作者在经历一次他印象深刻的伦敦地铁罢工事件时，巧遇他旧日在苏格兰的同学的故事。在截取这样一个素材时，出题者选取了8个词汇作为得分点。做题技巧如下：‎ 第1空的答案是ago。此处很少有同学失分，把握一般过去时的必要的条件就是要有一个表示段时间的a few years  ,再看文中其余动词的时态就很容易推断出是指几年以前。两种解题技巧：一个是按字母排序；5-10个左右，然后排除法删除，如：a/an/about/ago/age/apple/at/and/add/accident/again接着对号入座，终究会有一个词性，词组搭配以及逻辑和意义关系最接近的最佳答案。‎ 第2空的答案是added.此处失分的同学不少，其难点有二：先是要判断此空所需单词的词性是什么。让我们跳过空格审视一下剩余部分还缺少什么句子成分？该句主语、宾语都在，只有中间的谓语不见，由此推断该处应为开头是a的动词，作者一再强调此次罢工是terrible的，那么消极影响就必然是增加作者的麻烦。并且该句后面有一个介词to出现，那么什么动词既表示“增加、添加”又可以和to一同使用呢？那么只有add符合条件。第一个难点解决了，下一个就要看时态。根据统一原则，把add改为过去时added。很多同学过了难点以后就不再关注细节了，导致只填了add而失分。‎ 第3空的答案是Everything.原则同上。注意首字母的大写。‎ 第4空答案是face.作者偶然注意的人身体上的哪个部位会是以f开头的呢？有face,foot等等可能，显然填脚是“令人眼熟的”似乎不大合乎逻辑，能一眼被人辨认的人体部位就是面孔，因此判断是face。‎ 第5空答案是also.副词的考察这已经是第二次出现了，通观这一句，所有主要成分无一缺席，惟有表示“也、同时”的副词才符合题意，因而确定为also.表示在作者认出这样一个老同学的同时，对方也同时辨认出了“我”的身份。‎ 第6空答案是know.此句是一个包含省略关系代词“that/who/whom”的定语从句的复合句，先行词可确定是people,而表示“认识/知道”含义的以k开头的动词只有know。‎ 第7空答案是where.先要复习一下宾语从句的概念，它是指在主从复合句中充当宾语、位于及物动词、介词或复合谓语之后的从句。引导宾语从句的连接词有：连词that，whether，if；连接代词who，which，what以及其强调形式whoever，whichever，whatever；连接副词when，where，why，how等。本句及物动词ask后很明显应该衔接的是双宾语，其中有直接宾语——人称代词him,后面就要跟一个由任意连接副词引导的宾语从句做间接宾语。再向后看，发现“老朋友”回答作者他是要去工作，从而确定选择连接副词where代指地点。‎ 第8空答案是world.此句是非正常形式的感叹句，虽然不是由“what/how”引导，但后面的感叹号仍说明了该句的性质，在判断出了以上7个空白后，同学们可轻易知道作者感慨的是“这世界真小！”名词world等均包含在《初中英语学科教学基本要求》里。‎ 以上8个空白应填的每个单词或是其变型形式，都没有超出课程标准的要求，甚至大部分单词的字母数都不超过5个。可见中考英语试题中首字母填空类题目并不是要在单词难度上做文章，而是要全方位地考察同学们对所学知识点的综合判断能力以及总体语言应用水平。‎ Passage Ten ‎81 other 82 each 83 Children 84 from 85 write ‎86 holidays 87 own 88 doing 89 your 90  when Passage Eleven ‎81．far 82．live 83．other 84．Some 85．or ‎86．takes 87．no 88．exciting 89．big 90．Why Passage Twelve ‎1. feet 2.notice 3.terrible 4.Including 5.surprise ‎6. sitting 7.dawned 8. lesson 9.shortcomings 10.more Passage Thirteen ‎1. interviewed 2.and 3.let 4.whoever 5.without ‎6. succeeded 7.biggest 8.broker 9. replied 10. what Passage Fourteen 通读全文知道这是一个小趣闻。中国的姓氏中“孙（sun）”与英文中“太阳（sun）”同型，而英国本身的天气多是多云或下雨的，因此英国人很喜欢阳光，所以当他们看到“sun（孙）”的时候，会很开心，希望可以带来阳光。 ‎ ‎1【答案】family 【解析】从首句一个中国孩子去英国来看，他的什么是“孙”，很显然，他的姓是孙，姓为family name,所以此空应为family。这里要注意的是，有学生会填first，但是first name不是姓，last name为姓氏。 ‎ ‎2【答案】weather 【解析】从后文cloudy和rainy来看，前文指的是天气，因此应该填weather。 ‎ ‎3 【答案】much 【解析】由前文提到经常多云和下雨，可知阳光不多，因此后面应该填much或many ，sunshine为不可数名词，因此选much。 ‎ ‎4【答案】happy 【解析】sun有太阳的意思，英国阳光很少，所以人们看到太阳会很开心，这里警察看到Sun这个词会联想到太阳，因此填happy. ‎ ‎5 【答案】thought 【解析】由于“孙（Sun）”与“太阳（sun）”同型，因此可以推测警察看到“孙（Sun）”的时候会想到“太阳（sun）”，因此要选think这个词，但是注意时态这里要用过去时，所以填thought。 ‎ ‎6【答案】welcome 【解析】到一个新的国家，警察第一句和你说的话一般都是欢迎你的到来，因此应该是you are welcome. ‎ ‎7【答案】sunshine 【解析】原文中第二行已经出现sunshine(阳光)这个词，这句话想表达的意思是你可以给英国带来阳光。‎ 上海市中考英语首字母填空练习 第二部分 118篇 Passage 1‎ Here’s a story about Ming’s life on the waters. Ming has lived all his life on a wide r  1    in China. His home is a large house-boat with a roof, one of hundreds that move up and down. In about six years he has not once been on l   2      but he is never lonely. He is a strong swimmer. In fact, he could swim before he could walk. When he wants to play with his f   3    he just swims across to their boats or asks them to v  4      him.‎ Ming’s father is a fisherman, but he never u  5      a line or a net（网）. Great black birds called cormorants do the fishing for him. Rings（圈）have been put around the birds’ n  6      so that they cannot eat the fish they catch. They have been t   7      to bring the fish to people. And then people reward（奖励）them with a fine big fish as soon as their work is f   8    . Ming loves watching the cormorants, but better still he likes going s  9     with his mother. The shops, of course, are boats very like his o   10    .‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. river 2. land 3. friends 4. visit 5. uses。‎ ‎6 necks 7. taught/trained 8. finished 9. shopping 10. own。‎ ‎【解析】本篇短文第一句“关于明的在水上的生活”，给大家一个总体的信息，重点是“on the waters”，而且时态为现在时。‎ ‎1. river。 既然Ming的生活是和水紧密联系的，所以第一个空就很容易了，r打头的关于水的单词，就是river，因为前面有冠词a，所以只用单数形式。‎ ‎2. land。通过前文可以得知，“Ming住在一个船型的屋子里，6年里他从来没有到过**，但是他从来不孤单”，也就是说他非常喜欢在水上的生活，因此可以推测出他从来没有来过陆地，填land。‎ ‎3. friends。本空的关键在play with，通常后面可以加fire、snow，但是与文意不符，所以是与朋友们玩，后文的their说明是复数形式，填friends。‎ ‎4. visit。本空的ask them to ** him和or之前的swims across to their boats是相互对应的，要么Ming去朋友那里，要么他的朋友来看他，所以填visit，表示拜访的意思。‎ ‎5. uses。本句说到，Ming的父亲是一位渔夫，一位渔夫捕鱼用线或者网是非常正常的事情，但but表示转折，说明他的父亲与一般渔夫不一样，不使用线或者网，后文的birds do the fishing for him也说明他自己不需要用这些工具。他的父亲是第三人称，所以填uses。‎ ‎6 necks。.本题是难题，通过上下文可以得知，Ming的父亲在那些鸬鹚的某个部位圈上了圈，所以它们就不能把捕到的鱼吃下去了。通常鸬鹚吃鱼是直接吞的，如果不让它们吃下去的话只能在脖子上圈住，这样鱼就会卡住，吞不下去，而且鸬鹚是复数形式，所以填necks。‎ ‎7. taught/trained。那些鸬鹚不是天生就会为Ming的父亲捕鱼的，而是通过后天的训练和教导，所以填taught或者trained。‎ ‎8. finished。通过句意得知，当鸬鹚的工作**了之后，它们会得到一大条鱼作为奖励，从逻辑上来看，应该是完成工作后，而且空前有is，所以填finished。‎ ‎9. shopping 。最后一句中，出现了shop，提示了此空和shop有关，应该是由go引导固定词组，go shopping，表示去购物。‎ ‎10. own。本题也是难题。因为Ming是生活在水上的，那么肯定商店也是在水上的，从短文的第二句可以推测出，商店也是和Ming的家的外形很像，所以填own，词组of one's own表示某人的，这里解释为“这个商店也和Ming自己的家外形很像”。‎ Passage 2‎ Can animals be made to work for people? Some scientists think that one day animals may be trained to do a number of simple jobs i  1    of people. They say that at a circus（杂技场）,for example, we may see elephants, monkeys, dogs and other animals doing q  2    skillful（熟练的）things. Perhaps you have seen them on the television or in a film. If you watch closely, you may find that the trainer always g  3   the animal some sugar o  4   a piece of fruit as a reward. The scientists say that many d  5    animals may be trained to do a lot of simple things if they know they will get a reward f  6    doing that.‎ Of course, as we know, dogs can be trained to look after a house, and soldiers in both old and modern t  7   have u  8   geese to give warning（警报）by m  9   a lot of noise when an enemy comes near. And also it may be possible to train animals to work in families or f   10   .‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. instead 2. quite 3. gives 4. or 5. different ‎6. for 7. times 8. used 9. making 10. factories ‎【解析】本篇短文的首句，用一个疑问句来提出了“动物可以为人类工作？”，说明本篇文章将围绕此问题展开，而且时态为现在时。‎ ‎1.通过本句句意理解，“科学家认为有一天动物可以被训练，然后做一些简单的工作”，意思与文章首句呼应，所以是代替人们做简单的工作，填instead of，表示代替。‎ ‎2.本空可以使用语法上的技巧。如果本空忽略不看的话，句子仍然是成立的，说明填的单词词形不会是名词、动词或形容词，所以只能填副词来修饰skillful，那么“非常”可以用quite来表示，因此填quite。‎ ‎3.本空应该填动词，当动物做好表演时，训练者会给动物一些奖励，所以填gives。‎ ‎4.本题很好理解，要么给动物一些糖，要么就给水果，填or，表示选择性。‎ ‎5.通过上文可以得知，现在大象、猴子、狗和其他动物都被训练做了许多事情，所以动物的种类是多种多样的，空格前的many也提示了不同种类的，所以填different。‎ ‎6.本题很好理解，作为……的奖励，用介词for。‎ ‎7.本题考察的是词组的运用，表示在以前和现在，填times，表示时代。‎ ‎8.在以前和现在，士兵们都用鹅来发警报，使用某物，填use，前面有have表示现在完成时，因此填used。‎ ‎9.本题考察的是词组的固定搭配，通过让鹅制造噪音来提醒士兵们有敌人靠近了，词组是make noise，前面有介词by，所以填making。‎ ‎10.本题的逻辑词是or，表示选择性，说明本空也是一个表示地点的词，并且同样是由介词in引导，所以不能填farm（on the farms）而且应该和families呼应，要用复数形式，填factories。‎ Passage 3‎ In recent years, playing kite-board seems to become more and more popular in Alaska in America. It is a new and old game. The game has w  1      the interest of many young people. The game is interesting but a little d  2. One needs to play it very c   3  .‎ A kite-board is in fact a skateboard（滑雪板）drawn（拉）by a few big flying kites. The old game was p  4    by some young people in Holland and Spain as e  5   as the last century. Since the board was hard to control, f  6    people dared（敢）to play it. With the development of the design of kite and skateboard, many people can l  7   how to play it. A kite board may go as f  8    as about 50 kilometers an hour. If you haven’t had any practice, you’d better not play it. It is not s  9  .‎ It is said that the game can exercise not only your b  10   but also the sensitivity of your brain（大脑的敏捷）.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. won 2. difficult/dangerous 3. carefully 4. played 5. early ‎6. few    7. learn 8. fast 9. safe 10. body 通过本文第一句，可以得知文章的中心主体是 kite-board（风筝板，冲浪运动的一种，可借助风力飞上天）。‎ ‎1. 通过文章首句，可以得知近些年风筝板越来越流行，既然如此流行，必定会让年轻人产生浓厚的兴趣，空1所在的句子的兴趣用了interest名词形式，说明要用一个动词来表示出“引起、得到”的意思，那么很容易想到“赢得某人的兴趣”，用win，前面有has是现在完成时，所以win改成won。‎ ‎2. 空2的关键点在于逻辑词but，but表示前后意思的转折，“风筝板很有趣，但是也很**”，那么和“有趣”相对的就是“危险”或者“困难”，所以dangerous或difficult皆可。‎ ‎3. 第一段最后一句是前面一句的延伸，如果空2填出来，空3就不成问题，正是因为这项运动很危险，所以玩的时候必须要非常小心仔细，填carefully。‎ ‎4. 文章首句就有playing kite-board，提示出空4应该是play的被动语态，填played。‎ ‎5. 本题考察的是as…as的结构，当中填形容词或者副词的原级，关键点在结构后的last century，既然已经是上个世纪，不难想出应该是“和上世纪一样早”，所以填early。‎ ‎6. 本局先有Since引导出了一个原因，“因为风筝板非常难以控制”，而导致“结果就是很少有人敢玩”，所以填few。‎ ‎7. 本题难度不大，是“许多人们可以学习如何去玩”，所以填learn。‎ ‎8. 本题的关键在于空格后的50 kilometers an hour（每小时50公里），不难得知这是一个速度，所以是和这速度一样快，所以填fast。‎ ‎9. 本题是逻辑题，通过前半句可以得知“如果没有练习，最好不要玩”，后半句就是解释为什么不要去玩，因为不是很安全，所以填safe。‎ ‎10. 通过整篇文章，我们对风筝板的运动有了一个大概的了解，它可以让人们得到锻炼，所以是锻炼身体，因此填body。‎ Passage 4‎ British Milkman Steve Leech saved some shops and flats with milk and won a National Bravery Award（国家勇敢奖）.‎ Leech, 35 years old, said that when he was sending out milk as u   1     along Pine Street, he s   2    heard a loud, strange sound behind him and then he saw smoke coming out of a shop in Cornwall, southern England. “That must be a fire, I t   3     ” Leech said. “Then I quickly d   4      to do something. So I p  5    the door in and then I s   6    for the people inside. Then I started pouring milk e  7   .  ” He used 320 pints of milk to stop the fire. When firefighters r   8    the shop, the fire was under control.‎ Leech helped save the l   9    of eight people in the flats above the shops.‎ ‎“It was hard work o   10     all those bottles. But it was even harder trying to tell my boss where all the milk had gone,” Leech said jokingly.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.usual 2.suddenly 3.thought 4. decided 5. pushed  ‎ ‎6. shouted 7. everywhere 8. reached 9. lives 10. opening 文章首句已经点明了主要内容：Leech用牛奶救了好多家商店和公寓，所以赢得了国家勇敢奖。因此，不难想出，本篇文章是记叙文，主要叙述了他如何得到奖项的经过，所以也可以确定动词形式为过去时。‎ ‎1. 本题考察的是固定词组的搭配，“和往常一样”，是as usual。‎ ‎2. 本句话说的是“当他和往常一样送牛奶的时候，听见了一声巨响”，那么可以肯定，在空2未填词的情况下，句子仍然成立，所以首先可以确定填的词是一个副词。通过自己的设身处地的想法，在没有任何征兆的情况下，听到一声巨响肯定非常突然，所以填其副词形式，suddenly。‎ ‎3. 本题有一定的英语知识融在其中，首先空3不难，可以想出是“我认为这是一个火灾”，确定词为think。通常在英语中I think可以放在句首，也可以放在句末（前面加逗号），这里的“我想”已经是过去发生的事情，所以填thought。‎ ‎4. 空4所在的句子也是当时Leech做的事情，通过推断，当他看到火灾之后，肯定会做一些事情，而且非常坚定，所以用decided。‎ ‎5. 本空的关键在于介词in，对象又是door，所以马上可以想到推门进入，所以填pushed。‎ ‎6. 本空是难点，通过上下文可以得知，Leech推门进入之后，并没有直接救人或者搜索人的情况，而是直接开始扑火，所以不能填searched。通过常识，推门进入后应该首先确定是否有人，所以要通过大喊来确定，因此本空填shouted。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，Leech开始用牛奶灭火，倒得到处都是，所以填everywhere。‎ ‎8. 本句出现了firefighters消防员，那么就是当他们赶到现场的时候，火势已经得到了控制，因此填reached。‎ ‎9. 通过本句得知，在商店的上面几层有8人，Leech救了他们的生命，life为可数名词，所以这里填复数形式lives。‎ ‎10. 本句的句型是一个难点，因为不是所学的it is ... to do 的结构，但是通过后句的it was even harder trying...可以得知，本空的动词是doing形式，因为牛奶瓶上有盖子，所以打开盖子是非常困难的，所以填opening。‎ Passage 5‎ April Fools’ Day is on April 1st. People can play j  1    on others on this special d  2     . If you succeed, you usually laugh and say “April Fool!” The person who has been fooled by you l  3    too, and he will never be angry with you.‎ Mother’s Day is on the second Sunday of May. It’s a day to t  4      mothers. On that day mothers usually receive flowers and cards from their children. Fathers and children do the housework so that mothers can have a r  5   .‎ Easter Day falls on the first Sunday after the full moon which is on or after March 21st. It’s also called Easter Sunday. It is said that on that day Jesus Christ comes back to l  6    . Many people go to church and children often get p  7      such as toy rabbits.‎ Thanksgiving Day is on the fourth Thursday in November. It’s a day when people give thanks for the good things in life. Usually families all get t8  and have a big dinner.‎ Christmas Day comes on D  9  25th. It’s the most important festival in a year. The beautiful things can be s  10   everywhere. People exchange gifts, send Christmas cards and visit friends.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. jokes 2. day 3. laughs 4. thank 5. rest ‎6. life 7. presents 8. together 9. December 10. seen ‎【解析】本文叙述了5个外国的节日，即每段为一个主题，段与段之间没有联系。‎ ‎1. 愚人节怎么愚人呢？就是开别人的玩笑，而且不止一个玩笑，所以是joke的复数形式，填jokes。‎ ‎2. 前面用了介词on，也就是说要加具体某一天，后面用了this special来修饰了愚人节，因此填day。‎ ‎3. 空3难在形式。不难看出，空3应该填一个动词，但是是什么形式呢？仔细分析句子会发现，who has been fooled by you是一个定语从句修饰先行词the person，解释为“那个被你愚弄的人”，因此主语是the person，仍然是单数形式。空3后出现了too，说明此空的答案已经出现，前一句当中的laugh提示此空应该也填laugh，综合主语形式，本空填laughs。‎ ‎4. 本段提到了母亲节。既然是母亲节，那一天我们应该是感谢母亲，所以填thank。‎ ‎5. 空5所在句子的前半句已经提到，“母亲节那天父亲和孩子会做些家务”，那么这样的结果就是妈妈们可以好好休息一下，所以是固定词组搭配，have a rest。‎ ‎6. 本段提到了复活节，若熟悉外国文化的话，空6便能填出。复活节是纪念耶稣基督在十字架受刑后复活的节日。既然是纪念他复活，所以他会回到现实生活中来，因此填life。‎ ‎7. 本空的关键提示在于children和such as toy rabbits，举的例子是玩具兔子，因此不难想出这些都是给孩子们的礼物，而且toy rabbits是复数形式，所以礼物也是复数，填presents。‎ ‎8. 本段说的是感恩节。通常在感恩节，外国家庭会聚在一起吃大火鸡晚饭，也是家庭团聚的日子，而且空8后的a big dinner也提示了这必须是很多人聚在一起吃的饭，因此填together。‎ ‎9. 本段说的是圣诞节。空9考的便是圣诞节的时间，是每年的‎12月25日，所以填December。‎ ‎10. 本空不难，说的是“好多漂亮的东西到处都能看见”，而且是被动形式，所以填seen。‎ Passage 6‎ Mr King taught English in a middle school. He was very b    1    all the time and couldn’t do some r    2    So he left the school and opened a book shop in the c   3    of the town. It wasn’t big enough but all the books were nice and most people liked to buy some there. When the shop was c    4       he could read at home. He knew a lot and the learned（有学问的）people were glad to make f    5    with him.‎ It was Sunday and it was cold outside. Mr King was very busy. At nine in the evening all the buyers left e____‎6a girl. She was dressed up and waited for s    7    there. Standing by the shelves, she looked over the books one after a    8    It made them in a fearful mess（凌乱不堪）. Mr King came up to her and asked, “Excuse me, madam. What can I do for you?” “Your books are all dull,” said the girl, “I want a d    9    one.” “That’s easy,” Mr King smiled. He t   10   out a cookbook and said, “Here you are, madam.”‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. busy 2.reading 3.center 4.closed 5.friends ‎6.except 7.someone/somebody 8.another 9.delicious 10. took ‎【解析】本篇文章主要说了Mr King的书店遇到的一个故事，记叙文形式。‎ ‎1. 空1的关键词在于couldn't，而且通过文章可以发现他最终离开了学校，所以可以推出他很忙，填busy。‎ ‎2. 空2的关键词在于后句，opened a book shop，所以说明他很喜欢读书，填reading。‎ ‎3. 空3的关键词在于town，既然是城镇，肯定说的是书店在城镇中的方位，所以填center。‎ ‎4. 空4为理解题，“他可以在家里看书”说明当时书店已经结束营业了，所以填形容词closed（解释为关闭的），close作为形容词时解释为靠近的、亲密的。‎ ‎5. 本题考察固定词组，与某人交朋友，填friends。‎ ‎6. 本题有难度。关键在于弄清楚all the buyers和a girl之间的关系。通过后文可得知，所有人都走了，只有一个小女孩还在店里，所以填except，表示为除了一个小女孩。‎ ‎7. 固定搭配。wait for后加某人或者某物，结合文章，更贴切的应该是等待某人，因此填somebody或someone都可。‎ ‎8. 固定搭配。one after another表示一个又一个，这里解释为一本又一本的书。‎ ‎9. 本题较难。本题的关键并不是Mr King所说的That's easy.，That's easy解释为（做什么事情）很简单，而不是说这本书很简单，因此空格不填difficult。本题的关键在于前文出现的dull（枯燥）后面的cookbook，既然是一本烹饪的书，关于食物的形容词，只能用delicious，除了解释为美味的，还可以解释为有趣的。‎ ‎10. 固定词组搭配，拿出一本书的词组为take out a book，这里用过去时，改成took。‎ Passage 7‎ Once Effendi had a joke with the Prime Minister（首相）. He said the Minister w   1      die the next day. The next day, the Minister really f   2    off the horse and died. When the king h   3  of this, he got angry and sent his men to c   4       Effendi at once.‎ W   5    Effendi came, the king shouted a   6        “Effendi, since you knew when my minister would die, you must also know the date of your own death. Say it out, or you’ll die today.”‎ Effendi l   7       at the king and answered, “But how can I know? I’ll die two days e   8    than you.”‎ The king was a    9    that he would die if he killed Effendi. He thought he must keep Effendi alive（活着）as long as he could. So he l   10    him go.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. would 2. fell 3. heard 4. catch 5. when ‎6. angrily 7. looked 8. earlier 9. afraid 10. let ‎【解析】本文主要叙述了Effedndi开玩笑的事情，所以整个文章处于过去的基调。‎ ‎1. 本题考察的是时态，因为是过去发生的事情，而时间状语又是the next day，所以用过去将来时，填would。‎ ‎2. 本题考察的是词组，宾语是马，那么推断出词组是从马上摔下来，因此填fell。‎ ‎3. 本题考察词组搭配，解释为听说了某事，为heard of。‎ ‎4. 当国王听说了这件事情之后，他非常生气，所以要抓住他，因此填catch。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，解释为当Effendil来的时候，所以填when。‎ ‎6. 本题的提示在第一段的got angry，已经说明了当时国王的心情，所以这里也要表示生气的意思，放在动词shouted之后，用副词形式，填angrily。‎ ‎7. 本题考察固定词组搭配，Effendi看着国王，所以填looked。‎ ‎8. 本题的关键在于than，说明肯定要用比较级，通过文意可以得知，Effendi说他比国王早死两天，因此填earlier。‎ ‎9. 本题的提示在后句，he thought he must keep Effendi alive as long as he could，从本句可以看出，国王为了不让自己死去，所以要让Effendi活着，表现出国王的害怕，所以填afraid。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，作为文章的结局，很明显能想到，国王为了自己不早死，所以放他走了，填let。‎ Passage 8‎ Roy Trenton drove a taxi before. A short while ago, however, he b  1       a bus-driver and he feels no sorry about it. He was finding his new work far more i    2   .  When he was driving along Catford Street recently, he saw two thieves r    3    out of a shop and run towards a waiting car. One of them was carrying a bag f   4  of money. Roy acted quickly and drove the bus straight to the thieves. The one w    5   the money got so afraid that he dropped the bag. As the thieves were trying to get a    6     in their car, Roy drove his bus into the b 7      of it. While the car was moving away, Roy stopped his bus and t    8   the police. The thieves’ car was badly damaged（损坏）and e    9       to recognize（辨认）. Shortly afterwards, the police stopped the car and both men were c   10   ‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. became 2. interesting 3. run 4. full 5. with ‎6. away 7. back 8. telephoned 9. easy 10. caught ‎【解析】本文主要叙述了Roy Trenton用公交车抓贼的事情，整个文章处于过去的基调而且连贯性强。‎ ‎1. 本文首句说明了Roy Trenton的身份，他曾经是出租车司机，但是现在他是一名公交车司机，所以谓语动词表示成为的词，是become，这里填过去时became。‎ ‎2. 本文的提示在前句he feels no sorry about it，说明他转业了之后并不后悔，非常喜欢他的新工作。空2前的far提示了后面肯定填比较级，more也提示了这是一个多音节单词，很容易想到interesting。‎ ‎3. 本题的提示在and之后，因为and连接前后两个并列成分，所以动词应该是一致的，是run，而且从一个商店跑出的动作持续时间很短，所以可以用see sb. do sth.的结构表示看见某人做某事的全程，所以填run。‎ ‎4. 本题考察固定词组搭配，一个包和钱之间的关系应该是塞满钱的包，of提示了“充满的”词组是full of，因此填full。‎ ‎5. 本题考察介词用法，因为后文出现了位于动词got，因此肯定表示为“带着钱的那个贼”，表示“带着、和…一起”的介词是with。‎ ‎6. 本题考察的是固定词组搭配，两个贼想要开车逃离，词组是get away，因此填away。‎ ‎7. 词组drive into表示为“打入、撞入”，所以肯定是撞击了汽车的某个部位，b打头的部位很容易想到back，表示为车尾。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，Roy把公交车停下然后打电话通知了警察，所以填telephoned。‎ ‎9. 通过句意理解，因为车尾被撞坏，所以辨认起来非常简单，所以填easy。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，作为文章的结局，肯定是两个贼被抓住了，所以填caught。‎ Passage 9‎ Now, let’s begin our sports report. Here’s a really good game, the b  1    one I have seen this year. It’s the last five minutes of the g  2     Henry plays football f  3     France. He has the ball now. He p  4    the ball to David. David k   5        it over the heads of the Englishmen towards the goal. But he’s too far a  6    ，   France and England still have one goal each and there are only two m   7    left of the game. Just then an English p   8    gets the ball. He gives it to Bill, “King of the match”. Bill puts the ball into the goal. In the e   9    the English team w  10    .‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. best 2. game 3. for 4. passes 5. kicks ‎6. away 7. minutes 8. player 9. end 10. wins ‎【解析】本篇文章为一场足球解说，而且所有动词都用一般现在时形式。‎ ‎1. 本空的提示在前半句“这真的是一个非常精彩的比赛”，由此可以推导出这是最好的一个，而且I have seen this year也提示出应该用最高级，所以填best。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，前文已经出现过game，此处是词语复现，填game。‎ ‎3. 本空不难，主语是人Henry，结构上来说主谓宾齐全，最后加了一个国家，即可以推断出为了国家而踢球，所以填for。‎ ‎4. 到目前为止，已经看出这是一场足球赛的解说。介词to提示了，这个动词应该是表示方向性的，由此可以想到足球运动中的“传球”，因此填passes。‎ ‎5. 本题考察的是选择正确的动词，既然是踢球，所以动词一定是kick，此处为第三人称，填kicks。‎ ‎6. 此空考察的词组的搭配，从句中可以得出“他离球门太远所以没有进球”，因此填far。‎ ‎7. 本题的关键在于left，解释为“剩余”，推测出是时间剩余，所以填minutes。‎ ‎8. 本题考察的是句子的成分，谓语gets和宾语the ball已经出现，所以此处很明显填主语，既然是足球比赛，肯定是球员得到了球，所以填player。‎ ‎9. 此处很明显表示的是“……的最后”，所以填end。‎ ‎10. 作为故事的结果，英国队赢得了比赛，所以填wins。‎ Passage 10‎ Today people can u  1    the phone to talk with others almost anywhere on the earth. But when you use the phone, you don’t see the person you are t   2      with. That may c  3    in the future.‎ Today some people are using a kind of telephone c  4       “Picture phone” or “Vision phone”. W   5      it,  two people who are talking can see each other. ‎ Picture phones can be useful when you have s  6    to show the person you’re calling. They may have other uses in the future. One day you may be able to ring up a l  7    and ask to borrow a book. Then you’ll be able to read the book right over your picture phone. Or you may be able to go shopping t   8     your picture phone. If you see something in the newspaper that you think you want to buy, you’ll go to your phone and call the shop.  People at the shop will s   9      you the thing you’re interested in right over the phone. You’ll be able to shop all over town and n  10    leave your room.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. use 2. talking 3. change 4. called 5. With ‎6. something 7. librarian 8. through 9. send 10. needn’t ‎【解析】本篇文章是对未来电话功能的幻想，同样动词填一般现在时。‎ ‎1. 本空考察词组，“用…来做某事”，所以填use。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，通过句意可以得知“打电话的时候你看不到那个和他谈话的人”，所以填talking。‎ ‎3. 本题的关键在于may，表示一种可能性，那么在将来这种情况可能会被改变，所以填change。‎ ‎4. 后面引号中的是电话的名字，所以是“被叫做…的电话”，填called。‎ ‎5. 本题的关键在于后半句话，“人们可以在打电话的时候看到对方”，所以是有这种电话才行，填With。‎ ‎6. 通过句意理解，既然叫做“图片电话”，就是可以发送一些东西给朋友看，所以填something。‎ ‎7. 本题的关键在于and之后的部分，ask to borrow a book指的是借书，所以肯定和图书馆有关，那么空7所在的句子解释为“打电话给某人”，所以填librarian。‎ ‎8. 本题考察介词的用法，本句说的是“可以用图片手机来购物”，那么空8解释为“通过某种方式”，填through。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，解释为“商店会把你要的东西送过来”，填send。‎ ‎10. 本题考察的是综合理解，因为图片手机购物很方便，所以人们不需要出家门就能买到东西，填needn't。‎ Passage 11‎ Can vegetables be p   1    in winter? Yes, but a greenhouse（温室）must be b   2    first. The greenhouse should be m   3    of glass. A large greenhouse may be ten metres l  4    three metres w  5    and two meters high. The sunshine can r  6    the vegetables t  7    the glass. The wind and cold air can be s   8    from getting in. The air inside the greenhouse is always w   9    .More and more greenhouses are b  10    built all over the world. All kinds of vegetables can be brought onto our dinner tables in winter.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. planted 2. built 3. made 4. long 5. wide ‎6. reach 7. through 8. stopped 9. warm 10. being ‎【解析】本篇描述了蔬菜在温室中生长的相关事宜，整体难度不大，多以被动为主。‎ ‎1. 本空不难，首先可以确定为被动语态，再看主语为vegetables，马上想到种植，所以填planted。‎ ‎2. 本句同样是被动语态，主语为greenhouse，是一个建筑，要种植蔬菜肯定要先有建筑，所以填built。‎ ‎3. 本题考察固定词组搭配，由……组成的词组是be made of。‎ ‎4. 第四题开始描述温室的尺寸，有‎10米长，所以填long。‎ ‎5. 第五题说的是温室的宽，所以填wide。‎ ‎6. 本题稍有难度，既然是在温室中种植，而且温室是由草组成的，所以和阳光可以有直接的接触，所以阳光可以到达、接触到蔬菜，填reach。‎ ‎7. 本题考察介词，通过文意，可以得出阳光是通过草接触到了蔬菜，所以填through。‎ ‎8. 本题考察固定词组搭配及语态，通过文意可得知风和冷空气无法进入温室，又有介词from，即风课冷空气被停止进入，所以填stopped。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，既然是在温室里生长，而且风和冷空气无法进入，所以里面的空气一定很温暖，填warm。‎ ‎10. 本题考察的被动语态的结构。are built已经是被动语态，那么变成现在进行时的被动语态只要填being即可。‎ Passage 12‎ Traveling to all countries of the world gets easier and easier, but how well do we know and u  1    each other? Here is a simple test. Imagine(设想) you will hold a m   2    at four o’clock, what time should you e   3    your foreign business friends to come? If they are German, they will a  4    on time. If they are American, they’ll probably be fifteen minutes early. If they are British, they’ll be fifteen minutes late.‎ The British seemed to think since the English l  5      was widely used in the world, what they did was certain to be widely understood. Very soon they f  6   they were completely(完全地) wrong. For e   7    , the British are happy to have a business lunch and discuss business matters with a drink during the meal; the Japanese p   8   not to work while eating. Lunch is a time for them to relax and get to know e   9    other, and they don’t drink at lunch. The Germans like to talk about business b   10   dinner; the French like to eat first and talk afterwards. They have to be well fed and watered before they discuss anything.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. understand 2. meeting 3. expect 4. arrive 5. language ‎6. found 7. example 8. prefer 9. each 10. before ‎【解析】本文主要说明了各国不同的文化和习惯方式。‎ ‎1. 本题的逻辑词在于and，既然是表示并列，表示所填词和know应该属于一个性质，因此不难想到understand。‎ ‎2. 提示在于空3后的business，既然是business，和空2能相对应的就是hold a meeting，因此填meeting。‎ ‎3. 本题考察的是词组搭配。文章提出了“如果你举办一次会议，你想你的伙伴什么时候到？”的问题，动词不定式to come提示了应该用expect，表示期待某人做某事。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，解释为到达，填arrive。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，通过后文was widely used in the world可以推测出是语言，所以填language。‎ ‎6.通过文意得意得知很快他们就发现他们错了，唯一要注意的就是这里用的是过去时，所以填found。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，考察固定词组搭配，for example。‎ ‎8. 本题的提示是前句中的happy to have，英国人喜欢这个方式，那么相对的，日本人就不太喜欢吃饭的时候工作，所以填prefer，表示偏向于。‎ ‎9. 本题考察词组搭配，互相为each other。‎ ‎10. 本题的提示在后句的eat first and talk afterwards，说明空10填的是表示时间顺序的词，那么和talk afterwards相对，空10填before。‎ Passage 13‎ Do you k  1   robots? There are a l   2     of robots in the world now. Some of the robots can walk, sing and dance. Some can talk w   3    people. Most of them can do heavy work. In a few m  4     years, a robot will be able to d  5    a car, a train, a ship or a p  6      . In a hospital, a restaurant or a shop, we m   7    see a robot at work. By then, we need n   8      do the cooking or go shopping ourselves. We just give orders(命令) to a robot and it will do a   9    the housework. A robot will be our good f   10    .‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. know 2. lot 3. with 4. more 5. drive ‎6. plane 7. may 8. not 9. all 10. friend ‎【解析】本片文章主要围绕机器人展开，为一般叙述，故动词时态为一般现在时，本篇文章整体难度不大。‎ ‎1. 文章首句用一般疑问句开头，引起读者的兴趣，通常都会以“你是否知道/了解”开篇，故填know。‎ ‎2. 本题考察固定词组搭配，为a lot of。‎ ‎3. 本题考察固定词组搭配，与某人谈话的词组是talk with sb.，故填with。‎ ‎4. 本题的关键在后句的will be able to，既然后句中用了将来时的表达，说明空4的时间状语应该是表示将来时，所以填more，in a few more years指“在以后的更多年里”。‎ ‎5. 本题考察动词搭配，宾语是a car，马上想到驾驶车辆，填drive。‎ ‎6. 本题难度不大，文章在说明机器人以后可以驾驶的交通工具，所以填plane。‎ ‎7. 本题考察情态动词的用法，根据文意“在医院、饭店或商店，我们可能会看到一个机器人在工作”，表示可能，用may。‎ ‎8. 本句是前文的延伸，既然机器人可以做很多事情，那么人们自己就不再需要去做饭或购物，所以填not。‎ ‎9. 本题考察文章的理解。我们发出命令之后，机器人就能为我们打扫家务。所以空9是一个修饰housework的词，通过文意得知，机器人可以做很多事情，所以它们能帮人完成所有的家务，填all。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，一个机器人可以成为我们的好朋友，填friend。‎ Passage 14‎ Last May I stayed in Santo Lusa for a week. That was my f  1    trip there. One morning I s   2      out to visit a famous museum, but I didn’t know w   3      way to go, so I stopped a stranger and asked, “Excuse me, does this street lead to the Grand Museum?” “Yes,” he answered. “Go along this street and turn left at the second crossing. You can’t m  4    it”. So I w  5   two blocks and turned to my left, but the museum w  6   there. Then I asked a second stranger. He said, “Go along this street and turn left at the second crossing.” But a   7    I couldn’t find the museum. I asked a third stranger and he said the same thing.‎ This time I found the Grand‎ ‎Museum. Just then s    8    walked up and said. “Excuse me. Where’s the nearest b   9    ?” I answered q   10    , “Go along this street and turn left at the second crossing!”‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. first 2. started 3. which 4. miss 5. walked 6. wasn’t ‎7. again 8. somebody/someone 9. bus-stop/bookstore 10. quickly ‎【解析】本文描述了作者在圣路撒旅游的有趣的经历，所以动词时态为过去时。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，不难想到这是作者第一次去圣路撒旅游，填first。‎ ‎2. 通过文意，本空应该表示出发，故填started，词组start out表示出发。‎ ‎3. 本题考察宾语从句的引导词，不知道哪一条路走，所以用which引导。‎ ‎4. 本题为理解题。通过理解，第一个路人给作者指路，强调不能走错，所以填miss。‎ ‎5. 本题的提示在于blocks（街区），动词就是走过，所以填walked。‎ ‎6. 本题的关键在于转折连词but，说明but后为转折说明，尽管作者是按照路人指的路走的，但是并没有找到博物馆，所以填wasn't。‎ ‎7. 本题的提示词同样是转折连词but，尽管第二个路人也是这样指路的，作者也是这样走的，但是第二次还是没有找到，所以填again。‎ ‎8. 通过后文可以得知，第三个人并不是作者去问他路，而是他来向作者问路，所以是某个人过来问路，填someone或者somebody。‎ ‎9. 本空是多选题，文章中并没有直接的线索说明他要去什么地方，所以只要b打头表示公共地点的词都可以，bus-stop/bookstore/bar都可以。‎ ‎10. 本题是理解题，通过两次问路可以得知，两位路人指的路是完全一样的，所以作者也学会了这样给别人指路，所以他很快就回答了他，填quickly。‎ Passage 15‎ More and more people are l  1     the life with computers. Using computers you can send E-mail q   2    and easily. You are able to send a letter with pictures and sounds to someone, a   3    in the world without putting a stamp. E-mail can send its message to the other side of the world i  4    seconds. E-mail is easy to use and it s  5    time and money. It serves(服务) for twenty-four hours. So it doesn’t matter if your friends are in bed when you send E-mail to them, or you are seeing a film at the cinema when they send E-mail b  6   .‎ Can you imagine(想象) the future without teachers b   7    computers? Students will teach themselves in the schools of the future. Computers help students develop their own ways of l   8   . Students will follow the learning programmes by looking at online libraries and w   9    lessons by world-class teachers. If they don’t understand something, they will ask other students o   10    or E-mail their teachers. Computers are becoming more and more popular indeed.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. living 2. quickly 3. anywhere 4. in 5. saves ‎6. back 7. but 8. learning 9. watching 10. online ‎【解析】本文主要描述了电脑的作用和电脑的将来，整体难度不大，动词时态为现在时。‎ ‎1. 本题难度不大，现在越来越多的人过着有电脑的生活，所以填living。‎ ‎2. 本空的提示是easily，用电脑发送邮件又方便又快捷，所以填quickly，两词都是形容好的词。‎ ‎3. 本题的关键在without putting a stamp，要贴邮票肯定要把信寄到某个地方，但是用电脑发送图片或者声音却不需要邮票，而且可以寄到任何一个地方，所以填anywhere。‎ ‎4. 本题考察的是介词的用法，seconds解释为“秒”，在几面里面就可以寄出去，所以介词填in。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，说的是用电脑发邮件的优势，除了使用方便，还节约了很多时间，所以填saves。‎ ‎6. 本题的关键在于两句话的对比，your friends are in bed和you are seeing a film at the cinema，分别说了你发送邮件时你朋友的状态和朋友回复你的状态，那么回复邮件就是把邮件寄回来，所以填back。‎ ‎7. 本题的关键在于后句students will teach temselves，自己学习就不需要老师，而是电脑帮助学生自己学习，所以填but。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，既然students will teach temselves，说明电脑会帮助学生形成自己的学习方法，所以填learning。‎ ‎9. 本题的提示在于online和world-class teachers，两者都是在网上得到的，所以是在网上观看上课，所以选watch，因为空9和looking都是由by引导的方式，所以形式保持一致，填watching。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，此空前文已经出现，填online。‎ Passage 16‎ Wang Yani was born in ‎1975 in Guangdong, China. A 1 a baby, she loved to draw. She drew lines everywhere. She e 2 drew on the walls! Her father was an artist. Yani wanted to be like h 3 . So she tried to stand like her father w 4 she painted. This made him laugh. One day, she d 5 lines on his painting. She was only two and a half years o 6 , but her father got angry. She cried and said, “I want to paint like you!” T 7 her father thought about his own childhood. He also wanted to draw and paint. But his parents c 8 understand him. They just got angry. He decided to help his daughter b   9    an artist.‎ Wang Yani was famous at a young age, b   10    she still has a normal(常人的) life. So the Wang family lives like everyone else.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. As 2. even 3. him 4. when 5. drew ‎6. old 7. Then 8. couldn't 9. become 10. but ‎【解析】本篇文章的主人公是Wang Yani，记叙了她小时候的事情。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，她是个孩子的时候就很喜欢画画，所以填As，表示“当”。‎ ‎2. 本句是对前句的补充说明，她哪里都画画，连墙上都花，所以填even，表示“甚至”。‎ ‎3. 本题考察人称代词的用法，Yani很想像她父亲那样，所以用him指代她的父亲。‎ ‎4. 本句是对前一句的补充说明，Yani尽量在画画时像她父亲那样，所以填when。‎ ‎5. 本题考察动词的用法，在第三句用法已经出现，画线的动词用drew。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，几岁用years old表示，所以填old。‎ ‎7. 本题表示一种递进关系，听了Yani的话后，她的父亲仔细想了想，填Then。‎ ‎8. 本题的关键词在but，表示转折，尽管她的父亲小时候很想画画，但是他的父母并不理解他，所以填couldn't。‎ ‎9. 因为考虑到了自己小时候的遭遇，所以她的父亲一定要让Yani成为一名艺术家，填become。‎ ‎10. 本题考察的是连词的用法，两句话同样是转折的关系，所以填but。‎ Passage 17‎ Dear Editor,‎ I used to be a doctor in the children’s department of a local h  1  . Sometimes I treated children w   2   have been poisoned(中毒) by medicine for older family members. The children can easily o   3   the bottle that we now use in China.‎ Some days ago I talked about medicine w  4    an American. He showed m   5    a plastic pill bottle that is “Childproof”(防儿童的). The design was s  6   simple that I’m sure our Chinese factories could produce these b   7    easily. The top of the bottle locks, but can be o   8    by pressing down on it while turning. This is d   9    for most young children to do, b   10    adults can open them without any difficulty.‎ I’m sure that the expense of making such tops would be very low. As a doctor, I’d love to see this done. And most parents would be grateful.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. hospital 2. who 3. open 4. with 5. me ‎ ‎6. so 7. bottles 8. opened 9. difficult 10. but ‎【解析】本篇是以信件的形式出现，主要记叙了防儿童打开的药瓶。‎ ‎1. 本题的提示在后文的treated解释为“治疗”，那么肯定是在医院治疗，所以填hospital。‎ ‎2. 本题不难看出是一句定语从句，先行词为children，所以引导词填who。‎ ‎3. 本空应该填动词，宾语为瓶子，所以应该是开瓶子，填open。‎ ‎4. 本题考察词组搭配，与某人谈话的词组是talk with。‎ ‎5. 因为两人谈话，所以他给我看了药瓶，填me。‎ ‎6. 本题的关键在that，空6和that见是形容词simple，不难想到“如此简单以至于”，所以填so。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，说的是中国工厂能过非常容易地生产这些瓶子，所以填bottles。‎ ‎8. 本题理解了就不难，说的是在瓶子的顶端有锁，只能通过按压才能打开，所以填opened。‎ ‎9. 既然是防止儿童打开，所以对于儿童来说肯定很困难，填difficult。‎ ‎10. 本题考察连词，前句说的是儿童很难打开，后句说的是成年人很容易打开，所以表示转折，填but。‎ Passage 18‎ Climbing a mountain is hard work. But one step after another finally brings a person to the t  1  . Along the way, he can stop and look a   2   . And the h   3    he climbs, the more wonderful his view(视野) is. If he keeps climbing, he will have a new world before him. He will have a new way of t  4    everything.‎ Now learning a f  5   language is something like climbing a mountain. This new language can give you a new view of life. And it is more than a look at the surface(表面) of things. It can open the way into people’s minds and hearts, into a culture(文化) very d  6    from the one of your own. This will make you richer, e   7   in things that money can’t buy. Even though you never set foot on a ship or a plane, you can be an armchair w   8    through books.‎ Like the mountain climber who stops now and then to l   9    at the scenery around him, everyone who is interested in reading will find p   10   in books as he fights on to learn more and more of that new language.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. top 2. around 3. higher 4. thinking 5. foreign ‎6. different 7. even 8. walking 9. look 10. pleasure ‎【解析】本篇文章通过爬山，引出了学习的乐趣，有难度。‎ ‎1. 本题的提示在finally，既然是爬山，最终到达的就是山顶，所以填top。‎ ‎2. 本题考察词组搭配，填around，解释为“四处观望”。‎ ‎3. 本题的提示在more wonderful，所以想到“the+比较级，the+比较级”的结构，那么通过常识，肯定是爬得越高，欣赏到的景色就越好，所以填higher。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，说的是一个人会有新的思考方式，所以填thinking。‎ ‎5. 本题的提示在于后文的this new language，既然是新语言，所以是外语，填foreign。‎ ‎6. 本题考察词组搭配，关键词the one of your own也提示了两者肯定不同，与……不同的词组是different from。‎ ‎7. 本题较难，这些会让你变得富有，甚至得到一些钱买不到的东西，所以填even。‎ ‎8. 本题较难，armchair解释为扶手椅，set foot on解释为踏上、进入，本句话的意思是及时你从未坐过船或飞机，你也可以在扶手椅上在书中遨游，所以这里填walking。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，look at解释为“看着”。‎ ‎10. 本篇文章主要说明的就是学习的乐趣，在总结段中的本空体现出来，所以乐趣用pleasure表示。‎ Passage 19‎ Most people want to work, but it has become m   1    difficult in today's world to find work for e  2   . The economies(经济)of the world n   3       to grow by 4% each year just to keep the old number of jobs for people. Often this is not p    4    and so more people are w    5      work. Some people have no jobs now because new machines can d   6    the work of many people in a shorter time. Also, machines don't ask for more money and l    7    holidays. In all of the countries of the world machines are taking work from people, not only in factories but also on f8       .One machine can often do the work of forty people. About 75000 people are m    9    to the cities a day to look for jobs, but o    10      70% of them can find jobs.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. more 2. everybody/everyone 3. need 4. possible 5. without ‎ ‎6. do 7. longer 8. farms 9. moving 10. only ‎【解析】本篇文章主要讨论了找工作的困难，时态用一般现在时。‎ ‎1. 本题的关键词在于but，既然表示转折，说明找工作已经成为一个很大的问题，越来越困难，填more。‎ ‎2. 本题与开头的most people相对，大多数人都要工作，但是找工作越来越困难，所以对于每个人来说对很困难，天everybody或everyone。‎ ‎3. 本题较难，关键在于理解句子的意思。本句的意思是世界经济每年增长4%才能保证人们的工作数量，应该填一个逻辑词，选择need，表示需要。‎ ‎4. 本题同样要理解句子的意思。虽然有每年增长4%的形势，但是这样仍然没有用，所以填possible。‎ ‎5. 本题的逻辑词是and，表示并列，可以说是前半句话的递进，所以填without，表示人们没有工作。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，指的是一些新的机器可以为人类做许多工作，填do。‎ ‎7. 本题的提示词在于more，虽然机器可以做很多事，但是它们并不会要求更多的钱和假期，所以and连接了并列的两者，所以填longer。‎ ‎8. 本题的关键介词在on，与on搭配的地点，可以想到farms。‎ ‎9. 本题的关键提示词在于to look for jobs，他们去城市的目的是找工作，所以有移动的动作发生，填moving。‎ ‎10. 本题的but同样引导了转折的句意，虽然75000人去找了工作，但是只有70%可以找到工作，所以填only。‎ Passage 20‎ Someone says, “Time is money,” but I think time is even more i  1    than money. Why? Because when money is s  2   we can get it b  3   . However, when time is g   4   it’ll never return. That’s w  5      we mustn’t waste time. It’s sure that the t   6    is usually limited(有限的).Even a second is very important. We should make full use of our time to do  something u  7   . But some people don’t know the importance of time. They spend their limited time smoking, drinking and playing. They do not know that wasting time means wasting part of their own l  8    .‎ In conclusion, we should save time, we shouldn’t l  9    today’s work for tomorrow. Remember we have no time to l  10    .‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. important 2. spent 3. back 4. gone 5. why ‎6. time 7. useful 8. lives 9. leave 10. lose ‎【解析】本篇说明了时间比金钱远远重要的论述，时态为一般现在时。‎ ‎1. 本题为常识题，虽然说时间就是金钱，但是时间比金钱更重要，所以填important。‎ ‎2. 本题为理解题，当钱没有的时候我们可以再得到，所以钱没有了就是被花了，填spent。‎ ‎3. 同第二题，再得到钱即把它赚回来，所以填back。‎ ‎4. 本空与空2的spent相对应，同样表示时间的消失，填gone。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，因为时间离去不能回来，所以要珍惜时间，这就是为什么不能浪费时间的原因，填why。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，说的是时间有限，后句的even a second（甚至每一秒）也提示了本题填time。‎ ‎7. 本题为理解题，因为时间珍贵、有限，所以我们必须充分利用时间去做些有用的事情，填useful。‎ ‎8. 本题为理解题，有些人不懂得时间的珍贵，把时间花费在无意义的事情上，其实就是浪费生命，所以填lives。‎ ‎9. 本题的关键词在于save和for tomorrow，可以得出我们要节约时间，不要把今天的工作留到明天，填leave。‎ ‎10. 本题为总结理解题，整篇文章叙述了时间的重要，所以没有时间去浪费、失去，填lose。‎ Passage 21‎ When I was walking down the street one day, I s  1   a small bag on the ground. I picked it up and opened it to see w   2     I could find out the owner’s name. There was n   3    inside it except some dollars and a picture of a woman and a young girl about twelve years old. I put the photo back and took the bag to the police station. Before I left, the policeman wrote down my name and my a    4    . He thought the owner might want to thank me.‎ That evening I went to have dinner with my aunt and uncle. They had also asked a young woman to have dinner with us. Her face was familiar, but I couldn’t r  5    where I had seen her. D____6____ our talk, the young woman happened to say that she had l   7    her bag that afternoon. All at once I remembered w   8    I had seen her. She was the young girl in the photo, though she looked now much o   9    than the girl in the picture. She was very s   10   , of course,  when I told her about the bag.  After dinner we went to the police station and got back her bag. The policeman said to me,  “It’s a wonderful thing.  You found not only the bag, but also the owner of the bag. ”‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. saw 2. whether 3. nothing 4. address 5. remembe ‎ ‎6. During 7. lost 8. where 9. older 10. surprised ‎【解析】本篇文章记叙了作者捡到一个小包又和小包的主人相遇的故事，用一般过去时。‎ ‎1. 本题的线索在后句中的picked it up and opened it to see，既然是拿起来看，说明肯定是看到了一个小包，所以填saw。‎ ‎2. 本题不难看出引导了宾语从句，填的就是引导词。后句 I could find out the owner's name指的是找到主人的名字，所以应该填入是否，whether。‎ ‎3. 本题的关键在于except，只有一些美金和照片，除了这些就没有了，所以填nothing。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，通过常识可得出，需要填写姓名和地址，所以填address。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，我见到了一位女士，而且感觉非常熟悉，但是记不起来哪里见过她，而且下一行的rememberd也提示了本空，所以填remember。‎ ‎6. 本题的关键词在于talk，通过后文可得知，他们一直在交谈，所以在交谈中他们碰巧说起了捡到小包的事情，所以填During。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，可以得出她丢了包，所以填lost。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，同样考察宾语从句的引导词，指的是在哪里见过她，填where。‎ ‎9. 本题由though引导了让步状语从句，表示尽管，说明与前句的意思相反，前句说她很年轻，所以本空应该填与之相反意思的词，空前有much，所以填比较级older。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，两人说到小包时特别惊讶，所以填surprised。‎ Passage 22‎ Only mother love is true love. It gives e  1   everything all his life.‎ When you are still a baby, mother takes good care of you as much as possible. In your waking hours she  always holds you in her arms. When you are ill, she stops her work right now to look after you day and n   2    and forgets about herself. When you are growing up day by day, she feels very happy. ‎ When you are old e   3    to go to school, mother still looks after you all the t  4   . On cold winter days, she always tells you to p  5   on more clothes. She always stands in the wind waiting for you back from school every day. When you hurry to leave home for school with little b  6   , she always feels worried about you at home. She u   7    knows about your study and spend much money on your school things. When you do well at school, you will see the brightest s   8    on her face. Mother can do everything for you day after day. ‎ Mother is always ready to give everything she has to her children, not to receive. What true love that is in the w   9   ! We will r   10    Mother Love for ever!‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.everyone/everybody 2.night 3.enough 4.time 5. put ‎ ‎6. breakfast 7. usually 8. smile 9. world 10. remember ‎【解析】本篇文章说明了母爱的伟大，是一种常态的事实，所以用一般现在时。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，主题是母爱，所以母爱给了每个人所有的东西，所以填everyone或everybody。‎ ‎2. 本题考察词组，生病时没日没夜的照顾你，所以填night。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，考察固定词组搭配，足够……去做某事，填enough。‎ ‎4. 本题考察词组，填time。‎ ‎5. 本题考察词组，与clothes搭配的词组是put on。‎ ‎6. 本题的关键词在于hurry to leave home for school，既然是匆忙中离开家上学，肯定没有吃足够的早饭，所以填breakfast。‎ ‎7. 本题考察的是副词。本篇文章通篇说了母爱的伟大，所以这里应该填一个表示常态的副词，usually。‎ ‎8. 本题的关键词在于词组do well at school，在学校里得到了好成绩是母亲最开心的，所以在她的脸上会有最欢乐的微笑，填smile。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，说明母爱是世界上的真感情，所以填world。‎ ‎10. 本题的线索在于forever，我们会永远记住母亲，所以舔你remember。‎ Passage 23‎ Seumas Mcsporran is a very b    1     man. He is 60 years old and he has thirteen jobs. He is a postman, a policeman, a fireman, a taxi driver, a school-bus driver, a boatman, an ambulance man, an accountant, a petrol attendant, a barman, and an undertaker. Also, he and his wife, Margaret, have a shop and a small hotel. Seumas l   2    and works on the island of Gigha in the west of Scotland. Only 120 people live on Gigha but in s   3    150 tourists come by b  4    every day. Every weekday Seumas gets up at six and makes b  5    for the hotel guests. At eight he drives the island’s children to s  6   . At nine he collects the post from the boat and delivers it to all the houses on the island. He also delivers the beer to the island’s only pub. Then he helps Margaret in the s   7    . He says：“Margaret likes being busy, too. We n   8    have holidays and we don’t like w   9    television. In the evening Margaret makes supper and I do the accounts. At ten we have a glass of wine and then we go to bed. P   10     our life isn’t very exciting, but we like it.”‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. busy 2. lives 3. summer 4. boat 5. breakfast ‎ ‎6. school 7. shop  8. never 9. watching 10. Perhaps ‎ ‎【解析】本篇文章记叙了一位很有趣的非常忙碌的老人的生活。‎ ‎1. 本题的线索在于后句的he has thirteen jobs，所以推测出他很忙，填busy。‎ ‎2. 本题的关键提示词在于后句的only 120 people live on Gigha，所以本题填lives。‎ ‎3. 本题有难度，虽然岛上只有120个人，但是在某个时候每天都会有150游客来往，因此可以想到是在旅游旺季，填summer。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，考的是交通工具吗，因为Gigha是一个小岛，所以最常用的交通工具是船，填boat。‎ ‎5. 本题的提示在于get up at six，既然6点起床，然后做的事情应该就是做早饭，填breakfast。‎ ‎6. 本题的提示词是children，通常能带孩子去的地方只有学校，所以填school。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，线索已在前文出现，填shop。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，因为他们俩都很喜欢忙碌的生活，所以他们不需要假日，也就是从来没有假日，填never。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，看电视为watching。‎ ‎10.不难看出本空应该填副词，根据句意可得出他们很喜欢不太另外激动人心的生活，填perhaps。‎ Passage 24‎ To spend time in a bookshop can be enjoyable. If you go to a good s    1    , no assistant will come near to you and say, “Can I h    2    you?” You needn’t buy a    3   you don’t want. You may try to find out where the book you want is. But if you w    4    , the assistant will lead you there and then he will go away. It seems that he is not interested i    5    selling any books at all. ‎ There is a story which t    6    us about a good shop. A medical student found a very useful book in a shop, but it is too expensive for him to b    7    . He couldn’t get it from the library, e    8    . So every afternoon he went there to r    9    a little at a time. One day, however, he couldn’t find the book from its usual place and was leaving when he saw an assistant signing to him. To his s    10    , the assistant pointed to the book in a corner, “I put it there so as not to be sold out.” said the assistant.  Then he let the student go on with his reading.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. store 2. help 3. anything 4. want 5. in ‎ ‎6. tells 7. buy 8. either 9. read 10. surprise ‎【解析】本篇短文主要说明了好的书店及一个具体的事例。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，应该填写与bookshop同类的词，为store。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，为固定句型，填help。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，不需要没任何不要的东西，所以填anything。‎ ‎4. 本题为理解题，你可以自己找到你要的书，也可以让营业员帮助你来找，前提是你愿意的话，所以填want。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，为固定词组搭配，填in。‎ ‎6. 根据后文可以得知，主要介绍了一个很好的店，所以应该解释为告诉某人某事，填tells。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，根据文意，他找到了一本很有用的书，但是却太贵了而买不起，填buy。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，解释为也，填either。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，他每天过去读书，所以填动词read。‎ ‎10. 因为是介绍一个很优秀的书店，所以说明店员为顾客着想，把书放到了别人买到的地方，所以大出学生意料，填surprise。‎ Passage 25‎ ‎( S=salesgirl;   H=Han mei )‎ S: Good morning. Can I help you?‎ H: Yes. I b   1       this blouse last week, but there's something wrong with it. When I w     2     it, the colours ran. I can't w     3    it now. I want you to c    4    this blouse or give me my m    5    back.‎ S: Let me see. Did you wash it in h    6    water?‎ H: Of course not.‎ S: It s    7    as if it hasn't been washed following the i    8    . Did you leave it in water b    9    you washed it?‎ H: No, I didn't do that, e    10    . I didn't put it in cold water until I washed it.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. bought 2. washed 3. wear 4. change 5. money ‎ ‎6. hot 7. seems 8. instruction(s) 9. before 10. either ‎1. 本题不难，时间状语为last week，用过去时，blouse最适合的动词搭配是buy，所以填bought。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，作为常识题，可推测出the colours ran为褪色的意思，所以是洗衣服的时候发现，填washed。‎ ‎3. 本题作为逻辑题，既然褪色所以就无法穿上了，填wear。‎ ‎4. 本题同样作为逻辑题，因为褪色而无法继续穿，所以顾客要求换一件，填change。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，填money。‎ ‎6. 本题提示为water，所以想到温度，填hot。‎ ‎7. 本题的提示词在于as if，解释为好像，所以动词也应该含有好像、似乎的含义与其相匹配，所以填seems。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，动词为follow，而且句意为未按照说明洗涤，所以填instruction（s）。‎ ‎9. 本题填时间状语从句的引导词，为before。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，解释为也，在否定句中，用either。‎ Passage 26‎ When you go to England you may find the traffic there is different from ours. As a f   1  . you must be c   2    in the streets, because the traffic d   3    on the left. You must look to the right and then the left before you cross a street.‎ In the morning and in the evening when people go to or come back from work, the streets are very b     4   .  Traffic is most d     5    then.‎ When you go by bus in England, you have to take care, too. Always r     6    the traffic m     7     on the left. You have to t       8     a look first or you will go to the w     9      way.‎ In many English cities there are big buses with two f     10     . You can sit on the second one. From there you can see the city very well.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. foreigner 2 careful 3 drives 4 busy 5 dangerous ‎6 remember 7 moves 8 take 9 wrong 10 floors ‎【解析】本篇文章主要说明了英国的交通状况，动词为一般现在时。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，在英国，我们就是所谓的外国人，所以填foreigner。‎ ‎2. 本题的提示在于首句中的different from，因为与国内完全不同，所以一定要非常当心、仔细，填careful。‎ ‎3. 本题为固定词组搭配，左向行驶为的动词为drive，填drives。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，英国的街上一直很繁忙，所以填busy。‎ ‎5. 本题是对于前一句的补充说明，因为此时的交通非常繁忙，所以特别危险，填dangerous。‎ ‎6. 本题的提示就在于前一句的复合句，坐公交也必须注意，一定要记住某事，所以填remember。‎ ‎7. 本句由祈使句引导，而且在remember后省略了that，所以本空仍然作谓语成分，在左侧行驶、移动，填moves。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，考察固定词组，填take。‎ ‎9. 本题引导词在于or，解释为否则，不仔细看路的就会走错，所以填wrong。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，通过后文可得知第二，说明是双层巴士，所以填floors。‎ Passage 27‎ Let me tell you a story. A good friend of mine lives with six hundred animals on an island. Ever s   1   he left school, he has travelled all over the world l   2      for animals for his own zoo. He writes books about his travels, and about his wonderful a   3   . The money for his books helps him to p   4    for all the animal food. My friend told me that when he was looking for water last week (There is not enough water on the island, though there is a lot all around it, he f   5   oil.   He n   6    money for his travels and for his zoo,  and a little oil would buy e   7    water for a long time,  but he knows that if he tells anybody else about it,  it will be the e   8    of his zoo and his life’s work.  So I think he will not tell anybody e   9    you and me about what he found — because oil and water can’t be p   10    together. Oil may bring greater trouble to his animals than not having enough water. Do you think so?‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. since 2. looking 3. animals 4.pay 5. found ‎6. needs 7. enough 8. end 9. except 10.  put ‎【解析】本题以叙述的方式记叙了一位朋友的巨大的动物园的故事。‎ ‎1. 本题考察固定词组搭配，表示自从，填since。‎ ‎2. 本题关键在于介词for，因为他要建造自己的动物园，所以去全世界各地旅游寻找动物，动词为look，本句已经出现了谓语动词has travelled，所以look只能以非谓语形式出现，填looking。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，因为他全世界旅游寻找动物，所以书记叙了他自己的故事，也描写了他自己的动物，填animals。‎ ‎4. 本题的关键词在于money和food，不难得知他卖书的钱都花在了动物食品上，所以填pay。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，因为岛屿周围的水不是很多，而他却发现了油，而且文章倒数第四句也有提示，所以填found。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，因为他旅行、建造动物园都需要钱，所以填needs。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，一点点的油可以买到足够的水，所以填enough。‎ ‎8. 本题的关键在于转折词but，虽然一点点油就可以买到足够的水，但是如果别人知道的话，就会发生不好的结果，等于是他的动物园和工作的结束，填end。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，他不会告诉除了你和我以外的任何人，填except。‎ ‎10. 本题考察固定词组搭配，把某某放在一起的词组是put together。‎ Passage 28‎ The u  1   means the earth, the sun, the moon and the stars and the space b  2      them. Many of the stars are so f   3    away that we can not see them.  The moon, our satellite, travels a  4    the earth. It has already been visited b  5   man from the earth. Man-made satellites have been sent up i  6   space by many countries. They go round the earth. They are used for helping us to learn more a   7    the earth, the weather and other things.  They are also used for sending and r   8    messages. It makes people f   9    different countries understand each other much better. So people say the world itself is becoming a much s   10    place. People call the small place “the global village”. ‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. universe 2. between 3. far 4. around 5. by ‎6. into 7. about 8. receiving 9. from 10. smaller ‎【解析】本文主要说明了宇宙中的事物，整体难度不大。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，包括了地球、太阳、月亮等星球的地域成为宇宙，填universe。‎ ‎2. 本题考察介词使用，在……之间的介词为between。‎ ‎3. 本题的提示词在于away，便想到词组far away，表示远离，所以填far。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，围绕着地球的介词为around。‎ ‎5. 本题考察被动语态的基本结构，由by加上动作的发出者，填by。‎ ‎6. 本题考察介词的使用，卫星是被国家发射到宇宙中的，由外部到内部过程的介词使用into。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，得知更多关于地球的事，填about。‎ ‎8. 本题的关键在于and，前后连接了两个并列词，信息应是收发，所以填receiving。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，解释为来自其他国家的人们，填from，并用短语from different countries作后置定语修饰people。‎ ‎10. 本题为理解题，因为不同国家的人们已经相互理解，所以世界变得越来越小，大家越来越亲近，填smaller。‎ Passage 29‎ I still remember visiting Moscow. It is the capital of Russia, the b__ 1__  country in the world. I went there w__ 2__   my parents when I was eight years old. I lived and studied there for one year, I had some happy memories.‎ One of the most interesting things of that city was that t__ 3__  were many dogs. Perhaps Russians l__ 4__ dogs very much. You can see dogs here and there. Almost each of the families had a dog. I made friends with many Russian children w__  5__ I was living and studying there. They were all very nice. They had fair hair and fair skin. I played with them h__ 6__   though I could only speak a little Russian at first. They were f__ 7__ to me. The weather in Moscow was very cold. It snowed almost every in winter. The ground was always c__ 8__ with a lot of snow. We often made s__ 9__ together.‎ Now I am b__ 10__ in China, but I miss them so much. I will never forget my happy memories of this visit to Moscow.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.biggest 2.with 3.there 4.love/ like 5.when ‎6.happily 7.friendly 8.covered  9.snowmen 10.back ‎【解析】本篇文章叙述了作者在莫斯科的难忘的经历，动词以一般过去时为主。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，in the world表示了范围，可以肯定用最高级形式，然后形容城市的词最合适的是big，因此填biggest。‎ ‎2. 本题考察介词搭配，句子解释为和我的父母一起去，填with。‎ ‎3. 本题考察句型搭配，填there。‎ ‎4. 本句意思不难理解，解释为俄罗斯人很喜欢狗，关键在于时态问题，这是一种常态，所以填love或like。‎ ‎5. 本题的空5引导了一个从句，不难想出填when。‎ ‎6. 本空的关键词在于play，这里应填副词去修饰play，而且我和当地的孩子们交了朋友，所以应该填happily。‎ ‎7. 本题与空6对应，我们交了朋友，玩得很高兴，他们也对我很好，所以填friendly。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，考察固定词组搭配，意思为地面被雪覆盖着，填covered。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，因为一直下雪的原因，所以孩子们可以一直做雪人，填snowmen。‎ ‎10. 本题的关键在but后的转折句，说明我已不在莫斯科，那么就是已经回到了中国，填back。‎ Passage 30‎ These years, with the development of society, more and more teenagers have suffered from stress. Some of the problems can make them feel very w__ 1__ and unhappy all day. Who can help them? A teacher from a college tried his best to help them. He thought of a lot of w__ 2__ to help them.  On Monday and Thursday, you can v   3    him. Here are some ideas how to keep the young men healthier in every way.‎ F__ 4__, it is very important to keep healthy. To get e__5__sleep every day is also necessary. Try to have a healthy d__ 6__. Secondly, maybe you are not the top students. It doesn’t m__7__. The most important thing is to work hard. If you try your best, your teachers and parents will understand you. If you have some problems, you should be a__8__to talk with your teachers and parents. They can help you. Remember to s__9__your happiness and s__10__with your good friends. Sometimes you can go out for a walk.‎ In conclusion, you can try to make you happy by yourselves. I’m sure you can be happy every day.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.worried 2.ways 3.visit 4.Firstly 5.enough ‎6.diet 7.matter 8.able 9.share 10.sadness ‎【解析】本文主要说明了如何管理压力、释放压力的方式。‎ ‎1. 本题的逻辑词是and，说明前后连接两个同义的形容词，不难想出与unhappy对应的是worried。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，老师想出了很多方法去帮助学生，填ways。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，去拜访老师，填visit。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，应该是缓解压力的方法，所以要引出第一个方法，而且与后文的secondly对应，填firstly（firstly，secondly等副词形式比first更正式、合适）。‎ ‎5. 本题要修饰名词sleep，不难想到应该要有足够的睡眠，所以填enough。‎ ‎6. 本题稍难，保持健康除了要有足够的睡眠之外还要有健康的饮食，填diet。‎ ‎7. 本题考察固定句型搭配，解释为没有关系，填matter。‎ ‎8. 固定词组搭配，当你有问题的时候应该要和老师、父母交谈，这里“应该”用be able to表示，因此填able。‎ ‎9. 本题的动词关键在于后文的with，出现了快乐、和好朋友，不难想到填的是“分享”，share。‎ ‎10. 本题有些难，虽然由and连接，但不难发现前后连接的并非表示同一个意思，所以空10并不表示相似于happiness的词，那么就填反义词与之对应，表示不管快乐或是悲伤都要与他们分享来释放压力，所以填sadness。‎ Passage 31‎ Thirty years ago, I walked into your bakery and asked for some loaves(条) of bread to sell. At that time, I was 12 years old. A young lady s____1____me that day. She gave me five loaves and wished me good l____2____.‎ I took the loaves and went out to sell them. It t____3____me all day, but I sold them all. At the e____4____of the day, I had some money. I was the h____5____boy in the world as I walked home that evening.‎ The next day, I went to a bicycle shop. I paid a deposit(定金) on a new bicycle.. And then I started my next j____6____as a newspaper delivery boy. Soon I c____7____pay the rest of the money for the bicycle and the bike was mine. I was so proud of m____8____!‎ Today I still work in the delivery business. I have a lot of trucks to send goods all over the country. I live in a beautiful house, but I don’t ride a bicycle these days. I drive a large nice car.‎ I don’t know w____9____that young lady was. But she gave me the start, I have b____10____a successful man. I’d like to show my thanks to her.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.served 2.luck 3.took 4.end 5.happiest ‎6.job 7.could 8.myself 9.who/whom 10.become ‎【解析】本篇文章记叙了一名成功人士的发家历程，从简单的卖面包开始，动词时态用过去时。‎ ‎1. 有些难，但是如果细读后句，可发现这位女士给了我三条面包，说明她是一位服务人员，填动词served。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，wish表示祝愿，通常会祝好运，所以填luck。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，我去卖面包这件事情花了我一整天，所以填took。‎ ‎4. 我花了一天的时间去卖面包，所以什么时候才赚到点钱呢？就是卖完面包即一天结束的时候，填end。‎ ‎5. 理解题，因为我花了一整天卖了面包而且赚了钱，所以我觉得我是世界上最快乐的人，填happiest。‎ ‎6. 本题的关键在于后文的a newspaper delivery boy，报童是一份工作，所以填job。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，因为做了报童，所以赚来的钱就可以把自行车的余款付了，填could。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，我又用自己的能力买了一辆自行车，所以对自己很自豪，填proud。‎ ‎9. 本题考察宾语从句的引导词，宾语从句部分是年轻的女士，引导词做了was的宾语成分，所以想到引导词应该是who或者whom。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，因为这一系列的自我经营，我成为了一名成功的人，填become。‎ Passage 32‎ Life gets noisier every day and very f____1____people can be free from noise of some kind or another. W____2____you live in the centre of a modern city or a village far away --- the chances that you will be disturbed by planes, cars, radios, etc. are almost everywhere. We seem to be used to noise, too. Some people feel quite lonely w____3____ background music while they are working.‎ Tests have s____4____that total silence can be very frightening experiences. H____5____, some people enjoy listening to pop music which is very loud, and this can do harm to their ears. The noise level in some places is far a____6____the usual safety level for heavy industrial areas.‎ One recent report about noise said that a____7____a lot of people say that any noise disturbs their attention, only a sudden c____8____in the level of noise really affects people’s attention. It goes on to say that a background noise, which doesn’t change too much (music, for example) may even help people to pay attention.‎ People are testing ways to make less noise. There are even laws c____9____noise. We can’t r____10____to the “ good old days ” of peace and quiet. But we can make less noise --- if we shout loudly enough about it.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.few 2.whether 3.without 4.shown 5.However ‎ ‎6.above 7.although 8.change 9.controlling 10.return ‎【解析】本文主要说明了噪音对人们生活的影响。‎ ‎1. 本题的逻辑词是and，说明前后两句属于并列关系，每天都越来越吵所以很少有人可以幸免，填few。‎ ‎2. 本句的关键在于选择连词or，意思是不管住在城市还是偏远的乡村，总会被打扰，所以填Whether。‎ ‎3. 本题考察介词用法，提示在前一句，我们已经适应了噪声。所以可以推出有些人在工作的时候会感到寂寞，是因为没有背景音乐，填without。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，主语是tests，不难想到测试说明了……，填shown。‎ ‎5. 本空不难，后句开始表示转折，填However。‎ ‎6. 本题较难，关键词是usual，也就是说噪音水平比通常安全水平的比较，水平的比较影响到高、低，所以填above。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，从后文的only可以看出，表示一种让步情况，填although。‎ ‎8. 本题较难，但是从后句句意可得出，有时候不太过多变化的背景音乐有助于人们集中注意力，所以可以推断出真正影响的人们注意力的是噪音水平的突然变化，填change。‎ ‎9. 本题较难，不难想出句意是有法律来限制、控制噪音，用动词control，但是注意control的形式，There be句型中的谓语就是be动词，所以control要用非谓语形式，填controlling。‎ ‎10. 本题的关键在于of后的peace and quiet，这样的日子再也回不去了，填return。‎ Passage 33‎ Most American families are smaller than the families in other c___1  __. Children in the US will l___2___ in their parents’ houses. When they grow up, they usually live f___3___ from their parents because they want to f___4___ good jobs. They often w___ 5___to their parents to telephone them. And they often go to v___6___their parents on holiday. Parents usually let their children choose their o___7___jobs. Americans think it i___8___for young people to decide on their lives by themselves. Children are asked to do some work around their houses. And in many families, Children are p___9___ for doing some housework so that they can learn h___10___to make money for their own use.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.countries 2.live 3.far 4.find 5.write ‎6.visit 7.own 8.important 9.paid 10.how ‎【答案与解析】本题主要介绍了美国家庭及美国父母教育孩子的情况。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，是拿美国的家庭和其他国家的家庭相比较，填countries。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，孩子们会和父母住在一起，填live。‎ ‎3. 本题提示是介词from和grow up，不难想到长大以后就住的远了，填far。‎ ‎4. 本题的提示是good jobs，想到动词时find。‎ ‎5. 本题考察动词搭配，填write，write to sb to do sth表示写信给某人做某事。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，在假期的时候去看望父母，填visit。‎ ‎7. 本题考察词组搭配，某人自己的工作，为one's own。‎ ‎8. 本题为理解题，对于美国人来说，自己做决定是非常重要的，所以填important。‎ ‎9. 本题的提示在后文的make money，既然是赚钱，所以前面应该是表示支付的动词，填paid。‎ ‎10. 本题考察固定用法，学会如何做某事的词组是learn how to do sth。‎ Passage 34‎ Andy was born in China 15 years ago．In2005, she m___1___to the USA with her family．Asa high school student，she has found many differences b  2      Chinese and Americans：‎ About money ‎1)Americans like to spend m   3     than they have，so many of them are always in debt(欠债)．But Chinese usually spend less than they have, so many of them always have m   4    left in the bank．‎ ‎2)The American kids themselves make their own money．Most Chinese kids always a   5    their parents for money．‎ ‎3)Many American parents think there is n   6    need to send their children to an expensive university．It’s different in China．Many Chinese parents would do anything to send their children to expensive universities t  7    their family isn’t rich enough．‎ About school ‎1)Many American girls take part in sports，dancing and singing groups while many Chinese girls take part in study groups．‎ ‎2)Many American students think that B is good while many Chinese students think that B is too b   8   .‎ About friends Most American parents let their sons or daughters make friends by t  9   . They never ask them about their friends while Chinese parents usually enjoy knowing more about their children’s friends i   10    many different ways，and usually stop them from staying out too late with friends．‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.moved 2.between 3.more 4.money 5.ask ‎6.no 7.though 8.bad 9.themselves 10.in ‎【答案与解析】本文主要比较了中国父母、孩子和美国父母、孩子的区别。本文的样式是分段的，也就是说段与段之间没有直接的联系，为独立的一个段落。‎ ‎1. 本题的情景在于第一句，她15年之前养在中国，2005年的时候她返回了自己在美国的家，填moved。‎ ‎2. 本题考察搭配，……的区别的词组是differences between。‎ ‎3. 本题的关键词在于sepnd和in debt，想到应该是花钱，填money。‎ ‎4. 本题为理解题，中国人花钱花的很说，所以他们在银行的存款很多，而且填的词应该和less对应，填more。‎ ‎5. 本题考察固定词组的搭配，从课文理解来看，美国孩子自己赚钱，而中国孩子问父母拿钱，和介词for搭配的动词是ask。‎ ‎6. 本题考察句型。做某事没有必要的句型是there is no need to do sth.‎ ‎7. 本题考察前后句意的理解。前句句意是中国父母会做任何事情送他们的孩子去很昂贵的学校，后句句意是家庭不是很有钱，所以空7应表示转折，填though。‎ ‎8. 本题讨论的是成绩，和美国学生相比，中国学生认为得B很差，填bad。‎ ‎9. 本题考察固定词组，美国父母让他们的孩子自己交朋友，填themselves。‎ ‎10. 本题考察词组搭配，用许多方法的介词是in。‎ Passage 35‎ Do you know Sweden? It l__ 1__  in the north of Europe．It is the fourth largest country in Europe with an a__ 2__   of 450, 000 square kilometers and the  population of about 8.5 million. Over one third of them live in the three largest cities, namely Stockholm, Goteborg and Malmo. More than half of Sweden is c__ 3__ with trees. It is one of the r__ 4__  countries in the world. About 100 years ago Sweden became industrialized(工业化). Today less than one third of the people are f　__ 5__ .‎ Sweden‎ is the country where the famous Nobel Prizes are awarded. Many people who have been to Stockholm, the c__ 6__ of Sweden, must have visited the places where Nobel Prizes are awarded.‎ The first language of Sweden is Swedish. English is the first f__ 7__ language in schools. Many middle-school students can s__ 8__ two to three languages. Most of the Swedish people，men and women, o__ 9__ and young, can speak English. So there is no p__ 10__ to speak with them in English．‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章主要介绍了瑞典，因此动词为现在时。‎ ‎1. 本空的提示在于方位in the north of Europe，所以填表示位置坐落的动词，用lies，locate只能用被动用法。‎ ‎2. 本空的提示在于后文的450000平方公里，所以是面积，填area。‎ ‎3. 本题考察固定词组搭配，被……覆盖着的词组为be covered with。‎ ‎4. 本题的提示在后面的整句话，为理解题，100多年前瑞典就是工业化的国家，所以最恰当的形容词为rich，而且跟在one of后，所以用最高级richest。‎ ‎5. 本空为前句的延伸，瑞典在100多年前就工业化了，所以可以得到的结果是农民很少，填farmers。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，常识题，斯德哥尔摩是瑞典的首都，填capital。‎ ‎7. 本题为理解题，在瑞典的母语是瑞典语，所以英语对于他们来说就是一门外来语言，所以填foreign。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，宾语为language，可推断出动词为speak。‎ ‎9. 本题的提示在于and和young，说明是一种并列关系，与年轻对应的是老，填old。‎ ‎10. 理解题，因为所有人都会说英语，所以用英语和他们交流不会有任何问题，填problem。‎ Passage 36‎ Before windows were used, old h__1__in Europe and Britain were very dark. Their great rooms were high w__2__only one hole in the roof to let the smoke o__3__from cooking fire. Later, people began to make the holes b__4__to have more light and air in their homes. The first English window was j__5__ a small opening in the wall. It was cut long to let in as m   6   light as possible, and narrow to keep out the bad w__7__. But, more wind than light would c__8__in if the window was cut long. This is why it was c__9__"The wind's eye". And the word "w__10__" comes form two ancient words for "wind" and "eye".‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章说明了窗户的发明过程。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，窗户一般是在房子里的，后谓语动词为were复数形式，所以填houses。‎ ‎2. 理解题，因为没有窗户，所以只有在顶上有一个洞，也就是带着一个洞的房子，填with。‎ ‎3. 本题考察介词，有这个洞的目的是为了把烟排出去，所以填方向介词out。‎ ‎4. 本题的提示在后文的more，既然是比较级，所以空4也应是比较级。如果房间里要有更多光亮和空气，那么这个洞就要更大，填bigger。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，最初的窗户仅仅是在墙上有个小开口，填just。‎ ‎6. 本题的关键点在于词组as...as，空6处于名词之前，说明空6只能是形容词原级修饰不可数名词light，填much。‎ ‎7. 本题的关键词组时keep out，解释为把……挡在外面，窗户的目的是把不好的空气挡住，所以填weather。‎ ‎8. 理解题，如果窗户很细长的话，进来的风会比进来的光多很多，所以填come。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，这就是为什么被称为风之眼的原因，填called。‎ ‎10. 综合理解题，难度不大，本题的中心就是窗户，所以首尾呼应，填window。‎ Passage 37‎ Long ago, people used bells more t   1    they do today. The postmen used to ring a hand bell when they delivered letters. Fire engines had bell i   2   of sirens(号笛). People who sold things came past houses, ringing a bell and shouting w    3      was for sale. Every village had its church bell to let people know it was t   4    to go to church. At night, this bell was ringing so that travelers would find the village in the d   5  . In most countries bells were hung r   6    the necks of animals. The bells helped owners to find lost cows or sheep. Today, in India, animals still wear bells. Now bells are used l   7    and less. Buzzers, sirens and horns have t   8    their place. Now people try to keep the old bells in school and churches so t   9    they will not l   10    their beautiful sounds for ever.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章主要介绍了老式的铃，以及人们对老式铃的依恋。‎ ‎1. 本题的关键词是比较级more，所以应该用than。‎ ‎2. 本题考察固定词组搭配，从意思上理解，那时的救火车有铃而不是号笛，所以填instead。‎ ‎3. 不难发现，本题考察的是宾语从句的引导词，翻译后应该是什么在出售，所以填what。‎ ‎4. 本题考察固定句型，到了做某事的时间的句型为it is time to do sth。‎ ‎5. 本题考察固定词组搭配和理解，at night已提示了时间是晚上，所以铃声帮助旅游者在黑暗中找到房子，填dark。‎ ‎6. 本题的提示是necks，不难想到介词是round。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，为比较级+比较级的结构，填less。‎ ‎8. 本题考察固定词组搭配，代替某物的词组是take place，本句中的助动词是have，所以填taken。‎ ‎9. 本题考察词组搭配，不难发现空格9后的句子是一种目的，所以填that。‎ ‎10. 本题有难度，提示在于前半句，现在人们努力地保留着学校里和教堂里的老式铃，这句话说明了大家对于老式铃的依恋，所以他们不希望失去这美妙的铃声，填lose。‎ Passage 38‎ When you finish high school or university, is learning done? The answer is “no”. In many countries, people continue learning all their lives. Why is lifelong (终身的) learning important? How can it help you? Let’s look at one e   1    of lifelong learning in Japan.‎ You go to school and learn. You study. You take tests b   2    learning doesn’t only happen in school. Learning doesn’t s   3    when you graduate from high school or college. You are learning all the time. For example, learning can h   4    when you go to a museum. It can a   5    happen when you get a job. You learn when you p   6   a sport or when you take a trip. Learning is l   7   ! We never stop learning. Every day you can improve yourself by learning something n   8    .‎ In Japan, lifelong learning is very important. People in Japan like to try new learning a   9    . Music, calligraphy (书法) and foreign languages are some of their f   10   classes. Japanese take classes to improve their skills and learn new things.‎ When we graduate from school, we can continue to learn. Make lifelong learning become one of your goals!‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1.example 2.but 3.stop 4.happen 5.also ‎ ‎6.play 7.life 8.new 9.activities 10.favorite ‎【答案与解析】本题主要向读者说明了“要不断学习”的主题。‎ ‎1. 不难发现，本句引出了第二段，所以第二段是首段最后一句话的具体阐述，也就是一个例子，填example。‎ ‎2. 本题不难发现考察的是连词的运用，参加测试和不能只在学校里学到知识的关系式转折，所以填but。‎ ‎3. 本空的提示在于后句的all the time，说明学习是不会停止的，填stop。‎ ‎4. 本题属于词语复现，意思是可以到处学习，第二段的第三句意出现learning doesn't only happen in school，后句也出现了happen，所以填happen。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，考察连词，填also。‎ ‎6. 本题考察动宾搭配，和sport搭配的动词是play。‎ ‎7. 本题可通过翻译来做，学习就是生命，所以填life。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，我们必须学习新事物来提升自己，所以填new。‎ ‎9. 本题的提示是后句的music，calligraphy，foreign languages都是属于具体的活动，所以填activities。‎ ‎10. 本题为理解题，可以得出这些活动都是日本人非常喜欢的，所以填favorite。‎ Passage 39‎ The mobile phone is a useful thing, but maybe I don't know h   1    to use it. Sometimes it makes things difficult for me.‎ One day I wanted to see my friend nearby. I could a   2    at his house in five minutes, but I looked at my mobile phone and thought i   3    would be better to ring him up. I r  4    him for the first time, but the line was busy. Five minutes later, there was an answer, but it was the wrong number. Then I tried a   5    and this time I got an answer from him.‎ I asked him if he was at home in the afternoon. And he said--at l   6    I thought he said--he would be at home all afternoon. So I went to his house, but then I found n    7    in. I called him for the fourth time. This time I got so angry that I s   8    , "You are not at home? But you just told me over the telephone that you would be at home all afternoon!"‎ Here w   9    his answer, "No, I said: 'I will NOT be at home all afternoon.'"‎ I went back to my room, sat down in front of the mobile phone and looked at it. What e   10    could I do? Nothing!‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎1. how 2. arrive 3. it 4. rang 5. again ‎6. least 7. nobody 8. shouted/screamed 9. was 10. else ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章叙述了作者不太会用手机而产生误会的事情，动词为一般过去时。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，考察引导词的用法，通过but可推测出手机很有用，但是我不知道如何使用，填how。‎ ‎2. 本题考察动词的用法，宾语为his house，不难想到动词时到达，填arrive。‎ ‎3. 本题考察固定句型，填it。‎ ‎4. 本题的提示在后句，it was the wrong number，所以推测出本空的动词为打电话，填rang。‎ ‎5. 本题的提示在于this time，说明作者又打了一次，填again。‎ ‎6. 本题较难，考察固定词组搭配，本空所在的句子为插入语，填least。‎ ‎7. 本题的提示在于转折词but，尽管他说他在家，但是家里没人，填nobody。‎ ‎8. 本题由so...that引导了结果状语从句，因为我非常的生气，所以他接了电话之后我大喊，填shouted或screamed。‎ ‎9. 本题为倒装语序，his answer为单数，所以用was。‎ ‎10. 本题考察固定搭配，还能做其他的什么，填else。‎ Passage 40‎ We were singing, “Happy birthday to you…” My mother was smiling, surrounded by my father, my little sister and me.‎ It was time to send wishes. My father said, “You’ve done m    1     things for us. On this special day, let me d   2    all the housework for you.” After kissing my mother, my sister said, “Mum, you’re a g   3    mum in my eyes." I l   4    at my mother’s eyes and said, “Dear mum, I am always waiting for one day when you and Dad get old.” My parents seemed puzzled (困惑), and I explained, “When you’re old, I will take care of you just like you take care of me.” There were tears in their eyes…‎ Yes, w   5    they get old, I will take care of them. These words were in my mind f   6    a long time, and at last I said them to my dear parents. I felt v   7    happy.‎ My parents are just common people, b     8      they’re great. Like other parents, they bring us up with love, and give us food and c   9   . They teach us how to be real people. My parents have done a lot of things for me and I am very thankful to them.‎ However, they will not always be able to take care of me. One day, they will get old. They may not even be able to take care of t   10   . But that doesn’t matter. I, their child, will take charge.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章通过妈妈的生日引出了关心、照顾、尊敬父母的观点。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，妈妈做了很多事情，填many。‎ ‎2. 本题考察动词，为你做些事情，填do。‎ ‎3. 本题为理解题，妈妈生日的时候孩子对妈妈说，你真的是一位好母亲，填good。‎ ‎4. 本题考察固定词组搭配，填looked。‎ ‎5. 本题考察状语从句引导词，通过翻译，可得知当他们变老的时候，填when。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，考察词组搭配，填for。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，考察形容词的修饰词，填very。‎ ‎8. 本题考察common和great的对比，填but表示转折。‎ ‎9. 本题考察名词搭配，父母给了孩子吃穿，所以填clothes。‎ ‎10. 本题为理解题，说的是当有一天父母变老的时候他们甚至不能自己照顾自己，填反身代词themselves。‎ Passage 41‎ The continent（洲） Antarctica is the most southern area of land on the Earth and is mostly covered with ice. People have never wanted to l   1   there because of its coldest temperature. But now scientists from all over the w  2   come to study the ice to learn more about the Earth’s history.Some scientists live on Antarctica for part of the y  3  . But they don’t usually stay there for more than six months b  4    there are six months of light and six months of darkness. Antarctica usually has a good deal of f  5   weather without any wind at all. The strong winds are usually only in some parts of it. It is also i  6    to learn that it isn’t very wet there. There is very l  7  snow or rain. It snows on the ice in winter, but at other times Antarctica is d  8  , just like the Sahara‎ ‎Desert. In winter the sea around Antarctica freezes (结冰) for t  9   of kilometres. But scientists tell us that the earth is getting w  10  . So in the future, there may be less ice in the Antarctic sea. When that happens, our weather will never be the same again.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章的说明中心是南极洲，动词用一般时态。‎ ‎1.本题为理解题，提示在never和coldest temperature，说明人们根本不想去住在那里，填live。‎ ‎2.本题不难，考察固定搭配，从全世界各地而来的科学家，填world。‎ ‎3.本题考察时间状语，for后通常加表示时间的词，所以不难想到year。‎ ‎4.本题考察引导词，关键是翻出两句话的意思。他们通常在那里不会住6个月以上的原因是那里有6个月的黑暗，填because。‎ ‎5.本题的提示在于without any wind at all，而且被修饰的名词是weather，所以填fine。‎ ‎6.本题为理解题，本句中的learn为“得知”的意思，可以得知那里不是特别湿，和通常情况不一样，所以填interesting。‎ ‎7.本句为前一句的引申，因为不是特别湿，所以可以推断出几乎没有雪或者雨，填little。‎ ‎8.本题的提示在the Sahara Desert，所以很干燥，填dry。‎ ‎9.本题考察固定词组搭配，修饰kilometres的长短，想到几千公里，填thousands。‎ ‎10.本题的提示在后句的less ice，说明正在变暖，单词为warm，而且形式要和less对应，所以填warmer。‎ Passage 42‎ Do you enjoy climbing mountains? I’d like to tell you a true story about John and Peter. They were b   1    mountaineers(登山者). As John was experienced, he was always asking Peter to copy his example. “Would you like to stand on the t   2    of the world, Peter?” “Of course. It has already b   3    my dream,” Peter answered.‎ On a sunny morning, the two men started for the top of Mount‎ ‎Qomolangma. After they climbed over one of the most d   4    slopes(斜坡), they found a man lying in the snow. “He’s going to d   5    ,” Peter looked at John and said, as if he would help the man. “ Leave him by himself and just follow me! But if you bring the burden(累赘)with you, I’m a   6    you will lose your life.” John warned Peter. Then he turned around and walked forward a  7   . It was too cold. After thinking for a w  8   , Peter made up his mind to help the dying man. He carried the man on his back and made his way forward. Little by little, Peter’s temperature made the man w   9   . The man came to himself! And soon he could move all by himself. Together they moved side by side.‎ About two hours later, they kept up with John. To their surprise, they found that John was almost d   10    in the snow. He had been frozen to death.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章叙述了发生在珠穆朗玛峰上的真实事件，所以动词用一般过去时。‎ ‎1.本文的主人公是John和Peter而且都是登山者，“两者都”填both。‎ ‎2.本题为理解题，因为二人都很喜欢爬山，而且通过后句得知都想实现梦想，所以不难想到是世界的最顶端，下一段中也有明显提示，填top。‎ ‎3.本题不难，it指代的是前句的stand on the top of the world，这已经是他们的梦想，而且有has，说明为完成时，填been或者become。‎ ‎4.本题不难，珠穆朗玛峰是非常危险的山脉，所以填dangerous。‎ ‎5.本题为理解题，他们发现一个人躺在雪地里，可以想到这个人有生命危险，填die。‎ ‎6.本题不难，通过对话得知，如果想带着他走，恐怕最后自己也会丢掉性命，填afraid。‎ ‎7.本题为理解题，因为对于帮助他人，John和Peter产生了分歧，由后续句子也可以得知Peter最终帮助了别人，所以John自己离开独自前行，填alone。‎ ‎8.本题考察固定词组搭配，for后通常加一段时间，填while。‎ ‎9. Peter帮助了这个人，扶着他慢慢前行，所以这个人的身体变得暖和，填warm，是make sb. adj.的结构。‎ ‎10.本题的关键是to their surprise和frozen to death，说明John几乎死在了雪地了，填dead或dying。‎ Passage 43‎ You may think that English dictionaries have been used for many, many centuries. In fact, an English dictionary you u  1    today wasn’t made until the Qing Dynasty. Three men did most of the important e   2    work on dictionary. They spent nearly all their l   3    trying to collect words for their dictionary. For them, it was a wonderful journey. The largest dictionary in the world is Oxford English Dictionary. The i   4    for this dictionary came from an important meeting in Britain in 1857. Twenty-two years later, Oxford‎ ‎University asked James Murray to b   5   the editor of its new dictionary.‎ Murray‎ had never been to college. At the age of fourteen, he left his village school in Scotland and taught h  6    while working in a bank. Later he became a great teacher. After Oxford gave him the job, Murray had a small house b  7   in his garden to do the work. Every morning, Murray got out of bed at five o’clock and w   8     in the small house several hours before breakfast. Often he would work into the night. Murray h   9    to finish the new dictionary in ten years. But after five years, he was still adding words for the letter “A”! He worked on the dictionary u   10    he was very old. Forty-four years later, in 1928, other editors finished the dictionary.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章记叙了第一本字典诞生的过程。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，提示已在首句出现，填use。‎ ‎2. 本题较难，为理解题。既然词典是在清朝出现的，所以3个人做了前期大量的重要工作，填early。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，他们几乎花费了自己的生命去收集单词，填lives。‎ ‎4. 本题的提示在后句的came from an important meeting，说明这个会议确定了出版字典的想法，填idea。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，邀请他担当编辑者，填be或者become。‎ ‎6. 本段的首句就是本空的提示，他从来没有上过学，所以知识都是自学的，填himself。‎ ‎7. 本空是修饰a small house，他的房子被造在了他的花园里，填built。‎ ‎8. 本题的提示在前句a small house built in his garden to do the work，说明本空填动词形式worked。‎ ‎9. 本题的提示在but，表示转折，5年后他只完成了A开头的单词，说明他原来希望在10年里完成新词典，填hoped。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，他一直在编词典直到很老的时候，填until。‎ Passage 44‎ Advertisements are everywhere! They’re on the radio and TV, in the newspapers and magazines, and on buses, and b  1   ．They’re on websites and mobile phones．Companies give their products to film stars, pop stars and sports stars to u  2    so that fans will buy them in order to copy the stars．‎ Advertisements have become so common that they aren’t w   3    any more．We don’t like advertisements．So we try not to see them．We turn o   4    the advertisements on our computers．‎ We refuse to watch them on TV, or read them in magazines．We no l   5    pay attention to the posters all around us．We don’t copy the stars because we know maybe they don’t r   6    like the things they advertise．‎ This means that advertising companies need a new w   7    to sell their products．They can’t make their products “cool” by advertising．Advertisements aren’t cool, and teenagers won’t buy the things in advertisements j    8    because the advertisements say they are fashionable．The latest way to advertise is not to advertise．‎ I    9    of using stars, companies are using teenagers．They pay them to tell their friends about new products．Teenagers don’t want to dress like everyone else and buy the things that everyone else has．They want to look d    10    and create their own styles．Teenagers don’t think it’s cool to copy the stars or buy things they’ve seen in advertisements.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章说明了广告行业所面临的困扰以及目前的解决方法。‎ ‎1. 本题考察介宾搭配，填的词是能与on连用的表示地点的词，填buildings。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，商家把各种商品给了各界的明星是使用来达到卖商品的目的，填use。‎ ‎3. 本题的提示在后两句，We don’t like advertisements．So we try not to see them说明广告已经没有作用了，填working。‎ ‎4. 本题为前一句的延伸，我们不喜欢广告，所以会关掉电脑上的广告，填off。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，考察固定词组搭配，表示“不再”，填longer。‎ ‎6. 本题由because引导了原因状语从句，说明了我们不买明星做广告的商品，是因为可能明星自己不是真正喜欢它们，填really。‎ ‎7. 本题是本段的中心句，为了不让广告不受人喜欢，所以必须改变方法，填way。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，如果广告仅仅说商品很时尚的话，是不会有人买的，填just。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，后句companies are using teenagers说明公司不再使用明星，填Instead。‎ ‎10. 本题的提示是and，说明前后关系为并列，create their own styles说明他们希望与众不同，填different。‎ Passage 45‎ In the USA, children between the ages of 8 and 14 are a powerful group. They make up 60% of Internet users u  1   age18. Just as in America, the number of teen Internet users in China is g  2       bigger, up to 253 million. The number shows a great increase in Internet use in China over the last f  3   years, particularly among teenagers, and China becomes a large m   4   for Internet business.‎ A new survey r   5    that Chinese teens take an interest in online activities. And spending too much time before a computer screen causes a lot of p  6   for their young life. According to the survey, 42.6% of teens have built their o   7   web blogs and 8% have taken Internet courses. More than half enjoy c  8   online in chat-rooms and 10.6% of teens play Internet games. In the eyes of most parents, what a p   9    that only 6% use the Internet to get information for their learning projects! Also, the survey finds that the teens have different favourite places to use the Internet. For teens in towns, 35% c  10    Internet bars as a main place to go online. For those living in large cities, 76% prefer home computers and 10% Internet bars.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章主要记叙了美国年轻人上网的用途。‎ ‎1. 本题考察介宾搭配，和age搭配的介词通常是over和under，此处填under。‎ ‎2. 本题不难看出所填词为动词，而且为doing形式。空后为bigger，说明这个动词一定是表示变化的系动词，因此填growing。‎ ‎3. 本题考察固定搭配，在过去的几年中，可以说是in the past/last few years。‎ ‎4. 本题属于理解题。本题的提示在于后句中的business，涉及到了生意等方面，就要有市场，所以填market。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，考察动词搭配。survey解释为调查，所以不难想到调查报道了某事，填reports。‎ ‎6. spending too much time before a computer screen是一件不好的事情，长期下去一定会引起问题， problems。‎ ‎7. 本题考察固定搭配，42.6%的年轻人都有他们自己的博客，填own。‎ ‎8. 本题的提示在于chat-rooms（聊天室），说明大多数人都喜欢互相聊天，根据enjoy doing的词组填chatting。‎ ‎9. 本题属于理解题。通读全文后，不难发现，只有6%的孩子使用网络来学习，其余的孩子都在聊天或者玩游戏，所以对于父母来说是非常可惜的事情，填pity。‎ ‎10. 本题考察动词。通过最后一句的prefer可推测出前句当中的空是表示一种选择的动作，填choose。‎ Passage 46‎ Firefighters or firemen play an important role in our daily life. In some places, firefighters use watchtowers to look for smoke and fires, although they get a fire report by telephone. A high tower is still very u   1    for watching and guarding a place. Fire fighters also make it a place for practice. They learn how to p  2  out fires from burning buildings. They try to c  3   up the outside of the tower as fast as possible. They carry water hoses up to the fire. They practise carrying imaginable victims down f  4   high ladders.‎ There are reasons that firefighters are called for help. Maybe a building or a forest is o  5   fire. A train accident happens and people are t  6    inside. Still, people need to be rescued from floods or an earthquake. Whenever there is an emergency situation, they can be seen f  7    there.‎ Being a fire fighter needs a lot of t  8   . In the first place, firefighters should know how to educate the community （社区） by visiting schools, community centres and people in their own homes to p   9    fire and accidents from starting. They have to learn how to deal with different dangerous situations. Above all, it’s necessary for firefighters to exercise every day to be h  10   and strong.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章说明了消防员的工作及如何成为一名消防员。‎ ‎1. 本句说明了a high tower和watching and guarding a place之间的关系，从still可推测出这点还是很有用的，填useful。‎ ‎2. 本题考查固定词组搭配，灭火的词组是put out the fire，填put。‎ ‎3. 本题考察理解，消防队员训练的时候是要爬上塔的，填climb。‎ ‎4. 本题考察介词，从高高的梯子上把伤员救下，填from。‎ ‎5. 本题考察固定词组搭配，着火了的词组时on fire。‎ ‎6. 本题考察理解，当火车事故发生的时候人们还是在车厢里的，说明他们被困在了里面，填trapped。‎ ‎7. 本题较难，本句中的they指代的就是firefighters，每次有紧急情况，都能看到他们在那里工作。从firefighter的构词可以发现是由fire和fight构成，说明fight a fire的人就是消防员，所以这里填fighting，表示一种片段而非全程。‎ ‎8. 本段开始说的是成为一名消防员，一定需要很多的训练，填training。‎ ‎9. 本题考察动宾搭配，关键词是from，说明要预防事故，填prevent。‎ ‎10. 本题填形容词，和strong属于同种形容词，消防员每天都要训练，就是为了强壮和健康，填healthy。‎ Passage 47‎ Elizabeth‎ lived with her six children in a small house. One winter, there was a big flood and quite a f     1    houses were washed away, but Elizabeth’s house was high e   2    to escape it.‎ Elizabeth‎ took in one of the families which had lost everything. She shared her home until the family could build a   3    house. Elizabeth’s friends could not understand w    4    she wanted to give so much when she already had so many children to support.‎ ‎“Well, ” Elizabeth e    5    to her friends, “at the end of World War I, there was a poor woman in a town in Germany. Her husband had been killed in the war and she had a lot of children, just like m    6    now.” ‎ ‎"The day before Christmas, this woman said to her children, ‘We won’t be a   7    to have much for Christmas. I’m going to get just one p    8    for us all. Now I’ll go and get it.’ She came back w    9    a little girl who had no parents. ‘Here’s our present, ’she said to her own children."‎ The children were more than excited to get such a present. They welcomed the little girl warmly, and she g    10    up as their sister. I was that Christmas present.”‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章从一位救助她人的好人口中得知了她的身世，动词用一般过去时。‎ ‎1. 本题考察可数名词的修饰语，填few。‎ ‎2. 从escape可以推测出，虽然洪水把很多房子都卷走了，但是因为她的房子很高所以幸免了，填enough。‎ ‎3. 本段的首句已经说明一家失去所有的家庭，所以她和这家人家一起住，直到他们可以有一个新房，就是另一个房子，填another。‎ ‎4. 本题考察宾语从句的引导词，在understand后引导的从句表示了原因，所以引导词填why。‎ ‎5. 本段出现了直接引语部分，是对上面why引导的句子的解释，所以填explained。‎ ‎6. 此处的like解释为像，不难想到是像我一样，填me。‎ ‎7. 本句不难发现解释为我们不能有太多的食物，所以填able。‎ ‎8. 本题的提示在于后句的here’s our present，所以本空填present。‎ ‎9. 本题考察介词，她回来了，还有一个小女孩，所以填with。‎ ‎10. 本题考察词组搭配，小女孩是会慢慢长大的，所以填grew。‎ Passage 48‎ Teenagers are very busy at school now and often forget to think about their diets and sports. The truth is that healthy eating and regular exercise are t     1      ways to keep fit.‎ D   2    your teenage years, it is important to give your body enough e   3    it needs. Young girls need about 2,200 calories a day. Usually boys need a bit m    4    , many doctors suggest, 2,800 calories for teenage b    5    . 50% of your calories should come from rice, bread, vegetables and fruit. You also need to drink a lot of water, 6 to 8 glasses a day. D    6    enough water will improve your dry skin and give you healthy body.‎ Physical a   7    , such as playing basketball and swimming, are something that can help to make you look good, feel good and be healthy. Experts (专家) suggest that teenagers spend at l   8    30 minutes exercising a day, five times a week.‎ After you exercise a bit, your body produces something that makes you feel r   9    and comfortable. It can even help you sleep better at night and let you p   10    more attention when you study.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章主要说明了锻炼身体的重要性，动词为一般时态。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，填数词two。‎ ‎2. 本题的关键词是years，说明是在青年期间，填During。‎ ‎3. 本题运用give的双宾语用法，所以所填词和body之间有关系，就是身体有足够的能量，填energy。‎ ‎4. a bit是形容词比较级的修饰语，而且通过后句得知男孩比女孩需要更多的卡路里，填more。‎ ‎5. 本句是前句的延伸，填boys。‎ ‎6. 出现谓语动词will improve，说明所填空为词组做主语，所以空6是动词而且是动名词形式，填Drinking。‎ ‎7. 本题后由such as举例，说明是对于主语的阐释，这些都是活动，填activities。‎ ‎8. 本题考察固定词组搭配，每周至少花30分钟锻炼，填least。‎ ‎9. 本题有and连接了两个形容词，和comfortable相对应的词是relaxed。‎ ‎10. 本题考察词组搭配。由attention可得知动词为pay。‎ Passage 49‎ Man has a big brain. He can think and s   1    languages. Scientists once thought that man isn’t the same as animals b   2   man can think and learn. They know now that dogs, monkeys and birds can learn, too.‎ They are beginning to u   3   that men are different from animals because they can speak. Animals can’t speak. They make much n   4   when they are afraid, or unhappy. Apes(猿) can learn some things more quickly than man. One or two of them have learned a few words. But they can not join words to make s   5   . They cannot think l   6    us because they have no language. Language is a wonderful thing. Man has been a   7   to build a modern world because he has language. Every child can speak his own language very w   8   when he is four or five, b   9   no animals learn to speak.‎ How do children learn it? Scientists don’t really know w   10    happens inside our body when we speak. They only know that man can speak because he has a brain.  ‎ ‎【答案与解析】本文主要叙述了人类和动物的区别并举了具体事例，动词时态用一般现在时。‎ ‎1. 本空考查动介搭配，填speak。‎ ‎2. 本题考察连词，本空前后连接了两句句子，所以要找到适当的连词来表示句子间的关系，可发现是因果，所以填because。‎ ‎3. 本题考察理解，根据词组begin to do可得出本空为动词原形，从前句中的thought可推测出现在科学家知道了人类与动物不同是因为人类会说话，所以他们懂得了这个道理，填understand。‎ ‎4. 本题考察固定搭配，make noise。‎ ‎5. 本题考察理解，猿虽然会单词，却不会把它们组成句子，天sentences。‎ ‎6. 本题考察介词，本空已出现谓语，所以在us前填介词，because说出了不能和我们一样思考的原因，所以得出像我们，填like。‎ ‎7. 本题考察固定词组搭配，从后句的can可推测出本句说的是人类可以建造一个现代的世界，填able。‎ ‎8. 本题考察副词，说某种语言说地很好，填well。‎ ‎9. 本题考察连词，同样本空连接了两句句子，最适当的关系是转折，填but。‎ ‎10. 本题考察宾语从句的引导词，而且在从句中做主语的位置，是某事发生了，所以用what引导。‎ Passage 50‎ Our dog, Rex, used to sit outside our front gate and bark. Every time he wanted to come into the garden he would bark u   1    someone opened the gate. As the neighbours complained of the noise, my husband s   2   weeks training him to press his paw on the latch (门闩) to let himself in. Rex soon became good at o   3   the gate.‎ H   4   , when I was going out shopping last week, I n   5   him in the garden near the gate. This time he was barking so that someone would let him o   6   ! Since then, he has developed another bad h   7  . As soon as he opens the gate from the outside, he comes i   8   the garden and waits until the gate shuts. Then he sits and barks until someone lets him out. After this he immediately lets himself in and begins barking a   9   . Yesterday my husband removed the gate and Rex got so a   10  that he disappeared. Since then, we have not seen him. ‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章叙述了一条狗的故事，动词用一般过去时。‎ ‎1. 本题考察连词，狗一直叫和有人开门最适当的连词是表示时间，填直到，所以填until。‎ ‎2. 本题考察固定搭配，本词为谓语动词，从week和training不难想出，是某人花费了多少时间做某事的词组，填spent。‎ ‎3. 本题考察动介搭配，be good at doing可推出本空为动词，而且动词从前文不难找到提示，填opening。‎ ‎4. 本题考察连词，表示转折，填However。‎ ‎5. 本题考察动词，不难推断出是我看到了它在花园里，表示看到的词，这里填noticed。‎ ‎6. 本题考察介词，它叫唤的目的是为了出去，表示出去的介词是out。‎ ‎7. 本题考察名词，从动词develop和形容词bad，可推出养成了一个坏习惯，填habit。‎ ‎8. 本题考察前后线索对比，从from the outside可推出它到了花园里，填into。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，进去了之后又开始叫唤，填again。‎ ‎10. 本题考察so...that，动词为系动词got，所以只能填形容词，从结果它消失了可推出它很不高兴，填angry。‎ ‎（打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记）‎ Passage 51‎ Years ago in Scotland, the Clark family had a dream. The couple worked and saved, making p___1___ for their nine children and themselves to travel to the USA. It had taken years before they saved enough money and got everything r___2___ for the trip.‎ The whole family was excited about their new life. However, seven days b    3    they left for the USA, the youngest son was bitten（咬）by a dog. The doctor treated the boy,‎ b    4    because there was a possibility of rabies（狂犬病）, they would be kept away from others for fourteen days.‎ The family’s dream could not come t   5    . They would not be able to make the trip to America as they had planned. Watching the ship leave---without the Clark family, the father was quite a    6    with both his son and God for their bad luck.‎ Five days later, a piece of sad news s__ 7___ throughout Scotland---the strong and powerful ship, Titanic, had gone down, taking h   8    of lives with it. The Clark family was to have been on that ship, but because the son was bitten by a dog, they were left b   9   in Scotland.‎ When Mr Clark heard the news, he thanked his son for saving the family. He thanked the God for t   10    a sad thing into a good one.‎ Although we may not always understand, all things happen for a reason.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本文主要记叙了“因祸得福”的事情，动词用一般过去时。‎ ‎1. 本题的关键是动词不定式to travel to the USA，表示了目的，所以是为了目的而做准备和计划，填plans。‎ ‎2. 本题考察固定词组搭配，把所有的事情都准备好，填ready。‎ ‎3. 本题的提示在seven days，是时间，所以用before连接。‎ ‎4. 考察连词，医生治疗了男孩，因为有得狂犬病的可能性，他们被隔离了14天。所以两句是有转折关系，填but。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，考察固定词组搭配，梦想实现了，填true。（注：come true无被动）‎ ‎6. 本题考察固定搭配和理解，因为被狗咬了无法旅行，所以他的父亲必定非常生气，填angry。‎ ‎7. 本题的主语是a piece of sad news，不难想到消息传开了，填spread。‎ ‎8. 指的是泰坦尼克沉没了，带走了**人命（**人不幸遇难），所以本空填的是表示数量的词，填hundreds。‎ ‎9. 本题考察固定搭配，他们没有上船，所以被留下来，填behind。‎ ‎10. 本题的关键词在于into，句意是把坏事变成了好事，填turning。‎ Passage 52‎ Have you had a headache during a test? Have you ever been so worried about something t ___1___  you have a headache or even can’t sleep at night? If s___2___, then you know what stress is. Stress is what you f___3___ when you are worried about something. This worry in your mind can make your body feel bad. You may feel angry, sad, scared, or afraid. All of them can give you a stomach or a headache.‎ However, there are different kinds of stress. Some kinds of stress are good and o___4___ are bad. Good stress might happen when you are called to answer questions in class. This kind of stress can help you get things better done. For e____5____, you may do a better job on your test if the stress pushes you to p____6____ better before the test.‎ On the other hand, bad stress can happen if the stress l____7_____ too long. You may not feel well if your parents are fighting, if a family m____8____ is sick, and if you are having problems at school, or anything else makes you unhappy every day. That kind of stress isn’t going to help you. And it can actually make you sick.‎ The best way to fight stress is to have a balanced life. Make s__9__ you keep your SELF in mind: Sleep, Exercise, Leisure(休闲),and Food. If you get e___10___ sleep and eat properly, and if you exercise and leave time for fun, you’ll probably feel less stressed.‎ ‎1. that 2.so 3.feel 4. others 5. example ‎6. prepare 7.lasts 8. member 9. sure 10. enough ‎【答案与解析】本文说明了压力的分类及不同类型所带来的影响，动词用一般时。‎ ‎1. 本题的提示在于so，不难想到so...that...结构，引导了结果状语从句，填that。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，通过句意可得如果这样的话，你就知道什么事压力，填so。‎ ‎3. 本题考察理解，压力是感受出来的，所以填feel。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，考察固定搭配，some...others...。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，考察固定搭配，for example。‎ ‎6. 如果有一种好的压力，那么在考试前就会让你*地更好，是在考试前，不难想到就是准备，所以填prepare。‎ ‎7. 本题考察动宾搭配，too long是指时间上的过长，所以压力不能持续过长时间，填lasts。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，通过句意可得有一个家庭成员病了，填member。‎ ‎9. 本题考察固定词组搭配，表示确定，填sure。‎ ‎10. 如果合适地吃饭、锻炼、娱乐，就不太会感到压力了，所以推测出睡眠是要充足的，填enough。‎ Passage 53‎ What would you think if you saw a fish walking? Would you look again i   1    you saw a fish climbing a tree? There is a fish that does both of these things. It is c   2    the tree-climbing fish.‎ It is believed that a traveller to India first told about the tree-climbing fish. The fish was h   3    up in a tree. What was the fish doing in that tree? How did it get there? The traveller t   4    a bird might have put it there.‎ The next day the traveller saw a fish come out of the w   5   . It was hard to believe, but up the road went the fish. It used its fins (鱼鳍) and tail to p   6   itself along. It stopped to eat some worms. After the fish had eaten, it walked slowly over to a tree. Up, up it c   7   . When it got high up in the tree, it took a rest.‎ The traveller was s   8    to see these things and told other people about the tree-climbing fish. The people wanted to know w    9    this fish looked like. He explained that one he saw was dark brown and about one foot long.‎ The tree-climbing fish is f   10    not only in India but also in the Philippines, Thailand, Pakistan, and other places. It was at one time found in Florida, America. Because of cold temperatures, it was not able to live there.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章主要说明了爬树鱼这一个奇特种类。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，从句在动词词组look again之后，所以是宾语从句，表示是否，填if。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，这是一种被称为爬树鱼的鱼，填called。‎ ‎3. 本题为理解题，既然是爬树鱼，所以在树上的高度就是重点，无非是高或者矮，h开头表示高的词不难想到high。‎ ‎4. 本题不难，常识来说的话，鱼不会在树上，所以旅游者也是认为鱼是被鸟抓上来的，根据前文的was, did可判断出是一般过去时，填thought。‎ ‎5. 课通过后句的含义来推测，令人难以相信的是鱼走上了道路，说明它是从水里出来的，填water。‎ ‎6. 本题较难，这些鱼是如何走路的呢？是用鱼鳍和尾巴让自己前行，与其说走，不如说是在那里推自己，填push。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，主题是爬树鱼，所以它慢慢爬了上去，填climbed。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，当亲眼看到爬树鱼爬树之后，一定感到非常惊奇，填suprised。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，这条鱼看上去像什么，填what。‎ ‎10. 本句中出现了多个地点，不难想到是在这些地方被发现，填found。‎ Passage 54 (2011年中考真题）‎ At one time, making a film was an expensive activity only for a small group of people and film companies. Not only were the tools and machines expensive but the cost of film was also far greater than most people could afford. However, modern technology has c   1    all that.‎ New technology has really opened up the world of film-making for film fans. Now a camera does not cost m   2    and most young people are certainly able to pay for it. So all you need is to get one for yourself. With that, you may then start your own film-making.‎ However, film-making is t   3    work. You probably need many other people to help you. For example, the p   4    of actors and actresses is very important in your film. Of course, these actors and actresses may be your schoolmates, friends or family members. You don′t even need to pay them a cent while they are glad to be part of your job.‎ B   5   , you need to make up a story. Can you write your own one? If you have good imagination, you can create an attractive story e   6   . Many world-famous film makers and producers are also good story-writers. If not, perhaps you need someone else to write it for you. An excellent story is the key to making a s   7    film.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇首字母填空主要叙述了随着技术的进步，自己做电影不再是难事。‎ ‎1. 本题的关键词在于however表示转折，尽管制作电影非常昂贵和费时间，但是随着技术的更新，已经改变了这个局面。changed ‎2. 本题的关键词是并列连词and，and后的并列句表示年轻人可以付得起一个照相机，说明照相机不会花费他们太多的钱，填much。‎ ‎3. 通过后句You probably need many other people to help you可得知需要他人帮助来制作电影，相当于一个团队工作，填team。‎ ‎4. actors and actresses已经给了提示，作为演员，在电影中最关键的部分就是表演，填performance。‎ ‎5. 考察连接词。通过常识，想要制作一部好电影，不但要有好演员，还要有一个好故事，所以为并列关系，填Besides。‎ ‎6. 不难发现本题填副词。通过句子理解，如果想象力好的话，就能创造出一个吸引人的故事。可用表示“简单、容易”的副词修饰，填easily。‎ ‎7. ‎ 本题为理解题。如果有一个非常优秀的故事，一定可以帮助你做出一部出色的电影，也就是一部成功的电影，填形容词successful。‎ Passage 55‎ Michel is a young girl who works for the police as a handwriting expert(专家). She has helped c   1    many criminals by using her special talents.‎ When she was fourteen, Michel was already quite i   2    in the differences in her friends’ handwriting that she would spend hours on them. After f   3   college she went to France for a special two-year class in handwriting at the School‎ of ‎Police Science.‎ Michel says that it is i   4    for people to hide their handwriting. She can discover most of w   5    she needs to know just by looking at the writing with her own eyes. She also has machines t   6    help her make out different kinds of paper and ink. This knowledge is o   7    great help to the police.‎ Michel believes that handwriting is a good sign of what kind of person the w   8    is. “I wouldn’t go out with a fellow i   9    I didn’t like his handwriting.” She says. And she adds she fell in l   10   with her future husband, a young policeman after she studied his handwriting. It is later proved to be all right, however.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章主要叙述了Michel用她的特长帮助警察破案的事情。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，考察理解，Michel是为警局工作，所以和犯人之间的动词就是抓住，填catch。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，考察固定搭配，她会做这工作的原因是对笔记很感兴趣，填interested。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，考察固定搭配，由after引导，所以用doing形式，从句意理解是大学毕业后，填finishing。‎ ‎4. 本题考察理解，既然她的工作是用书写找出犯人，所以可以得出想要隐藏书写方式是很困难或者不可能的，填impossible。‎ ‎5. 本题考察宾语从句引导词，从句中she needs to know，不难看出引导词是做宾语的，所以是需要知道什么，填what。‎ ‎6. 本题考察理解，她需要极其来帮助她或者是帮助她解决案件的机器，填to或者that。‎ ‎7. 本题考察句型转换，be of + n. =be + adj.，所以这里说的是知识非常有用，填of。‎ ‎8. 本题考察理解，句中的重点是handwriting，所以相对应的人是writer。‎ ‎9. 本题中的时态时would和did，是主讲从现的变体，所以带有条件状语从句，填if。‎ ‎10. 本句的宾语是her future husband，所以是词组fall in love with sb。love Passage 56（2010年中考真题）‎ A survey has been published which shows that British people don’t like their neighbors very much. 80% of the people who took part in the survey feel that their neighbors h__92__ pay attention to others’ feelings. 25% don’t talk to the people who live next door and 10% don’t even know their names. In fact, one million people in Britain would like to m___93__ because they don’t get along well with their neighbors.‎ According to the survey, the b___94__ problem is noise. Many of the complaints about noise came from people who live in flats and old houses. These places often have thin walls which can’t s__95__ the noise from next door.‎ The other main problems are disagreements (不和) about car parking spaces, and old people complaining about the young. Some disagreements last a l__96__ time. In one case, people who live in the same building haven’t talked to each other for fifteen years. Sometimes the disagreements end in violence. In one of the worst cases, a man killed a neighbor because he kept parking in “his places”.‎ Another survey shows that 90% of the neighbors never share a meal, 80% have never had a drink t__97___ and 20% have never even spoken. However, when neighbors become each other’s f__98___, they are often ready to offer help, as we can see in many parts of the world.‎ One solution to such problems is to talk about them with a professional organization and, if necessary, to sign a written agreement. Now people can get this service in more and more towns.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本文主要叙述了英国居民间的关系问题，动词用一般现在时。‎ ‎92. 本文的首句就提出了观：British people don’t like their neighbors very much，所以一切叙述都要和“不喜欢”相吻合。第一句如果空不看，解释的是邻居很注意相互的感情，那么就和不喜欢的概念相违背，所以填表示否定的副词改变整句话的意思，填hardly。‎ ‎93. 空后的because引导了原因状语从句，他们和邻居相处地不好，所以他们会做出某个决定，那么不难想到搬家，填move。‎ ‎94. 本空的提示在后文的most of the complaints，解释为大多数的抱怨，说明这是一个大问题，而且前面有the，说明填最高级biggest。‎ ‎95. 本题的提示在于from，有噪音说明声音不能阻挡下来，和阻挡有联系的词是stop。‎ ‎96. 本题不难，考察固定搭配，填long。‎ ‎97. 本题的提示是never和share，share解释为分享，就是大家一起享用，所以这里填together。‎ ‎98. 本题的提示是however，表示了转折，前面说的是关系不好，这里开始就是关系很好，变成了相互的朋友，填friends。‎ Passage 57‎ Once my mother told me a story. In Africa, when an antelope (羚羊) wakes up every morning, the first thing it thinks about is, “ I must be able to run faster than the fastest lion, or I will be k____1_____. ” At the same time, a lion wakes from his dream. The first thing the lion thinks about is, “I must be able to catch the s_____2_____ antelope, or I will die of hunger.” So, almost at the same time, the antelope and the lion get up and start running toward the rising sun.‎ This is life: full of chances and challenge (挑战). Whether you are an antelope or a lion, you must go a____3_____ when the sun rises. For students, it is just the same. If we do not study hard, sooner or later, we will fall b____4_____ the other students. At first, I did not know what the word “exam” meant. Later I knew an exam was a kind of competition. In competitions, there are always w____5_____ and losers. As I grew up, I got to know competition well. In one’s life, there must be competitions, so people can improve.‎ Each time I saw children playing games and heard their laughter, I wished I were that age again. However, I remembered my parents’ words: “You must work very hard in order to have a good f_____6_____.” So I picked up my pen and began to study hard again.‎ I was still not sure what competition really meant. One day, I was taking part in an English-speaking competition. When I went to the stage, I saw other students looking at me kindly. I s_____7_____ knew what competition was. It is not as cruel as my teacher and parents told me. In fact, competition is the opposite: it is kind and necessary.‎ I learned a lot from realizing this fact. Now I understand more about the world. Competition is important for us all.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章通过动物引出了生命中充满挑战的事实。‎ ‎1. 本题考察理解，羚羊要跑得快的原因是不能被狮子吃掉，所以填killed。‎ ‎2. 本题考察形容词最高级的用法，与前面的比较级（快）相对应，狮子要吃掉跑的最慢的羚羊，填slowest。‎ ‎3. 本题较难，考察固定搭配，根据句意“当太阳升起的时候，你必须勇往直前”，填ahead。‎ ‎4. 本题考察固定搭配，fall behind解释为落后。behind ‎5. 本题不难，and前后连接了名词，与losers相对应的是winners。‎ ‎6. 本题考察理解，爸爸妈妈让我努力学习是为了有个好的将来，填future。‎ ‎7. 本题考察副词的运用，从实际情况中突然知道了，填suddenly。‎ Passage 58‎ Wendy Martin is an ordinary university student who used to love surfing the Internet and chatting (聊天) with friends online. She often spent much of her free time talking with her family and making new friends online. Then something a____1_____happened. It completely changed Wendy's feelings about the Internet.‎ One of Wendy's favourite things to do online was to visit the chat rooms on music websites. Everyone there loved chatting about recent concerts and what the famous s____2_____were going to do next. It was here that Wendy first met Anne. The two women liked each other immediately. Soon they exchanged e-mail addresses and were communicating online every day.‎ Wendy e____3_____talking to her new friend. They both liked the same music, the same clothes and the same films, but they also had the same worries about studying and the future. Anne had e-mailed her a picture of herself—— she even looked s____4_____to Wendy. So, when Anne asked Wendy for her address and phone number, Wendy thought her new friend was a person she could trust.‎ It was only when Wendy got a letter from the bank that she realized something was wrong. Anne was not who she said she was. She was not a university student, she was not young and she was not even a woman. 'Anne' was really a 45-year-old man called Tim Histanon. He p____5_____to like the same things as Wendy. He had used Wendy's personal information to spend all the money in her bank account.‎ This situation is actually quite common, and affects (影响) thousands of people every year. Fortunately for Wendy, Tim Histanon was finally caught by the police, so Wendy got most of her money back. Many people, h____6_____, have not been so lucky.‎ Everyone can learn from the mistakes that Wendy made. N____7_____give out personal information while chatting online, and always make sure your user name is different from your real name. Nobody wants to make the same mistake as Wendy.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本文主要描述了Wendy网聊时碰到的真实案件。‎ ‎1. 通过后文可总结出，这次是Wendy对网络聊天的不好的事情，填awful。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，通过concert可推测出是著名的歌手，填singers。‎ ‎3. 通过后句可发现，她们对对方的印象很好，可推出她们非常喜欢聊天，填enjoyed。‎ ‎4. 本题考察固定搭配，be similar to解释为相似。‎ ‎5. 通过理解，一个男人伪装成一个女士，然后假装喜欢和Wendy一样的东西，填pretended。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，表示转折，填however。‎ ‎7. 本句最后给出了建议，不要网上聊天时随便给私人信息，填Never。‎ Passage 59‎ Anger is a kind of feeling. Many things can make you angry. When your teacher gives you too much homework, when your team loses an important game, when your friend b __1__ your favourite thing and then breaks it, you may get really angry.‎ Usually, your body will tell you when you are angry. For example, you breathe much f__2__, your face turns red and you may want to break something or hit someone, but sometimes, you hide your anger. For example, you may hide it in your h__3___ . The problem is that if you do this, you may get a headache or your stomach may hurt.‎ In fact, it's not good to hide your anger, and it's normal for you to get angry sometimes. But anger must be let out in the right way, without hurting o_  4  _or yourself. Let me give you some advice.‎ When you get angry, you can talk about it with other people. It's helpful to talk about your anger with other people, such as p___5____, teachers, good friends etc. When you talk about anger, those b___6___feelings can start to go away. On the other hand, when you start to feel angry, you can do some other things: count from 1 to 100; go for a bike ride; think about good things, etc.‎ Don't let your anger c    7    you. Remember that how you act when you are anger can make everything better or worse.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章主要讨论了如何释放愤怒的方法。‎ ‎1. 本句说的是让你生气的事情，如果你的朋友借了你喜欢的东西还把它弄坏了，你会很生气，填borrows。‎ ‎2. 通过后句的意思，可以得出是呼吸快，而且有much修饰，所以用比较级faster。‎ ‎3. 本句话是对前一句的延伸，你有时会隐藏你的愤怒，也就是把你的愤怒藏在心里，填heart。‎ ‎4. 本句由or连接了前后两个对象，通过你自己可推出还有别人，填others。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，such as举例全是人物，所以填parents。‎ ‎6. 根据句意，当你讨论你的愤怒的时候，那些不好的情绪就会离开，所以填bad。‎ ‎7. 本题的提示在于后句的act，你自己来行动，也就是不要被愤怒所控制，填control。‎ Passage 60‎ Have you ever noticed an advertisement which says "Learn a foreign language in six weeks, or your money back! From the first day your pronunciation will be excellent. Just send ..." and so on? Of course, it n __1__  happens quite like that. The only language that is easy to learn is the mother tongue. And think how much practice that gets! Before the Second World War people usually learned a foreign language in order to read the literature of the country. Now speaking the foreign language is w __2__ most people want.‎ Every year millions of people start learning one. How do they do it? Some people try at home, with books and tapes; some u __3__ radio or television programs; others go to evening classes. If they use the language only two or three times a week, learning it will t __4__ a long time, like language learning at school. A few people try to learn a language f __5__ by studying for six or more hours a day. It is clearly easier to learn the language in the country where it is s __6__ . However, most people cannot afford this, and for many it is not necessary. They need the language in order to do their work b __7__ . For example, scientists and doctors mainly need to be able to read books and reports in the foreign language. Whether the language is learned quickly or slowly, it is hard work. Machines and good books will help, but they cannot do the students' work.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章主要说明了学习外语、如何有效学习的方法。‎ ‎1. 本题为理解题，虽然有这种广告，但是看到的几率并不大，填never。‎ ‎2. 本题考察冰雨从句引导词，这是大多数人想要的，填what。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，填use。‎ ‎4. 本题在will后，所以填动词原形，学习它和很长时间之间的动词时花费，填take。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，指的是一些人想学的快一点，填fast。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，如果想学习的快一点，就要在一直说这个语言的地方呆着，所以是语言被说的地方，填spoken。‎ ‎7. 本题为理解题，有些人需要外语是为了更好的完成工作，填better。‎ Passage 61‎ One day I found a little girl sitting in the park sadly. Lots of people passed by but never s    1    to see why she looked so sad. As I got closer I saw that her b    2      had a strange shape. That’s a hump (驼背)! Perhaps that was the r    3     why people just passed by and make no effort to help. I sat down beside her and said, “Hello!” Then she, in a low voice, said, “Hi.” I smiled and she smiled b    4     , shyly. Then we talked there u    5     it got dark. I asked the girl why she was so sad. She looked at me and said with a sad face, “Because of the hump.”‎ ‎"But, you make me t    6     of an angel (天使), sweet and friendly,” I said. She looked at me and asked, “Really?” I said, “Yes, I think you are an angel and you come here to watch over all those people walking by.” When she h    7     this, the little girl jumped up. “I am! I’m an angel!” I was happy because she was not sad any m    8     .‎ After that, my life also changed. I learned how to s    9     both happiness and sadness with others. I believe now we give something to others in the s    10     way we get the same.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章记叙了作者碰到了一名驼背女孩而发生的事情。‎ ‎1. 本题由but表示转折，并且表示了两个相对应的动作，经过和听下，填stopped。‎ ‎2. 从后句的hump可以推断出，她的背部有问题，填back。‎ ‎3. 本题不难，由why引导的先行词是reason。‎ ‎4. 本题有些难，从语境推断，我对她微笑，她也对我微笑，是一种回应，所以填back。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，表示一直聊天知道天黑，填until。‎ ‎6. 本题考察词组，make sb. do，句意是你让我想到了天使，填think。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，是听到了这些，填heard。‎ ‎8. 本题考察固定搭配，not...any more。‎ ‎9. 本题考察固定搭配，与他人分享，填share。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，解释为以同样的方法，填same。‎ Passage 62‎ There was a big earthquake under the India Ocean Area o    1     December 26th 2004 and it c    2     a large tsunami. Tsunamis are great sea waves produced especially by an earthquake.‎ That morning my classmates and I went to the seaside and had breakfast when we h    3     a loud noise like bombs. People in the sea ran w    4     to the bank and s    5     , ‘Water is coming!’ Someone told us to run to a higher place. We ran as q    6     as we could.‎ Since we did not know what happened, we were very f    7     . We looked back and saw a t    8     picture. The water waves were so strong that cars  were made to fall upside down and the flood w    9     away everything on the seaside .‎ We were safe but the n    10     of victims was over 140,000. People call the day ‘Black Sunday’.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章记叙了印度洋海啸的当天情况。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，具体日子前用介词on。‎ ‎2. 这次地震了引起了一场巨大的海啸，填caused。‎ ‎3. 本题考察动介搭配，和巨响搭配的是听见，填heard。‎ ‎4. 根据语境，海里的人非常混乱、疯狂地逃走，填wildly。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，根据语境，逃跑的时候大声叫喊，填shouted或screamed。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，填quickly。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，根据当时的情况，我们非常害怕，填frightened。‎ ‎8. 此处picture解释为场景，当海啸来临时的场景是非常可怕的，填terrible。‎ ‎9. 本题考察固定词组搭配，冲走解释为wash away，填washed。‎ ‎10. 本题不难，140000是数字，所以表示的是受害者的数量，填number。‎ Passage 63‎ Lofton is a little village （村庄）in England. It is not f__1___ from the city of Manchester. Not many families l__2__ around the village, so the people all know each o__3___. Most of them are friendly and helpful.‎ Though their homes are in Lofton, many people have jobs in Manchester. S__4__ work in large factories there. A few work in shops o___5___ offices. Most of these people go to work by train. It usually t__6_ _ about half an hour to go from Lofton to Manchester.‎ In the evening a lot of people like watching TV. But if they go to see a film or go to a concert, they have to go to Manchester, because there are n___7___ cinemas in Lofton.‎ Like many other villages near towns or cities, it is clean and quiet. So life in Lofton may not be so e___8___ as the life in the b___9___ cities, but it can be just as interesting. That is w___9__ people in Lofton love their village.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本文主要介绍了英国的一个小村庄。‎ ‎1. 此题考察固定词组搭配，这个小村庄离曼彻斯特不远，填far。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，提到了家庭和村庄，不难想到是住在村庄附近，填live。‎ ‎3. 本题考察固定搭配，互相间非常熟悉，填other。‎ ‎4. 本题和后面的a few是对应的，都是表示一些村民，填Some。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，前后表示并列关系，填or。‎ ‎6. 本题考察固定词组搭配，做某事会花费多少时间，填takes。‎ ‎7. 本句是对前句的补充说明，如果要看电影或者音乐会，必须去曼彻斯特，因为小村庄里没有电影院，填no。‎ ‎8. 从前句的clean和quiet可得出，小镇的生活不是非常激动人心，填exciting。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，不像大城市那样，填big。‎ ‎10. 本题考察固定句型，这就是….的原因，填why。‎ Passage 64‎ Man has a big brain. He can think and s__1___ languages. Scientists once thought that man isn’t the same as animals b__2__ man can think and learn. They know now that dogs, monkeys and birds can learn, too.‎ They are beginning to u__3__ that men are different from animals because they can speak. Animals can’t speak. They make much n__4__ when they are afraid, or unhappy. Apes(猿) can learn some things more quickly than man. One or two of them have learned a few words. But they cannot join words to make s__5__ . They cannot think l__6__ us because they have no language. Language is a wonderful thing. Man has been a__7__ to build a modern world because he has language. Every child can speak his own language very w__8__ when he is four or five, b__9__ no animals learn to speak.‎ How do children learn it? Scientists don’t really know w__10__ happens inside our body when we speak. They only know that man can speak because he has a brain.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本文主要叙述了人类和动物的区别并举了具体事例，动词时态用一般现在时。‎ ‎1. 本空考查动介搭配，填speak。‎ ‎2. 本题考察连词，本空前后连接了两句句子，所以要找到适当的连词来表示句子间的关系，可发现是因果，所以填because。‎ ‎3. 本题考察理解，根据词组begin to do可得出本空为动词原形，从前句中的thought可推测出现在科学家知道了人类与动物不同是因为人类会说话，所以他们懂得了这个道理，填understand。‎ ‎4. 本题考察固定搭配，make noise。‎ ‎5. 本题考察理解，猿虽然会单词，却不会把它们组成句子，填 sentences。‎ ‎6. 本题考察介词，本空已出现谓语，所以在us前填介词，because说出了不能和我们一样思考的原因，所以得出像我们，填like。‎ ‎7. 本题考察固定词组搭配，从后句的can可推测出本句说的是人类可以建造一个现代的世界，填able。‎ ‎8. 本题考察副词，说某种语言说地很好，填well。‎ ‎9. 本题考察连词，同样本空连接了两句句子，最适当的关系是转折，填but。‎ ‎10. 本题考察宾语从句的引导词，而且在从句中做主语的位置，是某事发生了，所以用what引导。‎ Passage 65‎ Now students’ English handwriting (书法)gets worse and worse. That makes their teachers feel w__1__. Is your English handwriting beautiful? If not, here are four steps that really work!‎ ‎◆Use paper with lines Using paper with lines can keep you writing straight instead of up or down when you write English words or sentences. Those lines on the paper can help you to write words in the r__2__ size. Be sure to fill the lined space completely. And make sure those capital letters (大写字母) are written properly.‎ ‎◆Slow down If your writing is hard to read, try slowing down a little. For some kids, going slower makes the handwriting clear. If you write too fast, it’s hard for you to stop where you should, and even w__3__, you may make more mistakes.‎ ‎◆Hold your pencil right When you hold your pencil in a correct way, writing is much easier. Some kids press down really hard when they write. That makes the handwriting not nice. Try to be relaxed and don’t hold the pencil so hard. Let your writing appear nice and clean. If you do so, people will guess you are a student with a good h__4___.‎ ‎◆Draw more pictures Drawing can improve your handwriting. You need to use the skills to c__ 5__ your pencil better when you are drawing pictures. Even though you have no chance to draw at school, you can practice by y__6___ at home.‎ Handwriting is very important. Imagine you are a world-famous movie star or a well-known sports player, what do you do when your f__7__ run up to you? Give them your autographs(亲笔签名), of course.‎ ‎1. worried 2. right 3. worse 4. habit 5. control 6. yourself 7. fans ‎【答案与解析】本文为说明文，说明了想要提高书写的4个方法。‎ ‎1. 本空是对第一句话的总结，学生的书法越来越差就是让老师们非常担忧，天worried。‎ ‎2. 本题不难，这些线是帮助书写的，可以让字母保持适当的大小，填right。‎ ‎3. even为形容词比较级的修饰语，从后句make more mistakes也可得出结论，更加糟糕了，填worse。‎ ‎4. 本句是对于前文中良好书写方式的掌握，所以是有了一个好习惯，填habit。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，画画可以提高书写，所以画画的技巧可以帮助你更好地握笔，就是控制笔，填control。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，自己在家练习，填yourself。‎ ‎7. 本题不难，给了一个假设的场景，如果你是明星的话，无疑向你跑来的是你的粉丝，填fans。‎ Passage 66‎ Fourteen–year-old girl Du Bingzi was walking towards her home .S__1__, a man stopped her and shouted, “Give me your money!”‎ Du’s hands were c__2__by the man .But in one quick movement, she took back her arms and started to scream for attention. The man ran away without getting any of her money.‎ Du is a student from Beijing No.25 Middle School. Her teacher Chen Han has started giving his students an u__3__ lesson: self-protection. Luckily, Du had just learned how to escape from an a__4__，a person who plans to hurt someone.‎ The school has taught self–protection for four years. During this time, about 5,000 students have learned to how to protect t__5__.‎ According to a new survey, students’ s__6__has become a big problem. Nearly 50% students say they are worried about r__7__on the way to and from school.‎ This school is not the only one to care about students’ safety. Many other schools in China also have lessons l__8__ this.‎ Student Ma Xiang said, “I learn how to save lives and most such courses tell students how to avoid (避免) d__9__ situations.” Students practice what to do if they are attacked by a bad person.‎ They are taught how to save lives if someone is hurt. They also learn how to work t__10__ and build team-spirit.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本文主要说明了目前学生所面临的安全问题及学校所采取的措施。‎ ‎1. 本题不难，突然之间，填Suddenly。‎ ‎2. 因为Du突然被一个男人拦了下来，所以一定会被他抓住，填caught。‎ ‎3. 本题和后面的自我保护形成对比，一般是不会在学校教授的，所以是不寻常的一课，填unusual。‎ ‎4. 本题是后句定语从句的先行词，通过后句一个人打算去伤害别人，不难想到这是一种攻击，填attack。‎ ‎5. 本题不难，是5000多名学生学习如何保护自己，填themselves。‎ ‎6. 从前后文都可以判断出，本篇文章主要说明的对象就是学生的人身安全，从下文也可以得出直接答案，填safety。‎ ‎7. 对于学生来说，最危险最常见的就是抢钱，所以填robbery。‎ ‎8. 本题不难，像这样的课程，填like。‎ ‎9. 本题不难，这些都是非常危险的情况，填dangerous。‎ ‎10. 本空和team-spirit对应，提到了团队，就是要一起工作，填work。‎ Passage 67‎ I came into a village and I saw a policeman standing outside the post office and reading something carefully. He looked up at the car, w__1___ into the road, and held up a hand to stop me.‎ I a__2___ stopped, but then I realized that the policeman had been reading about me. I supposed the police at the hotel had worked quickly, and called all the local villages. I drove faster, the policeman jumped out of my way, and I was soon out of the village.‎ I left the main road as soon as possible and tried a smaller one. It was not easy without a map, and I realized that I had been so s___3___ to steal the car. It would help the police to find me in any corner of Scotland. If I left it, and went off on foot, they would find me in an hour or two.‎ I was very hungry; I had eaten n__4__ since morning. And now, as I drove, I heard a noise in the sky, and there was a plane. I drove as fast as I could down into another town. Suddenly, a car appeared in front of me from a s__5___ road. There was no time to stop. I did the only thing possible and drove off the road into a fence, hoping to hit something soft beyond. But I was out of good l__6___. The car went through the fence like a knife through butter, and immediately began to fall. I jumped out and was caught by the branch of a tree, while the car disappeared into a river fifteen meters below.‎ A hand helped me out of the tree, and a frightened voice asked me if I was badly hurt. The speaker was a young man who was very sorry. I was more p__7___ than angry; it was a good way for the car to disappear.‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇文章的主人公是偷了一辆汽车的小偷，说了他的经历。‎ ‎1. 本题考察固定搭配，他看到了车，所以应该走到了马路上去，填walked。‎ ‎2. 通过句意，尽管我几乎停下来了，不过警察还是注意到我了，填almost。‎ ‎3. 考察理解，从前文我没有地图，到后文帮助警察找到我都可以推断出我偷了车是非常愚蠢的，填stupid。‎ ‎4. 从前句的我很饿，可以推出我没有吃东西，填nothing。‎ ‎5. 从前文可以看出，我从主路上开到了小路上，所以填side或small。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，我没有好运气，填luck。‎ ‎7. than引导了并列句式，和angry相反，填pleased。‎ Passage 68‎ The Economist Intelligence Unit (《经济学人》情报组) is the world’s leading resource for economic and business research . Every year, the EIU makes a list of the best cities to live in a__1___ the world. It has its own ideas for scoring, for example: Is the city s__2___? Is the air clean? Are the schools good?‎ Melbourne‎ is at the t __3___of the list in every category. people get along well there. Trees and grass c__4__ 40 percent of the city. People ride streetcars (有轨电车) and there aren’t many cars ,s__5___ the air is clean .‎ As a result, according to the EIU’s survey, Melbourne is the best city in the world to live in.‎ Vienna‎ is NO.2 on the list. It is the capital of Austria. The city is famous for its culture and art. As ‘the city of music’, Vienna has a lot of big c__6___.‎ The third city on the list is Vancouver‎ , ‎Canada. It used to be No.1 on the list .But this time , the city got f__7___ points because of its traffic jams .Will it get its place back next year ?‎ ‎【答案与解析】本篇主要说明了世界上最好的几个城市的比较。‎ ‎1. 本题考察固定搭配，EIU列出了全球最好的城市的列表，填around。‎ ‎2. 此处是由3个问句引导的，和干净的空气、好的学校对应的就是安全的城市，填safe。‎ ‎3. 本题考察固定搭配，这是在每个类别的最顶部，填top。‎ ‎4. 通过理解，树木和草地占了城市的40%，可以填cover。‎ ‎5. 本句是对前句的总结，表示了结果，填so。‎ ‎6. 本题不难，从前句的the city of music，不难推出和音乐有关的大型活动就是音乐会，填concerts。‎ ‎7. 通过理解，今年排名第三的城市是温哥华，原来是排名第一的，失去第一位的理由就是交通堵塞，所以得到了更少的分数，填fewer。‎ Passage 69‎ One day while a lonely girl was walking in the forest, she found two hungry b___1____. She took them home and p ___2____ them in a small cage. She cared them with love and the birds grew strong. Every morning they sang a wonderful song f ____3___her. The girl felt great love for the birds. ‎ One day the girl left the door to the cage open. The larger and stronger of the two birds f ____4___from the cage. The girl was so frightened (害怕的) that he would fly away. As he flew close, she caught him wildly. Her heart felt glad at her success in c ____5___ him. Suddenly she felt there was something w ___6____with the bird. She opened her hand and found the bird died. Her love killed him. She noticed the other bird moving around in the cage. She could feel his great need for freedom. She took it out of the cage and let it fly into the air. ‎ The girl watched the bird fly in the sky happily. Her heart was no longer with loss(失落). She wanted the bird to be happy. Suddenly the bird flew closer and l ___7____softly on her shoulder (肩膀). It sang the sweetest song that she had never heard. ‎ The fastest way to lose love is to hold on it too tightly (紧紧地) the best way to keep love is to give it WINGS!‎ 本文讲述了一个故事：一位小女孩对两只饥饿的小鸟十分关爱。有一天，鸟笼没有关，有一只鸟飞了出来，小女孩害怕它会飞走，在抓它时，由于抓的太紧，结果把它弄死了。故事告诉我们，爱就要给它一双翅膀，让它自由的飞翔。‎ ‎1【答案】birds【解析】由第一段第三句话She cared them with love and the birds grew strong.可知，女孩发现的是两只鸟。‎ ‎2【答案】put【解析】这里有一个固定搭配put…in“把……放入……”女孩把两只鸟带回了家，把他们放入笼子。注意这里应该填的是个过去式。‎ ‎3【答案】for【解析】女孩给了它们关爱，所以它们唱歌给女孩听，为……唱歌，用介词for。‎ ‎4【答案】flew【解析】鸟笼的门打开，有一只鸟飞了出来。所以应该选“飞（fly）”,但是注意这里的时态，第二段首句one day提示这里要用过去式（flew），表示过去某时间发生的动作。‎ ‎5【答案】catching【解析】由后面可知，女孩成功地抓住了这只飞出来的鸟。用“抓（catch）”这个词，需要注意的是前面是介词in，所以要用doing的形式。‎ ‎6【答案】wrong【解析】由后文可知抓在手中的鸟儿死了，女孩会感觉鸟儿出了问题。所以是something wrong.‎ ‎7【答案】landed【解析】有上下文可知，小鸟落在了女孩的肩膀上，land有“落在，降落”的意思，注意时态变化，and连接的两个并列的谓语，前面flew用的是过去式，所以land也要用过去式。‎ Passage 70‎ During the summer holidays, I decided to do something 1ike a musician. I think I never had so much fun in my life. At first I wanted to b ___1____ a guitar from my sister. But she didn't agree. So I bought a guitar by myself. ‎ From then on, I tried to play it as often as I c ___2____. And I feel it is the right thing to do. I don't c ___3____what other people say about this. ‎ I also started writing s ___4____and I was really proud of one of them. It made me feel better. ‎ But I was w ____5___that I wasn't talented（有天分的） enough, but instead of worrying about this, I1 ____6___ from my sister and practiced playing it as much as I can. ‎ I think if you want to become a musician, have fun with what you are doing. And don't sit around wishing to do something, but do something. And I think that writing songs is the b ___7____ thing to be a musician. ‎ When I am free, I cannot wait to catch the guitar and start playing.‎ 文章讲述了一个作者想成为一名音乐家的经过，在暑假间，他买了一把吉他，并且写歌，要练习成为音乐家。‎ ‎1【答案】borrow 【解析】后文提到我自己去买了把吉他(So I bought a guitar by myself.)，可见我没有从姐姐那里借到吉他。borrow…from…向……借…… ‎ ‎2【答案】could 【解析】买了吉他，尽可能的弹奏。表示能力，用could。 ‎ ‎3【答案】care 【解析】由上一句可知，自己感觉这是正确的方式（And I feel it is the right thing to do.），所以我不关心关于这件事别人怎么说。 ‎ ‎4【答案】songs 【解析】由倒数第二段最后一句（And I think that writing songs…）可知，对音乐感兴趣，要写的是歌曲（song），注意这里要用复数，因为后面（proud of one of them）。 ‎ ‎5【答案】worried 【解析】我不断地练习，因为担心没有足够的天分。从后面这句“but instead of worrying about this”的提示，也可以想到“worry”一词。 ‎ ‎6【答案】learned 【解析】姐姐会弹吉他，所以我向她学习。learn…from …向……学习。注意时态，后面“and practiced”and连接两个并列的谓语，所以learn变为过去式learned. ‎ ‎7【答案】best 【解析】我认为写歌是成为音乐家最好的事情，看到前面有定冠词the，想到后面可能加的是形容词或副词的最高级形式。‎ Passage 71‎ Many years ago, a mother and her daughter lived in a village happily. Every night, the mother would lock the door w __1___ three locks, because she was afraid that a thief might come in.‎ As time went by, the daughter became tired of her boring life there, and dreamed to go to the city to see the o__2___ world. One day, she left home without t__3___ her mother. "Forget me, Mom," she thought.‎ But the outside world wasn’t as good as she thought. Ten years later, she came back h__4___with a tired body and mind.‎ When she got home, it was dark. She k__5___at the door, but nobody answered. Surprisingly, she found that the door was unlocked. She came in and saw her mother 1___6__ in the bed, sleeping. Tears ran down her face. Hearing the cry of her daughter, the mother awoke. They hugged and cried. Later, the daughter asked, "Mom, w___7__didn't you lock the door?"‎ ‎"Since you left, I was afraid you wouldn't be able to get in when you came back."‎ 本文讲述了母女俩住在一个小山村，母亲担心小偷，每天都用三把锁来锁门。一天女儿背着母亲离家出走，但是外面的世界不是像她想的那样。十年后的一个晚上，她回来了，却发现门没有上锁，是因为母亲担心她回来不能进屋。 ‎ ‎1【答案】with 【解析】每天晚上，母亲用三把锁来锁门。with，用…… ‎ ‎2【答案】outside 【解析】女儿出去时想去看看外面的世界。第三段第一行（But the outside world…）有提示这个词。 ‎ ‎3【答案】telling 【解析】由后面可知，她离开家而没有告诉她妈妈。注意without是介词，后面加动词的ing形式。 ‎ ‎4【答案】home 【解析】十年之后，她带着疲惫的身心回到了家。come back home回家。 ‎ ‎5【答案】knocked 【解析】由句意可知，她进门之前先敲门，但没有人应答。knock at the door敲门。注意时态变化，应该填过去式。 ‎ ‎6【答案】lying 【解析】她母亲在睡觉，肯定要躺在床上。see…doing sth.看见……正在做某事。注意lie的ing形式是lying。 ‎ ‎7【答案】why 【解析】原来用三把锁锁门，现在不锁了，女儿当然要问为什么。‎ Passage 72‎ The sun is shining, the ocean waves are rolling in, and your feet are in the warm sand. You and y____1___ partner are facing a big net, and two people are on the o___2____ side waiting for you. ‎ Yeah! You are playing beach volleyball! Beach volleyball is a s ___3____that developed from regular team volleyball, and like the indoor sport. There are a few important differences: ‎ Beach volleyball is p ____4___outdoors in the sand, instead of in a gym. This usually means at the ocean or a lake, but the game can also be played in any place full of sand. ‎ Beach volleyball teams are usually s ____5___ , and are most commonly made up of just two people. Beach volleyball can be very fast and exciting. Part of the fun of beach volleyball is being out in the sunshine and clean air. It is the perfect team sport for people who love the beach! ‎ It is said that the f ___6____ beach volleyball game was played in Santa Monica‎, ‎California in the 1920s. ‎ Beach volleyball really s ___7____to match in the 1960s. And two-player beach volleyball became an Olympic medal sport in 1993.‎ 本文讲的是沙滩排球的历史和发展。‎ ‎1【答案】your【解析】打沙滩排球时，你和你的同伴要面对一个很大的网。‎ ‎2【答案】other【解析】由打沙滩排球的常识可知，你和你的同伴在一边，另外两个人在另一边。on the other side:在另一边。‎ ‎3【答案】sport【解析】沙滩排球是从常规的多人排球演变发展而来的一种运动。sport一词在文中多次出现，不难猜出。‎ ‎4【答案】played【解析】沙滩排球是在室外沙滩上玩的，这里注意用被动played。‎ ‎5【答案】small【解析】由后面（are most commonly made up of just twopeople）可知，玩沙滩排球每个球队只要两个人，所以沙滩排球球队一般很小。‎ ‎6【答案】first【解析】这一段是介绍沙滩排球第一次进行比赛的时间和地点，从后面in the 1920s不难看出应该是第一次的时间。‎ ‎7【答案】started【解析】沙滩排球第一次真正的比赛是在20世纪60年代。‎ Passage 73‎ Doing Is Better than Expecting One day, three travelers met in the mountains. They talked and laughed so h __1___as if they were good friends. ‎ There were so many trees that they were l __2___in the mountains. When it was dark, they didn't go out of the mountains. So they found a place to live in. When they felt hungry, they had to look for something to e __3___. But they found all they could eat was a piece of bread. The three travelers decided not to discuss who could have the bread. They hoped that God would tell them the answer in the d ___4__ . ‎ The next morning, the f __5___ traveler said, "I had a dream. In the dream, God said to me, 'You are a good man, so I want you to have this piece of bread.'" ‎ ‎"I had a strange dream, too," the second traveler said. "In the dream, God told me, 'You are a born leader, so you n __6___more energy than your friends. You should have the bread.'" ‎ Then, the third traveler said, "In my dream, I saw nothing, but in the evening, I w___7__ up suddenly and ate up the bread."‎ 本文讲述了三位旅行者在山中迷路的故事，故事告诉我们做事情不能只靠幻想，而要靠实际行动，心动不如行动。‎ ‎1【答案】happily【解析】由此空后文as if theywere good friends可知，似乎他们是好朋友，所以应该高兴地谈笑，这里注意要填副词形式，修饰talked and laughed。‎ ‎2【答案】lost【解析】天黑了，他们仍然没有从山里走出去，故可以推断他们在山里迷路了。be lost 或get lost：迷路。‎ ‎3【答案】eat【解析】由they felt hungry可知，他们不得不找吃的东西。‎ ‎4【答案】dream【解析】由后面他们三个人所说的话可知，他们希望上帝在梦中给他们答案。后文多次出现dream，不难猜出。‎ ‎5【答案】first【解析】由后面两个可知，这是第一位旅行者所说的话。‎ ‎6【答案】need【解析】他是天生的领导，需要更多的精力，所以他应该吃这块面包。‎ ‎7【答案】woke【解析】在梦中我什么都没看到，但是我醒来的时候，我吃了面包。but表转折，与睡梦中相对的就是醒过来，wake up:醒来，注意时态，因此用过去式woke。‎ Passage 74‎ Mr. Hand has a happy family. There are three people in his family. He has a good job and his wife is very helpful. But he isn't h __1___ with his only son, Tom, because he doesn't think his son is clever. ‎ One day, his father gave Tom a task He said, "Here is a c __2___. Go to buy one thing. That must be something to eat, something to d __3___, and something to plant." ‎ ‎"What can I buy with one coin? It is too hard!" ‎ Tom walked slowly along the street. But he couldn't come up with a good i __4__ . Then he met his classmate, Mary. ‎ Mary found he was not happy and came up to him. "What's the matter?" Tom told her that hard task. ‎ ‎"I know what you can do," she said. "Go and buy a watermelon with this coin. It will give you e ___5__ your father wants." ‎ Tom thanked her and then ran to buy a watermelon. ‎ When his father s ___6__ the watermelon, he was very happy. "Good job!" ‎ ‎"In f __7___, that's not my idea. A girl helps me." ‎ The father then said, "Honesty is more important than cleverness."‎ 本文讲述了Tom的父亲让他用一枚硬币去买一件能吃，能喝又能种植的东西。在一位女孩的帮助下，他买到了这样的东西。在给他父亲这件东西时，她告诉了父亲，这是别人的主意，这个故事告诉我们诚实比聪明更重要。 ‎ ‎1【答案】happy 【解析】汉德先生认为儿子不聪明，所以对儿子不满意。这里be happy with表示对……不满意。注意关键词but，前后转折。 ‎ ‎2【答案】coin 【解析】要买东西就要用钱，由后文What can I buy with one coin?可知，这是一枚硬币。 ‎ ‎3【答案】drink 【解析】由他们买的东西是西瓜可知，它能喝。而且由eat不难想到drink。 ‎ ‎4【答案】idea 【解析】由后面可知，Tom想不出好的主意来解决这个问题。注意短语come up with是“想出”的意思。 ‎ ‎5【答案】everything 【解析】结合他父亲所说的话，西瓜能满足他父亲的所有要求。 ‎ ‎6【答案】saw 【解析】父亲感到高兴，因为他看到了儿子买的西瓜，满足了他的要求。注意要用过去式。 ‎ ‎7【答案】fact 【解析】in fact,实际上。由后文that's not my idea. A girl helps me.可知前面的短语为in fact。‎ Passage 75‎ The Moving Tree Once there was a little tree that looked around and saw the other bigger trees. ‎ ‎"They all look t ___1__ than me," thought the little tree to himself. ‎ He t __2___it was the soil's fault. So he lifted up his roots (根) and moved over to the part of the garden which he thought had better soil. ‎ A few weeks 1__3___ the little tree looked up again. The other trees were growing and he was still no bigger. He felt very unhappy and thought there wasn't e __4___ sunlight for him and moved to a sunnier place. ‎ Time went by, the little tree found r ___5__ for his not growing. He moved from a place to a___6__ place, always picking up his roots, always moving, always 1___7__for the right soil, water, fertilizer (肥料), sunshine and other more favorable conditions. And he stayed short and small. ‎ The other trees stayed in one place and built strong roots. So they grew taller and taller. And the little tree still stayed little.‎ 本文讲述了一棵低矮的小树，看到旁边高达的树后见异思迁，却不认真扎下根来。故事告诉我们：想要有所发展，就要立足脚下，才能枝繁叶茂，长的高大。 ‎ ‎1【答案】taller 【解析】由前面saw the other bigger trees可知，所有的树都比他高。 ‎ ‎2【答案】thought 【解析】正是因为他矮小，所以他认为这是土壤的问题。上文 thought the little tree to himself已经提示到这个词。注意时态，要用过去式，因为后面是it was the soil's fault。 ‎ ‎3【答案】later 【解析】后面所发生的事实几个星期以后的事。 ‎ ‎4【答案】enough 【解析】后文moved to a sunnier place提示要搬去阳光更多地方，所以这棵小树又要搬，是因为他认为没有足够的阳光。 ‎ ‎5【答案】reason/reasons 【解析】由于时间的流逝，小树发现了他不生长的原因。由后文的解释原因可以推断出reason。 ‎ ‎6【答案】another 【解析】由上文可知，这棵小树从一个地方搬到了另一个地方。 ‎ ‎7【答案】looking 【解析】在小树的生长过程中，他总是寻找合适的土壤、水、肥料、阳光和其他好的条件。look for:寻找，注意要用looking，与picking和moving并列。‎ Passage 76‎ What Is Happiness I used to be unhappy, but now I don't feel that. I don't have much money, but I am happy now b __1___I have a happy family. ‎ This happened one Sunday last month. Christmas was coming. My son asked me to buy him a storybook. However, I didn't have enough money to buy him any presents, so I b__2___some money from a friend. Then I gave my son one dollar. He was very happy and went out. But when he came back, I was angry, because my little son had no money 1__3___. "What did you do with the money I gave you?" I asked him. This is what he told me: ‎ ‎"I was looking around, thinking of what to buy, and I stopped to read the little cards on the wishing tree. One of the c __4___ was for a little boy. He was about as y ___5__ as me. He had no home and no parents. He wanted to buy a toy car, but he had no money. So I b __6___ a toy car for him. I have a good family and toys, but he doesn't have a__7___." ‎ After hearing this, I never felt so rich as I did that day.‎ 本文讲述了一位父亲给儿子一美元去买一本故事书，儿子却给一名无父无母的孩子买了一辆玩具汽车。故事告诉我们什么是真正的幸福：心灵要有所满足，有所慰藉。 ‎ ‎1【答案】because 【解析】由前后关系可知，表示原因用because引导。 ‎ ‎2【答案】borrowed 【解析】由前一句I didn't have enough money to buy him any presents可知，没有钱，所以找一位朋友借了一些。注意时态要用过去式，borrow…from…向……借…… ‎ ‎3【答案】left 【解析】父亲生气的原因是因为儿子把钱都花完了，没有剩下的钱了。过去分词left做定语，表示剩下的。 ‎ ‎4【答案】cards 【解析】由前文I stopped to read the little cards on the wishing tree可知是one of the cards. ‎ ‎5【答案】young 【解析】既然给小男孩买的是玩具，那么这个小男孩跟儿子应该是一样小。 ‎ ‎6【答案】bought 【解析】由前文He wanted to buy a toy car，but he had no money.可知，他想买玩具车但是没有钱，所以我给他买了。buy…for…为……买…… ‎ ‎7【答案】anything 【解析】那位小男孩没有父母和家，所以他什么都没有。在否定句中用anything。‎ Passage 77‎ South Korean Scientists Develop Walking Robot Maid ‎ Most people hate doing chores（家务，琐事）. And they don't like doing dangerous and hard work, e __1___. How to do with it? South Korean scientists have solved the t __2___ for us. They have invented a walking robot maid（女仆）. It can clean the house, put clothes in a washing machine and even heat food in a microwave.‎ The robot's name is Mahru-Z. South Korean scientists s __3___ two years developing Mahru-Z. It's 1.3 meters tall and weighs 55 kilograms. It 1___4__ like a man, so it has a head, two arms, two legs and six fingers. What's more, its head can move around, so it can recognize chores that need to be dealt with.‎ It also recognizes people, can turn on microwave, washing machines and some other machines at home, and it also p ___5__ up sandwiches, cups and whatever else it senses as objects. By the way, the robot, being good at seeing objects, recognizes the jobs needed to be completed, and does them.‎ Besides d ___6__ with chores, Mahru-Z can also be used to do too difficult or dangerous work for humans.‎ It still has a long way to let us o ___7__ a robot at home. So people go on spending their money and time on robot research.‎ 本文讲述了韩国科学家研制出智能机器人女仆的始末。 ‎ ‎1【答案】either 【解析】表示“也”，用在否定句句末用either，用在肯定句句末用too。 ‎ ‎2【答案】trouble 【解析】我们都不喜欢做家务，韩国科学家为我们解决了这个麻烦（trouble）。 ‎ ‎3【答案】spent 【解析】韩国科学家花费了两年时间研制该机器人。 ‎ ‎4【答案】looks 【解析】由后文it has a head, two arms, two legs and six fingers可知，韩国科学家发明这个机器人像人类。注意时态要用一般现在时，所以这里用第三人称单数。 ‎ ‎5【答案】picks 【解析】由后面的名词sandwiches, cups可推测，这个机器人能拿起三明治和杯子。pick up:捡起，拿起。注意动词的形式，与前文recognizes并列所以用一般现在时，用第三人称单数。 ‎ ‎6【答案】dealing 【解析】由后文可知，处理家务只是机器人的一部分功能。deal with:处理，第二段最后一句that need to be dealt with有提示，注意Besides是介词，介词后接动词的ing形式。 ‎ ‎7【答案】own 【解析】由后文a robot at home. So people go on spending their money and time on robot research.可知，让我们在家里就能拥有机器人，还有很漫长的道路。‎ Passage 78‎ Earth Hour started in Sydney on March 31, 2007. M __1___ than two million homes and businesses turned off their lights for an hour. A year 1 __2___, in 2008, Earth Hour became the world's activity and was supported by millions of people from thirty-five countries. In 2009, over two thousand cities in the world t __3___ part in it, and Earth Hour came to China. The purpose of the activity is to save energy and improve climate. Earth Hour has brought about some new changes to our lives. ‎ We may have different ways to spend the hour. For example, we can go to school on foot or by bike, plant more trees, use water more than once, never leave the lights o ___4__ when we are not at home. Try to make full use of paper by using b __5___ sides. Earth Hour is a call for us to work together for a bright f __6___ . It is also a message of hope and action. Everyone can make a difference. The improvement of our environment n __7___ everyone's efforts. Come on! Join us in Earth Hour 2010!‎ 本文介绍了“地球一小时”活动及其目的，呼吁我们改善生活环境，做我们该做的事。 ‎ ‎1【答案】More 【解析】表示数量“超过”，用短语more than. ‎ ‎2【答案】later 【解析】由前面2007和后面2008可知，这里表示一年后，用later表示“……之后”。 ‎ ‎3【答案】took 【解析】短语take part in “参加，参与”。 In 2009是过去的时间，因此用一般过去时。 ‎ ‎4【答案】on 【解析】为了节约能源，当我们不在家时，不能让灯开着。on表示“开着的”。 ‎ ‎5【答案】both 【解析】由本文意思可知，使用纸的两面可以节约用纸。 ‎ ‎6【答案】future 【解析】“地球一小时”呼吁我们一起行动，为美好的未来“future”而努力。 ‎ ‎7【答案】needs 【解析】我们生活环境的改善，需要每个人的努力。注意第三人称单数。‎ Passage 79‎ Nowadays we can see that many people are cutting down the trees in the forests. A lot of rich land has become deserts. If we r __1___ newspapers, we'll learn that the forests on the earth are getting smaller all the time. People are cutting down large numbers of trees b __2___ they need wood and farmland. Some scientists say that there will not be any great forests in 20 or 30 years. ‎ What will happen if the forests disappear? A lot of plants will die and animals will lose their home. In many places the new farmland will soon look like the old deserts. Crops will not grow there. There won't be e __3___ rain, and the weather will get hot and dry. If the climate（气候）of the earth changes, life will be hard for everyone. Our living environment will become w __4___. More and more rich farmland will disappear. We will suffer（遭受）a lot from b __5__ floods and droughts. ‎ It's our duty to p __6___ the forests well. Everyone should try his best to make a contribution to taking care of the forests. Let's s __7___ cutting down the trees and make the world greener!‎ 本文讲述了森林地过渡砍伐引起了气候变化，呼吁我们停止砍伐树木，使世界充满绿色。 ‎ ‎1【答案】read 【解析】“看报”用动词read.注意这里的“主将从现”现象。 ‎ ‎2【答案】because 【解析】人们砍伐大量树木是因为他们需要木材和农场，表示原因，填because. ‎ ‎3【答案】enough 【解析】由前面Crops will not grow there.可知，庄稼不能生长，也没有足够的雨水。 ‎ ‎4【答案】worse 【解析】由前面地球上气候的变化，life will be hard for everyone可知，会使我们的环境变得更糟。注意bad的比较级是worse. ‎ ‎5【答案】both 【解析】后面floods and droughts可知，我们遭受的是两个方面的灾难。both:两者（都）。 ‎ ‎6【答案】protect 【解析】由前面所述可知，保护森林是我们的职责。 ‎ ‎7【答案】stop 【解析】由前面所述可知，要使我们的世界充满绿色，就要停止砍伐树木。‎ Passage 80‎ A man had two sons. They were twins. They were b __1___ at almost the same time and looked quite alike. But in one important way, they were very d __2___.‎ One of them was an optimist（乐观主义者） while the o __3___ was a pessimist（悲观主义者）. The man was worried about his sons. There are good and bad things in one's life. He didn't want his sons to be too pessimistic or too optimistic. He told his best friend Johnson about this problem.‎ Johnson was a man of many ideas. Then he asked, "When is their next birthday?" The father replied, "It's on Wednesday. They will be twelve years old." "Excellent," Johnson said. "Here's what you should do. Give your pessimistic son a really n __4___ present. Give your optimistic son a really poor present. That will work!"‎ The father did as his friend told him. On Wednesday morning, the two boys got their birthday p __5___. The pessimist looked at his first. It was a very expensive gold watch, but he was not pleased with it. He said, "I don't 1ike this very much. I am sure it won't keep good time. It will always be fast or s __6___, and it will probably break easily. Then I have to s ___7__ lots of money getting it repaired." Then the optimist looked at his present. He was really pleased. "Look! Dad has given me shoelaces (鞋带)," he said. He held up the shoelaces and said, "I can use it when I have new shoes."‎ 本文讲述了一对双胞胎，一位是乐观主义者，另一位是悲观主义者。通过他们对父亲所送礼物的不同想法，告诉我们：想到事物好的方面，我们就会有积极的思想和行动；只想到事物不利的方面，就常会怨天尤人。 ‎ ‎1【答案】born 【解析】由前面They were twins.可知，他们几乎出生在同一时刻。be born出生。 ‎ ‎2【答案】different 【解析】由下文可知，他们虽然是双胞胎，但是很不相同。前文But in one important way,中but 表示转折，也提示后文的内容。 ‎ ‎3【答案】other 【解析】因为是双胞胎，讲了一位是乐观主义者，而另一位是悲观主义者。one…the other…一个……另外一个…… ‎ ‎4【答案】nice 【解析】由后面给乐观者较差的礼物可知，给悲观者的是好礼物。Give your optimistic son a really poor present.与poor相对的是nice. ‎ ‎5【答案】presents 【解析】由本段第一句可知，这对双胞胎得到了他们的生日礼物。 ‎ ‎6【答案】slow 【解析】由后一句可知，悲观者认为这块表要么走的太快，要么走的太慢。It will always be fast or，与fast相对的是slow。 ‎ ‎7【答案】spend 【解析】这么昂贵的金表坏了，修理它就要花费很多钱。‎ Passage 80‎ An old man gave a prince (王子) a set of three small dolls. The prince was not h___1__ and said, "I'm not a girl."‎ ‎"This is a gift for a future king," said the man as he handed him a piece of string（线） "If you look carefully, you'll see a hole in the ear of each doll. Pass it through each doll."‎ The prince p___2__ up the first doll and put the string into the ear. It came out from the other ear.‎ ‎"This is one type of person," said the man. "W ___3__you tell him, comes out from the other ear. He doesn't keep anything."‎ The prince put the string into the second doll. It came out from the m__4___.‎ ‎"This is the second typeof person," said the man. "Whatever you tell him, he tells everybodyelse.‎ The prince picked up the third doll. The string didn't appear from anywhere else.‎ ‎"This is the third type of person," said the man. "Whatever you tell him never comes out."‎ ‎"What is the b__5___type of person?" asked the prince.‎ The man handed him a fourth doll.‎ When the prince put the string into the doll, it came out from the other ear.‎ ‎"Do it a __6___." The prince did as he told. This time the string came out from the mouth. When he put the string in a third time, it did not come out at all.‎ ‎"To be trustworthy (可靠的), a man m __7___know when not to listen, when to remain silent and when to speak out," said the old man.‎ 本文是一篇寓言故事，讲述了一位老人给王子四个玩具娃娃，并要他用线穿过娃娃，其中的道理是：知道什么时候不听取，什么时候保持沉默，什么时候应该说出来，才是可靠的人。‎ ‎1【答案】happy【解析】玩具娃娃一般是女孩子玩的（后面"I'm not a girl."可以看出），王子当然不高兴得到它们。‎ ‎2【答案】picked【解析】王子拿起第一个玩具娃娃，把线穿进耳朵。pick up 拿起，捡起，注意时态是一般过去时。‎ ‎3【答案】Whatever【解析】由后文Whatever you tell him, he tells everybody else.课推断出这个词。意思是：这种人，无论你告诉他什么，他都不会保守秘密。‎ ‎4【答案】mouth【解析】由下一段Whatever you tell him, he tells everybody else.可知，线是从嘴里出来的。‎ ‎5【答案】best【解析】由后文可知，王子想知道最好的类型的人是哪种。‎ ‎6【答案】again【解析】由下文可知，王子给第四个玩具娃娃穿了三次线，此处是第二遍。‎ ‎7【答案】must【解析】由句意可知，为了得到可靠，这个人必须知道什么时候不听取，什么时候保持沉默，什么时候应该说出来。‎ Passage 81（打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记）‎ I told my friend Graham that I often ride two miles from my house to the town center, but unfortunately（不幸地）there is a big hill on the way. He replied, "You mean fortunately." He explained that I should be glad of the extra exercise that the h___1__provided.‎ My attitude（态度）to the hill has now c__2___. I used to complain it but now I tell myself the following. This hill will exercise my body. It will help me to 1__3___weight and get fit. It will mean that I live longer. This hill is my friend.‎ Problems are there to be faced and overcome. The most important thing to succeed in life is our attitude towards adversity (不幸). From time to time, we all face hardships, problems, accidents, difficulties, and so on. We cannot c__4___the adversity, but we can choose our attitude towards it.‎ Douglas Bader was 21 when in 1931 he lost b__5___legs because of a flying accident. He decided to fly again and later became a hero. He said, "Don't listen to anyone who tells you that you can't do this or that. Make up your m__6___, you'll have a go at everything. Go to school, join in all the games you can. Go anywhere you want to. But never, never let them persuade（劝说） you that things are too difficult o___7__ impossible."‎ Great people in history chose their positive attitude. They took on the challenge. They won.‎ 本文作者向朋友倾诉去镇上时遇到大坡的烦恼。朋友帮他转变了看法，也改变了对生活的态度；要积极地面对生活，勇于面对挑战。‎ ‎1【答案】hill【解析】由前文there is a big hillon the way.可知是这个大坡给我提供了额外的锻炼。‎ ‎2【答案】changed【解析】通过后文I used to complain it but now I tell myself the following.可知“我”对这座山的态度改变了。注意时态用的是现在完成时。‎ ‎3【答案】lose【解析】锻炼能让我减肥。lose weight:减肥.‎ ‎4【答案】choose【解析】我们无法选择那些不幸，但是我们可以选择对待他们的态度。后文but we can choose ourattitude towards it.可推断出这个词。‎ ‎5【答案】both【解析】Douglas Bader在空难中失去了两条腿，后面legs提示是两条。‎ ‎6【答案】mind【解析】make up one’s mind 做决定，为固定搭配。‎ ‎7【答案】or【解析】不要让别人劝说你那些事情太难或不可能做到。在否定句中表示选择用or。‎ Passage 82‎ The Fox and the Horse A farmer had a faithful（忠诚的）horse which was old and could do no more work, so the farmer no l __1___ wanted to give him anything to eat and said, "If you can bring me a lion here, I will keep you."‎ The horse was sad, and went to the forest. There the fox met him. After the fox knew his story, he said, "I will help you. Just lie down, as if you were dead and do not move."‎ The horse did w___2__the fox asked, and then the fox went to the lion and said, "A dead horse is lying out there. Just come with me, and you can have a rich meal."‎ The lion went with him, and when they were b__3___standing by the horse, the fox said, "Now let me tie the horse to your tail (尾巴) and you can t___4__ it home to eat it."‎ The fox's words m ___5__the lion very happy. But the fox tied the lion's legs together with the horse's tail. When the fox f ___6___his work, he said to the horse, "Pull the lion to the farmer."‎ Then the horse pulled the lion away with him at once. The lion was very a __7___, but he couldn't do anything. When the farmer saw the lion, he was of a better mind, and said to the horse, "You shall stay with me." And he gave him plenty to eat until he died.‎ 这是一则寓言故事，当父母年老时，我们会嫌弃他们吗？看了这则故事你一定会有所触动。 ‎ ‎1【答案】longer 【解析】由后一句可知，这位农民不想再给这匹马食物了。no longer不再。 ‎ ‎2【答案】what 【解析】马按狐狸所要求的做了，也就是躺在地上装死。 ‎ ‎3【答案】both 【解析】站在马旁边的是狐狸和狮子。表示两者用both。 ‎ ‎4【答案】take 【解析】把马绑在狮子的尾巴上，就是为了他能把马带回家吃。 ‎ ‎5【答案】made 【解析】狐狸的话让狮子很高兴。 ‎ ‎6【答案】finished 【解析】由后面狐狸对马所说的话可知，他完成了工作。即把狮子绑在马身上。 ‎ ‎7【答案】angry 【解析】狮子被捉弄了，当然十分生气。‎ Passage 83‎ For several weeks Jason watched his friends fly kites in the neighborhood school yard. He wished he had one of his own. ‎ Summer came. Jason's dad had vacation time and one night at the dinner table said, "W__1___ don't we all take a long weekend the second week in July at Cape Cod?" ‎ So they planned to the b __2___. Then Jason asked his father to buy a kite. His father agreed and at the first Arts and Crafts store. Jason's father b __3___ a brightly colored kite shaped like a white dove (鸽子). ‎ It was early evening when they a __4___ in Orleans. The next morning was bright. After breakfast the family headed for the beach. Jason couldn't w __5___ to fly his kite. After a few minutes he had everything under control. The kite was high up in the sky and it made some noise. ‎ Soon many different kinds of birds came. It seemed the birds came to check out this special flying object making sounds in the wind. ‎ Sunday morning was a __6___ beautiful day. After breakfast Jason had the kite flying on the wings of the wind. After a while the kite was acting like a plane doing tricks at an air show. ‎ While Jason looked for Dad's help, the string broke. The kite took off on its own and continued to fly until it was gone. ‎ Jason was sad about l __7___ his kite, but Dad promised him a new one for the next trip to the beach. After lunch they headed home. The whole family enjoyed their small vacation at the beach.‎ 本文讲述了Jason和全家到海边度假的经过。Jason喜爱放风筝，父亲给他买了一只风筝。在海边时，他高兴地放风筝，一家人玩的十分快乐。 ‎ ‎1【答案】Why 【解析】Why not do sth.或Why don’t sb. do sth.表示提建议。 ‎ ‎2【答案】beach 【解析】由后文After breakfast the family headed for the beach.可知他们计划去海边。 ‎ ‎3【答案】bought 【解析】由前句可知，Jason要他父亲给他买风筝，他父亲同意了。可见，Jason的父亲在这家商店给他买了一只像鸽子的风筝。 ‎ ‎4【答案】arrived 【解析】由后一句可知，他们晚上很早就达到了Orleans。 ‎ ‎5【答案】wait 【解析】Jason这么喜欢放风筝，一定是等不及去放风筝了，couldn’t wait to do等不及去做某事。 ‎ ‎6【答案】another 【解析】周六天气很好，周日的天气也很好，所以说又是一个好天气。Another又一的，再一的。 ‎ ‎7【答案】losing 【解析】由前文可知风筝飞走了，Jason伤心的是失去了风筝。注意about是介词后面加动词的ing形式。‎ Passage 84‎ A new world champion(冠军) has been born. After his 18th birthday, Ding Junhui b___1___ Stephen Hendry, a seven-time world champion, 9-5 and won the first prize at last. This was the first time a C ____2____ has won a major snooker(斯诺克) champion. ‎ Ding was born in an ordinary f___3___ in the city of Yixing, Jiangsu. He s___4___ to play snooker at the age of eight. By the time he was 10, n___5___ in the city could play better than him. Then his father wanted to let Ding make snooker his career(职业). Two years l___6___, his family moved to Dongguan of Guangdong, a city n___7___ HongKong, where snooker is more popular.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎1. beat 【解析】根据文意，应该是丁俊晖打败了Hendry，用beat。全文都是一般过去式，beat的过去式还是beat。 ‎ ‎2. Chinese 【解析】以C开头的名词，且大写，我们可以推测出是Chinese，中国人。 ‎ ‎3. family 【解析】他在一个普通的…诞生，以f打头，不难推敲出，应该是family，家庭。他出生在一个普通的家庭。 ‎ ‎4. started 【解析】开始做某事，start to do sth.又因为全文使用一般过去式，start的过去式为started。 ‎ ‎5. nobody 【解析】这边是想强调出丁俊晖很厉害，在十岁的时候，他那个城市的人就没有比它打球打得更好的，用nobody。 ‎ ‎6. later 【解析】文章中的时间是逐渐往后的，本空填later，也就是两年后。 ‎ ‎7. near 【解析】根据地理常识，东莞挨着香港，故填near。‎ Passage 85‎ Dear Ms Rowling， ‎ My name is Michele. It is a great pleasure to write to you. I like r__1__ your Harry Potter books. A few days ago, I l__2__ to a radio programme about you. Now I know that you were b__3__ in England and you are now living with your husband and c__4__ in Scotland. I also know that you taught English at home and in other countries before you started writing b__5__. The radio programme said that you could only w__6__ the first book when your baby daughter fell a__7__, so you worked on it for five years. I really hope I can become as successful as you when I grow up. Thank you for spending time reading my letter. ‎ Yours sincerely, ‎ Michele ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. ________ 6. ________ 7. ________‎ ‎1. reading 【解析】“我”喜欢读《哈利•波特》这套书，读用read，因为前面有like，所以本空应该填reading。 ‎ ‎2. listened 【解析】后面出现radio，应该是听广播，用listen。而前面出现明显的过去时间标志词a few days ago，所以此处应用listen的过去式：listened。 ‎ ‎3. born 【解析】你生于英格兰而现在生活在苏格兰。此处be born in，固定搭配：在…出生。 ‎ ‎4. children 【解析】前面出现husband，丈夫，本空应该和前面的husband对应，都是家人，以c开头，则应该为孩子，children。 ‎ ‎5. books 【解析】根据文意，JK罗琳是作家，应该是写书，write books。 ‎ ‎6. write 【解析】这个空非常简单，因为前文已经提及，写第一本书，write。 ‎ ‎7. asleep 【解析】睡着了，fall asleep。所以此处应填asleep。‎ Passage 86‎ Jimmy is my neighbor.He is worried b__1__ he has to look for his newspapers every morning.The paperboy doesn't put them in the same p__2__.He just throws them everywhere. ‎ One day,Jimmy learned f__3__ the paperboy's mother that the boy wanted to be a b__4__player.Then he had an idea.When he got home,he put a basket on the front door.The n__5___ morning he found his newspapers in the basket.In this way, Jimmy doesn’th__6__ tolook for his newspapers again.‎ ‎1. because【解析】前面讲worried而后面讲的是worried的原因，二者为因果关系，故此处应填because。‎ ‎2. place【解析】本句进一步解释了Jimmy每日都要寻找报纸的原因，是因为报童没有把报纸放在同一的位置，此处填place，也可以从后文得到印证。‎ ‎3. from【解析】本题考的是一个固定搭配，learn from sb. /learn sth. from sb.意为从某人那里获悉某事 ‎4. basketball【解析】本空可以从后文的basket中得到提示，小男孩应该是想做basketball player。‎ ‎5. next【解析】the next morning，意为第二天早上 ‎6. have【解析】本题对应第一段第一行的句子，前面是he has to look for his newspapers，而后面则是他放了一个篮子后，再也不用到处捡报纸了。注意前面有个doesn’t，所以此处是have。‎ Passage 87‎ Thanksgiving Day is on the fourth Thursday of November.It's one of the most i__1___ American h__2___. ‎ In my family,we alwaysgo to my grandmother's house onThanksgiving Day.All my aunts,uncles and cousins come together.We sometimes invite some friends tojoin us.Everyone is glad to meet other people.The women are busy h__3__ my grandmother.The men sit down to w__4__ a football match on TV.Atabout four o'clock we have d__5__.After dinner,we talkor play games until it is timeto go home.It is always difficult to l___6___ because Thanksgiving Day is one of the few days of the year when the w__7__family get together ‎1. important【解析】根据常识，感恩节是美国很重要的一个节日。‎ ‎2. holidays 【解析】这里我们没有看到f（festivals），但是可以联想一下与节日有关的词汇，是的，那就是“节假日”-----holidays当选！‎ ‎3. helping 【解析】根据文意我们可以推测出，一大家子人聚在老人的家中，女人应该帮grandmother做一些家务，帮助，help。但是此处设计一个固定搭配，be busy doing，所以应该用helping。‎ ‎4. watch 【解析】后面有很明显的提示，football match onTV，一定是看电视节目，watch。‎ ‎5. dinner 【解析】本题十分简单，后面有原词出现，after dinner ‎6. leave 【解析】还是上下文关联，前面说是时间回家了，但是感觉有些难以离开，因为这是难得的一大家子人聚在一起的时候。‎ ‎7. whole 【解析】前面有提到aunts，uncles，cousins等等，再基于对文意的理解，本题应该很容易得出，whole family，整个家族。‎ Passage 88‎ Life gets noisier every day and very f__1__people can be free from noise of some kind or another. W__2__ you live in the center of a modern city or a village far away --- the chances that you will be disturbed by planes, cars, radios, etc. are almost everywhere. We seem to be used to noise, too. Some people feel quite lonely w__3__ background music while they are working. ‎ Tests have shown that total silence can be very frightening experiences. H__4__, some people enjoy listening to pop music which is very loud, and this can do harm to their ears. The noise level in some places is far a__5__the usual safety level for heavy industrial areas. ‎ One recent report about noise said that although a lot of people say that any noise disturbs their attention, only a sudden c__6__in the level of noise really affects people’s attention. It goes on to say that a background noise, which doesn’t change too much (music, for example) may even help people to pay attention. ‎ People are testing ways to make less noise. There are even laws controlling noise. We can’t r__7__to the “good old days” of peace and quiet. But we can make less noise --- if we shout loudly enough about it ‎1． few 【解析】噪音每天都有，几乎无人可以逃得开它。few修饰可数名词表示几乎没有。 ‎ ‎2． Whether 【解析】文意是不管你住在城市还是遥远乡村，噪音都无处不在。Whether，不管，不论。 ‎ ‎3． without 【解析】本题的关键是联系上下文，本题前面一句说道我们似乎也习惯了有噪音，那后面应该就是对这一句话的论证，有些人在工作状态下没有背景音乐会觉得很孤单，without。 ‎ ‎4． However 【解析】细度本段，前面说太过安静后面不好，后面则说太过大声的音乐也不好，二者呈转折关系，However。 ‎ ‎5． above 【解析】本题的解题关键是level，远远超出平时的安全水平，高于或超出某某水平，用above。 ‎ ‎6． change 【解析】本段第三行which doesn’t change too much是我们填对第六题的关键，这是一道词意复现题，应该填change。 ‎ ‎7． return 【解析】我们回不到过去的日子，return to… 回到…‎ Passage 89‎ If you do not use your arms and legs for some time, they will become weak. When you start u__1__ them again, they slowly become strong again. Everybody knows that. Yet many people do not seem to know that memory works in the s__2__way. ‎ When someone says that he has a good memory, he really means that he keeps his m__3__ in practice by using it. When someone says that his memory is poor, he really means that he does not give it enough c__4__ to become strong. ‎ If a friend says that his arms and legs are weak, we know that it is his own fault. But if he tells us that he has a poor memory, many of us think his parents may be b__5__, and f__6__ of us know that it is his own fault. Have you ever f__7__ that some people can not read or write but usually they have b__8__ memories? This is because they can’t read or write and they have to remember things. They cannot write t__9__ in a small notebook. They have to remember days, names, songs, and stories, so their memory is always being e__10__. ‎ So if you want to have a good memory, practice remembering things in a way as other people do.‎ ‎1. using 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】第一段的前两句话构成对比：如果你不经常使用你的胳膊和腿，你就会变得虚弱；反之如果你又开始使用它们了，它们就会重新变得强壮。start doing sth.，所以这边我们用using。 ‎ ‎2. same 【考点】上下文关联&固定搭配 ‎ ‎【解析】前面一句是Everybody knows that，每个人都了解这个道理。后面一句话中注意这个词：yet，然而，也就是说前后两句成转折关系。然而人们似乎并不知道，记忆（与身体）的运作时一样的。这里有个一固定搭配：in the same way，以相同的方式。 ‎ ‎3. memory 【考点】词语复现 ‎ ‎【解析】When someone says that he has a good memory，当有人说他记忆力很好，这说明他是真的通过使用不断地练习了他的记忆力，一个句子前后讲的是同一件事情，就是记忆力：memory。 ‎ ‎4. chance（s） 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】如果有人说自己的记忆力差，那一定是因为他并没有给他的记忆力足够多的机会去变强。这里chance和chances都可以。 ‎ ‎5. blamed 【考点】固定搭配 ‎ ‎【解析】前面说如果有人说自己胳膊腿虚弱，我们知道他一定是他自己的错。后面的句子注意一个词:But,也就是说后面的句子较前面的文义发生了转折。如果有人说他记忆力不好，人们就觉得可能是他父母的错。表明是“…的错”可以用blame这个词，这里我们用被动语态，be blamed。 ‎ ‎6. few 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】前面说的是his parents may be blamed,他的父母可能要被责备，和后面that it is own fault，这两句话的关系也是一个转折，但是我们并没有看到任何表示转折或者否定关系的词，所以这边的单词f__?修饰了people（可数名词）并且具有否定意义，不难推测出是few，几乎没有。 ‎ ‎7. found 【考点】词性分析&上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】这边我们看到问句的时态Have you ever…是一个现在完成时，后面that引导的是一个从句，这个以f开头的词是一个动词并且后面可以跟从句的词，我们不难想到find，发现某个现象，事实。又因为前面是现在完成时，所以此处应该是过去分词的形式found。 ‎ ‎8. better 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】本题的解题关键是后面一句This is because they can’t read or write and they have to remember things，他们不得不去记忆，所以这些人的记忆力应该更好，better。 ‎ ‎9. things/them 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】本句对应的是上面一句This is because they can’t read or write and they have to remember things中的things，所以这边可以直接填things，或者填一个代词them。 ‎ ‎10. exercised 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】前面说到They have to remember days, names, songs, and stories,这些都是锻炼记忆力的方式，而下面一段也说道，如果想要有好的记忆力，practice remembering things in a way as other people do。所以第十题应该填一个和practice类似的词，以e开头的词中我们不难想到exercise，这里要注意的是被动语态要使用过去分词形式，exercised。‎ Passage 90（此篇同44）‎ Advertisements are everywhere! They’re on the r__1__ and TV, in newspapers and magazines, on buses and buildings. They’re on websites and mobile phones. Companies give their p__2__ to film stars, pop stars and sports stars to use so that f__3__ will buy them in order to copy the stars. ‎ Advertisements have become so common that they aren’t w__4__ anymore. We don’t like advertisements, so we try not to see them. We turn o__5__ the advertisements on computers. We refuse to watch them on TV, or read them in magazines. We no longer pay attention to the posters all around us. We don’t copy the stars b__6__ we know they don’t really like the things they advertised. ‎ This means that advertising companies need a new w__7__ to sell. They can’t make their products “cool” by advertising. Advertisement aren’t cool, and teenagers buy the things in advertisements just because the advertisements say they are fashionable. The l__8__ way to advertise is not to advertise. ‎ I__9__ of using stars, companies are using teenagers. They pay them to tell their friends about new products. Teenagers don’t want to dress like everyone else and buy the things that everyone else has. They want to look d__10__ and create their own style. Teenagers don’t think it’s cool to copy the stars or buy things they’ve seen in advertisements.‎ ‎1. radio 【考点】逻辑关系 ‎ ‎【解析】这是一道考逻辑关系的题目，有一个很明显的逻辑词：and，表并列，所以本题和后面的TV应该相对应，那一定就是radio了，广播和电视。 ‎ ‎2. products 【考点】词义复现 ‎ ‎【解析】根据文意，公司给电影演员，当红明星们用的应该是自己的产品。而第三段第二行They can’t make their products “cool” by advertising直接出现原词:products，词义复现。 ‎ ‎3. fans 【考点】上下文关联&逻辑关系 ‎ ‎【解析】明星或体育明星使用产品最能吸引到什么人去模仿？一个f开头的名词，又和明星有关系的，我们可以很容易推断出是粉丝fans。 ‎ ‎4. working 【考点】逻辑关系 ‎ ‎【解析】解本题的关键就是逻辑词so…that…如此…以至于…,文中说的是广告变得如此寻常以至于他们不再…..，一个w开头的词，因为已经有否定词aren’t，所以此处应该是一个褒义词，可以想到“起作用”这个词：work，又因为前面的aren’t，所以填working。 ‎ ‎5. off 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】前面一句so we try not to see them.说的是我们尽量不看广告，所以我们应该如何电脑上的广告，一定是关掉广告，这边我们需要的是一个介词，表示“关掉，离开”的介词：off。 ‎ ‎6. because 【考点】逻辑关系 ‎ ‎【解析】We don’t copy the stars我们不模仿明星和we know they don’t really like the things they advertised.我们知道他们并不是真的喜欢他们做广告的产品之间的关系是因果关系，所以这里要填连词because。 六年级/首字母填空 ‎ ‎7. way 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】要做广告的公司需要一个新的w__??去销售呢？整个这一段都在讲，广告并不cool，并引入了一个新的元素：teenagers，后面都在讲如何利用青少年来推广自己产品，这显然与前面的明星代言相比是换了一个新的销售方式：way。 ‎ ‎8. latest 【考点】上下文关联&词性分析 ‎ ‎【解析】解题关键注意定冠词：the，后面讲到利用青少年做广告是如何新潮时尚，显然：最流行最新的做广告方式就是不去广告。the后面用的是最高级：latest。 ‎ ‎9. Instead 【考点】逻辑关系 ‎ ‎【解析】using stars，利用明星，与后面的using teenagers，利用青少年，这两者显然是成一个转折关系，转折连词以I打头并且和of连用的就是instead，instead of，代替。 ‎ ‎10. different 【考点】上下文关联 ‎ ‎【解析】前面一句讲到青少年不想和别人穿一样的东西，本空后面由and连接的是create their own style，也就是说明他们想要看起来与众不同，不一样：different。‎ Passage 91‎ When Martin was a small boy, he lived in the little town of Holtham. Then he thought the town was a big p__1__. Well, Martin went back to Holtham last week. “It’s a small town!” he thought.‎ Holtham has changed little during the p__2__ forty years. B__3__ Martin has changed a lot. He has g__4__ into a man. He is now in m__5__ life. His thoughts are a man’s thoughts, and he sees things t__6__ a m__7__ eyes.‎ Martin stayed in Holthamfor five years. He walked from street t__8__ street. He could see no friends. Was Holtham, then, a town of strangers? No, Martin suddenly u__9__ it all. Only he h__10__ was a stranger in the town.‎ ‎1. place【解析】首先可以确定这里需要的是一个以p开头的名词，原来的乡镇应该是一个大的什么？我们可以推测出，是地方：place。‎ ‎2. past【解析】首先根据时态：现在完成时，可以确定事情发生的过去，而以p开头修饰forty years的，我们不难想到是past，during the past forty years，在过去的四十年中。‎ ‎3. But【解析】看前后两句的逻辑关系。前面讲到在过去的四十年中Holtham几乎没什么变化，后面讲的是Martin has changed a lot，马丁变了许多，那这两者之间是呈一个转折关系，所以此处填转折连词But。‎ ‎4. grown【解析】这里从时态着手，本句是一个现在完成时，所以这个以g开头的单词应该是一个动词的过去式，而后面又有into a man,这里有个固定搭配就是grow into，所以本题填grown。‎ ‎5. middle【解析】首先可以判断出这里需要一个形容词，根据上问的past forty years可以推断出Martin可能也是四十岁左右，应该属人到中年，in his middle life。‎ ‎6. through【解析】这里看到后面有个eyes，既然是看事情，那应该是通过一个怎样的眼睛或视角：through。‎ ‎7. man’s【解析】联系上文说到He has grown into a man,所以看问题应该是通过一个男人的视角，这里要特别注意所有格形式：man’s.‎ ‎8. to【解析】这里有一个固定搭配，from…to…，从…到…‎ ‎9. understood【解析】首先这里需要一个动词，而且要注意是一个动词的过去形式。前面有一个提示词是suddenly，后文是他领悟出的内容，所以此处为understood。‎ ‎10. himself【解析】这里不考虑本题的空整个句子也是成立的，所以这个h开头的单词知识对整个句子起到修饰或者强调的作用，可以想到紧跟着he后面的是一个反身代词himself，只有他自己变成了这个镇子的陌生人！‎ Passage 92‎ Earthquakes are one of the most terrible kinds of natural disasters. We cannot p__1__ them, and we don’t know when they will happen. This makes earthquakes very d__2__. Recently, there have been big earthquakes in China, Japan, India and El Salvador.‎ What c__3__ earthquakes?Well, all the countries and o__4__ are sitting on large pieces of rock that forms the surface of the earth. These large piece of rock are called plates(板块). The plates are all a__5__ the earth. They fit together l__6__ a big puzzle，that is, something difficult to understand or explain. Earthquakes happen when two plates m__7__ against each other. Some part of the earth shakes up and down, like ocean waves.‎ We do not know the exact time and the place that an earthquake will happen, but we can do some things to keep ourselves s__8__. We can make tall buildings and houses stronger. And we can teach people what to do if there is an earthquake. In this way, we can make these natural disasters just a little bit less terrible.‎ ‎1．prevent【解析】首先可以确定本题应该是填一个动词并且是动词的原型，对于地震这样的自然灾害，我们不能怎么样呢？以p开头的动词，我们不难推测出，是防止，prevent。‎ ‎2．dangerous【解析】上文讲到We cannot prevent them ,and we don’t know when they will happen,我们既不能预防地震，又不知道地震什么时候发生，这些事情，都让地震显得…,这里根据词性可以判断出是一个形容词，根据感情可以判断出是一个具有消极意义的形容词，又以d开头，有关地震，可以联想到危险：dangerous。‎ ‎3．causes【解析】这里我们需要的是一个动词而且是一个动词的三单形式，联系后文，全部都在讲地震是如何发生的，所以短首的句子一定是在问，是什么引发了地震：causes。‎ ‎4．oceans【解析】前文all the countries and o__?__,而后面有forms the surface of the earth，全部的国家和什么构成了地球的表面？我们根据常识也知道，是海洋，关于海洋的拼写，本段最后一句出现了原词，这边特别要注意的就是要写复数：oceans.‎ ‎5．around【解析】根据文意,这些板块plates是遍布全球的,这里有一个固定搭配就是all around the earth,全球各地.‎ ‎6．like【解析】本题前面在讲They fit together l__?__ a big puzzle,后面解释了a big puzzle，that is，…,所以前面说的应该是它们在一起就像一个谜团，like。‎ ‎7．meet【解析】这里讲的地震的发生，是当两个板块怎样之后，地球的部分上下震颤，像海浪一样。根据文意，应该是两个版块相撞，这里的表达是meet against，所以本题填meet。‎ ‎8．safe【解析】前面we don’t know the exact time and the place that an earthquake will happen,我们不知道地震发生的具体时间及地点，这里出现了一个很关键的连接词：but，也就是前后是转折的意思，后面说的是我们依然能做一些事情以保护我们自己的安全：这边还有一个固定搭配就是keep…safe…,所以本题填safe。‎ Passage 93‎ Several years ago an important man came to visit us. He is former Russian President Vladimir Putin(普京). Putin was b__1__ in St. Peterburg, Russian’s second largest city, in 1952. He came to office in 2000. Four years later, he was again the p__2__. ‎ Putin does a good j__3__ making Russian great. People say that he is serious and capable(有能力的). But young Putin wasn’t a t__4__ student at all. His student’s book and d__5__ from 40 years ago show this. At a time when the top mark was five, Putin got three for maths and science. His art was even w__6__, only two. He sometimes forgot to finish his maths homework. Once he forgot to wear school u__7__. His teacher had to ask him to get o__8__ of the classroom. But Putin did very w__9__ in the moral class(品德课). He always got full marks. He also showed a s__10__ love of Russia at an early age.‎ ‎1. born【考点】固定搭配【解析】be born in some place 出生于某地，birth 为名词“出生”。‎ ‎2. president【考点】上下文关联【解析】注意这边有个词：again，之前说到他是总统，所以这里意为普京再一次当选总统：president。主席叫 chairman。‎ ‎3. job【考点】固定搭配【解析】do a good job 是固定搭配，干得好，这点从后面 great 一词就能看出。‎ ‎4. top【考点】上下文关联【解析】后面的事例都是用语说明他少年时期成绩不好，不算优秀学生。‎ ‎5. diary【考点】逻辑关系【解析】and 前面是 student’s book,后面可以确定是一个跟书本相关的名词，从这些东西上可以找到四十年前普京学习状况的痕迹，可以合理推测这里和 student’s book 并列的是日记：diary。（注意拼写）‎ ‎6. worse【考点】上下文关联【解析】根据上下文，数学和科学三分，艺术两分，艺术应该是比那两门差的。而且前面的even 更加让我们确定了这里需要的是一个比较级：worse。‎ ‎7. uniform【考点】上下文关联【解析】前面看到了动词 wear，这里不难想到他是忘记穿校服了:school uniform.‎ ‎8. out【考点】上下文关联【解析】根据上文他忘记穿校服，可以推测道他的老师不得不让他出去，get out 为固定搭配：出去。‎ ‎9. well【考点】固定搭配【解析】do well in 是一个固定搭配，在…做得好。根据后文普京的品德课总是的五分，显然他在这方面是做得很好。‎ ‎10. sincere【考点】文意理解&词性判断【解析】首先能确定这里需要的是一个形容词，普京在很小的年纪里就表达了对俄罗斯怎样的热爱呢？这里填 sincere 合适，真挚的。‎ Passage 94‎ About 70,000,000 Americans are trying to lose weight(减肥). That is almost 1 o__1__ of 3 people in the United States. Some people eat less food and they h__2__ have any fats or sweets. Others do running, exercise with machines, take m__3__, or even have operations. So you can see losing weight is hard work, and it will also cost a lot of money. But why do so many people in the United States want to lose weight?‎ For many people, looking nice also means to be thin. Other people worry about their health as many doctors say o__4__ is not good.‎ Most people want to find an easier way to take off fat, and books of this kind are very popular. Each year a lot of new books like these are w__5__. Each one says it can easily help people take fat away.‎ Losing weight can be e__6__. Some overweight people go to health centers, like La Costa in California. People live there for one week or two, taking exercise, eating different foods. M__7__ there may be just a little. All these work is for losing weight. After 4 days on the program, one woman called Mrs. Warren lost 5 pounds(‎2.27kg). At $‎400 a day, she spent $320 to lose each pound. But she said she was still glad to do so.‎ All the things above need a lot of money. So in the United States, losing weight may mean losing money too.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎1. out【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】1 out of 3 意为三分之一，三个美国人中就有一个在减肥，这是一个固定搭配，用来表示比例。三分之一的另一个表达方法是：one third，前面是基数词，后面是序数词；三分之二则是 two thirds，或者 2 out of 3.‎ ‎2. hardly【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】本句话前半部分 Some people eat less food，有些人吃很少的东西，后面的句子中我们注意一个词：any，any 一般是用于否定句的，由此推断这些人应该是几乎不吃脂肪或者甜品，填 hardly，几乎不，有否定意义。‎ ‎3. medicines【考点】上下文关联&逻辑顺序 ‎【解析】本空前面是 do running，exercise with machines，利用器械跑步，锻炼；后面要注意的一个词是：even，even 表示递进的关系，even have operations，甚至去做手术，那夹在二者中间的这个动作，应该是比跑步锻炼强，但是还没有做手术这么夸张。而此处的动词时 take，可以推测出应该是吃药，take medicines。‎ ‎4. overweight/（obesity）【考点】词义复现&上下文关联 ‎【解析】全篇都在讲减肥的事情，人们想减肥，想苗条，不想肥胖。在这个基调上我们看全文第四段的第一行第二句话：Some overweight people go to health centers,这是一个词义重复出现的题，通过联系上下文可以得出。个别程度好的同学想到了 obesity 这个词，肥胖，也可以。‎ ‎5. written【考点】固定搭配&逻辑关系 ‎【解析】因为减肥这个话题很受欢迎，所以每年都有许多有关此类的书被写出来，写出是 write books。此处我们要填的应该是 write 的过去分词，written。‎ ‎6. expensive【考点】逐段分析&上下文关联 ‎【解析】这是一道十分典型的一个段落中上下文关联的题，本题的解题关键在本段的最后两句话：At $‎400 a day, she spent $320 to lose each pound. But she said she was still glad to do so.钱不是一个小数目，但是她仍然热衷于此。由此推断中，本空应该填 expensive，昂贵的。‎ ‎7. Meals【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】在为期一周或两周的时间里，人们住在这里，吃不同的食物，M__?可能只有一点。All these work is for losing weight.所有这些都是为了减重。那什么东西很少，只有一点 just a little 可以帮助减重呢？此处可以推测出，Meals，饭吃的比较少，可以减重。‎ ‎（注：这里的 meals 可数但却用 a little 修饰的原因不是吃饭的次数很少，而是饭的量很少。）‎ Passage 95‎ The most important world sports news items of 2006 have already been selected by Xinhua New Agency.‎ Doha(多哈)，the capital of Qatar, h__1__ the 15th Asian Games, the largest ever in the history of the regional(有地方特色的) sporting event, b__2__ December 1st and 15th. More than10,000 athletes(运动员) from 45 countries and r__3__ joined in 39 sports. China got 165 gold medals and r__4__ the top of the list of gold medals.‎ Chinese hurdler, Liu Xiang broke the men’s ‎110m hurdles world record which was s__5__ up by British hurdler, Jackson, 14 years ago. When he clocked 12.88 seconds in an IAAF meet in Lausanne‎, ‎Switzerland, on July 11th, the w__6__ world was excited.‎ Italy‎ won the FIFA World Cup for the fourth time after beating France in the f__7__ in Berlin‎, ‎Germany on July 9th. France captain Zinedine Zidane won the FIFA Golden Ball award.‎ More than 2,600 athletes from 80 countries and regions took part in the 20th Winter Olympic Games in Turin‎, ‎Italy from February 10th to 26th. China r__8__ two gold medals.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______‎ ‎1. hosted【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】这是一篇体育类的文章，根据常识多哈是主办了第十五届亚运会，主办比赛用 host，因为事情发生在过去，所以这边我们填的是 hosted。‎ ‎2. between【考点】文义理解&上下文关联 ‎【解析】第二题后面直接跟的是 December 1st and 15th ,由此可以推断多哈亚运会应该是在这两个日期之间举办，用 between。本题也可以利用上下文关联得出答案，文章最后一段第二行有类似的表述，from February 10th to 26th，也可以判断出这是两个日期之间，between。‎ ‎3. regions【考点】词语复现 ‎【解析】这是一道很典型的词语复现题，在本文最后一段第一句话，More than 2,600 athletes from 80 countries and regions took part in…,所以联系上下文，本题填出 regions 的难度应该不大。‎ ‎4. reached【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】根据文意我们不难得出，中国拿到 165 个金牌，排在金牌总数第一名，注意一个词：top，达到金牌榜的榜首，动词用 reached。（另一个表示排名的词rank，一般与序数词连用，如 rank the first）‎ ‎5. set【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】根据文意刘翔破了 14 年前 Jackson 创下的记录，创下记录为一个固定搭配：set up a record。（注意这里的 set 并不是动词原形，而是动词的过去分词）‎ ‎6. whole【考点】文义理解 ‎【解析】刘翔创下记录，应该是整个世界都为之兴奋，the whole world。‎ ‎7. final【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】意大利第四次赢得世界杯与 after beating France in the f___ in Berlin 的关系，应该是在决赛中打败了法国，然后赢得世界杯。决赛：final。（这边给大家扩充一个知识点：半决赛—semi-final）‎ ‎8. received【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】本段讲的是都灵冬奥会的情况，在比赛中中国应该是赢得了两枚金牌，这里的单词应该是一个动词，r 开头有表示上述文义的，应该是 receive，收到，得到。因为事情发生在过去，所以用 received。‎ Passage 96‎ Washoe is a young chimpanzee(黑猩猩). She is not an o__1__ chimpanzee, though. Scientists are doing r__2__ on her. They want to see how civilized(驯化) she can become. Already she can do many things as human being does.‎ For example, she has been learning how to exchange messages with people. The scientists are teaching her s__3__ language. When she wants to be picked up, Washoe points up with one finger. She rubs her teeth with her finger when she wants to brush her teeth. This is done after every meal.‎ Washoe has also been trained to find answers to problems. Once she was put in a room with food hanging from the top. It was too high to r__4__. After she thought about the problem, she got a tall box to stand on. The food was still too high to be reached. Washoe found a long stick. Then she climb onto the box, caught the stick and k__5__ down the food with the stick.‎ Washoe l__6__ like a human, too. The scientists keep her in a fully furnished house. After a hard day in the lab, she goes home. There she plays with her toys. She e__7__ watches television before going to bed.‎ Scientists hope to l__8__ more about people by studying our closest r__9__---the chimpanzee.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______‎ ‎1. ordinary【考点】上下文关联&文义理解 ‎【解析】前面说到 Washoe is a young chimpanzee，她是一只年轻的猩猩。后面一句注意这个词：though，虽然、尽管，表示转折的关系。此处和 young 相对的，可以是 old，老的；也可以是 ordinary，普通的。再结合后面 Washoe 做的一系列事情，我们可以看出，她并不是一直普通的猩猩。‎ ‎2. research【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】本题考的是一个固定搭配：do research on sb.对她做研究。‎ ‎3. sign【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】前面一句中 exchange messages with people 说的是与人类交换信息，后面一直到本段结尾举了两个例子，她想被抱起来的时候会用手指向上指，她想刷牙的时候也会用手做出刷牙的动作。由此可见，此处应该是 sign language，手语。‎ ‎4. reach【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】前文说到食物被挂得很高 a room with food hanging from the top，本段的后半部分都是在讲她如何想办法够到食物，那前面可以推测出，一定是食物太高以至于她够不到，这边注意一个 too…to…句型，太…以至于不能…,不定式后面要跟动词原形，reach。‎ ‎5. knocked【考点】文义理解&固定搭配 ‎【解析】Washoe 想了一系列办法都是为了能够到食物，她先是搬了一个箱子踩在上面，但是不行，不够高。于是，她去拿了一根长棍子，用这个棍子把高处的食物给敲下来。敲下来有一个固定搭配就是 knock down。‎ ‎6. lives【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】整个这一段讲得都是 Washoe 如何生活的，住在一个装满家具的房子里，回家之后和娃娃玩，睡觉之前还看电视。所以第六题填的应该是她像人类一样生活，she lives like a human，注意三单变化。‎ ‎7. even【考点】逻辑关系 ‎【解析】前面在讲 Washoe 要和玩具玩一会儿，而后面则是在睡前还一定得看一会儿电视，这两个动作其实是有一个递进的逻辑关系，e 开头又是表示递进的连词，不难推断出，是 even，甚至。‎ ‎8. learn【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】本题考查的是一个固定搭配 learn ... about…此处的 learn“获知，习得”的意思。‎ ‎9. relative【考点】文义理解&固定搭配 ‎【解析】根据常识此处要说的是大猩猩使我们最亲近的亲戚。有一个固定搭配是近亲：close relative，此处用的是 close 的最高级 closest，需要同学们辨别得出来。‎ Passage 97（难）‎ One evening Beethoven was walking in a street. Suddenly he heard someone p__1__ the piano. He stopped to listen carefully and found it was his F Sonata. He f__2__ the music to a small house. T__3__ the window he saw a girl playing the piano and young man making shoes beside her. He pushed the door and went in. The man welcomed him and told him that the girl was his sister, who was blind b__4__ liked music very much. They could not afford to have music lessons. So she was only trying to play the music by herself. She knew it was written by a great composer(作曲家). Beethoven was m__5__ very much. He said nothing. He sat down before the piano and began to play. He played so wonderfully that the brother and the sister both l__6__ themselves in the beautiful music. But b__7__ they had time to ask him to play more, Beethoven had left the house. After Beethoven went back home, he worked all night writing down w__8__ he had just played. He called it the Moonlight Sonata.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______‎ ‎1. playing【考点】上下文关联&固定搭配 ‎【解析】首先弹钢琴是 play the piano，看到后面的 the piano 前面填出 play 应该问题不大，但是这里要注意还有一个固定搭配是 hear sb. doing sth, 听见某人正在做某事，包括前面的 Suddenly，都提示了这边我们用一个进行时，playing。‎ ‎2. followed【考点】上下文关联&动词搭配 ‎【解析】首先确定出第二题要填的是一个动词，并且应该是一个动词的过去式。以 f 开头的动词，宾语是 the music，可以联想到是跟着音乐，随着音乐走到了一个小房子里。所以这里填 followed。‎ ‎3. Through【考点】逻辑关系&介词搭配 ‎【解析】前面是 T__?__ the window，后面 he saw a girl playing the piano…，那窗户和他看见女孩正在弹琴是什么关系呢？应该是透过窗户，他看见一个女孩正在弹琴。这里我们填一个介词，透过 Through。（一定注意拼写，有的同学好不容易想到了 Through 这个词，却因不会拼写或者拼写错误而失分，十分可惜！）‎ ‎4. but【考点】逻辑关系之逻辑词 ‎【解析】第四题前后两句话 who was blind，眼睛瞎了，与后面 liked music very much 的逻辑关系，不难看出是转折。虽然眼睛瞎了，但是她还是十分热爱音乐，所以本题填 but。‎ ‎5. moved【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】本题并没有出现十分明显的答题依据，所以考查的是考生对文章大意及情感走向的整体把握。听完前面小女孩的事迹，后面还有依据比较关键的 He said nothing，他什么也没说，这些都能让我们合理推测出，他很受感动。正好本题前面是一个 be 动词 was，所以还是可以填出 moved。（注意是过去分词形式哦，同学们千万不要“得意忘形”！）‎ ‎6. lost【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】贝多芬坐下来弹了一首曲子，He played so wonderfully，他弹得太好了以至于…,这里有一个固定搭配就是 lose oneself in…陶醉于某事（某物），同样的注意时态，lost。‎ ‎7. before【考点】逻辑关系&语法结构 ‎【解析】根据上下文的逻辑关系，在他们让贝多芬多弹一首曲子之前，贝多芬就走了，所以这里填 before。‎ 如果这里逻辑关系不清楚，还可以从语法结构下手看这道题：文中出现两个时态，过去完成时had left以及一般过去时had time（注意这里的had是have的过去式！），我们说过去完成时一定要强调出时间的先后，先发生的动作用过完，后发生的动作用一过，那强调时间先后的标志词 before，很容易被我们想到！‎ ‎8. what【考点】语法结构 ‎【解析】这边主要考察同学们的基本功了。writing down 后面的一整个句子都是宾语，也就是这里缺的是一个宾语从句的引导词----what。‎ Passage 98（难）‎ Earthquakes are one of the most terrible kinds of natural disasters. We cannot p__1__ them, and we don’t know when they will happen. This makes earthquakes very d__2__. Recently, there have been big earthquakes in China, Japan, India and El Salvador.‎ What c__3__ earthquakes? Well, all the countries and o__4__ are sitting on large pieces of rock that forms the surface of the earth. These large piece of rock are called plates(板块). The plates are all a__5__ the earth. They fit together l__6__ a big puzzle，that is, something difficult to understand or explain. Earthquakes happen when two plates m__7__ against each other. Some part of the earth shakes up and down, like ocean waves.‎ We do not know the exact time and the place that an earthquake will happen, but we can do some things to keep ourselves s__8__. We can make tall buildings and houses stronger. And we can teach people what to do if there is an earthquake. In this way, we can make these natural disasters just a little bit less terrible.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______‎ ‎1．prevent【考点】文意理解 ‎【解析】首先可以确定本题应该是填一个动词并且是动词的原型，对于地震这样的自然灾害，我们不能怎么样呢？以 p 开头的动词，我们不难推测出，是防止，prevent。‎ ‎2．dangerous【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】上文讲到 We cannot prevent them ,and we don’t know when they will happen,我们既不能预防地震，又不知道地震什么时候发生，这些事情，都让地震显得…,这里根据词性可以判断出是一个形容词，根据感情可以判断出是一个具有消极意义的形容词，又以 d 开头，有关地震，可以联想到危险：dangerous。‎ ‎3．causes【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】这里我们需要的是一个动词而且是一个动词的三单形式，联系后文，全部都在讲地震是如何发生的，所以短首的句子一定是在问，是什么引发了地震：causes。‎ ‎4．oceans【考点】词义复现&逻辑推理 ‎【解析】前文 all the countries and o__?__,而后面有 forms the surface of the earth，全部的国家和什么构成了地球的表面？我们根据常识也知道，是海洋，关于海洋的拼写，本段最后一句出现了原词，这边特别要注意的就是要写复数：oceans.‎ ‎5．around【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】根据文意,这些板块 plates 是遍布全球的,这里有一个固定搭配就是 all around the earth,全球各地.‎ ‎6．like【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】本题前面在讲They fit together l__?__ a big puzzle,后面解释了a big puzzle，that is，…,所以前面说的应该是它们在一起就像一个谜团，like。‎ ‎7．meet【考点】文意理解 ‎【解析】这里讲的地震的发生，是当两个板块怎样之后，地球的部分上下震颤，像海浪一样。根据文意，应该是两个版块相撞，这里的表达是 meet against，所以本题填 meet。‎ ‎8．safe【考点】文意理解&固定搭配 ‎【解析】前面 we don’t know the exact time and the place that an earthquake will happen,我们不知道地震发生的具体时间及地点，这里出现了一个很关键的连接词：but，也就是前后是转折的意思，后面说的是我们依然能做一些事情以保护我们自己的安全：这边还有一个固定搭配就是 keep…safe…,所以本题填 safe。‎ Passage 99（难）‎ Many objects that people use each day started with a simple idea. These objects have often changed the way we l__1__. Some help us to do a job more e__2__. Others fill a need or solve a problem.‎ In 1858, H.L. Lipman had such an idea. He took out a pencil, a piece of paper and an eraser. Then he began to w__3__. Sometimes he needed to c__4__ a word. Each time he had to s__5__ under his books and papers to find the eraser. “I wish my eraser would stay in one place!” he said.‎ Then Lipman had his simple idea. He c__6__ a groove(凹槽) in one end of the pencil. He glued the eraser into the groove. Lipman had solved his problem. Later he thought that others might like to have such a pencil. So he sold his d__7__. It earned him $100 000. Nowadays, the pencil with eraser were c__8__.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______‎ ‎1．live【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】首先细读首句 Many objects that people use each day started with a simple idea.说的是如今人们每天用的东西，很多都起源于一个很简单的想法。那也就是说，这些事物改变了我们的生活，change the way we live。这里填 live。‎ ‎2．easily【考点】逻辑推理&上下文关联 ‎【解析】首先可以确定出这个空的词性，应该是一个副词，修饰前面的 do a job，而且根据文意，它应该是让我们工作起来更加容易。more easily。‎ ‎3．write【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】前面讲 He took out a pencil, a piece of paper and an eraser,后面注意一个词，then，他把笔，纸，橡皮都拿出来之后，然后该干嘛了呢？根据常识我们也知道，他准备写字了。这里要注意填的是动词的原型，write。‎ ‎4．change【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】注意后文有 find the eraser，找橡皮，所以前文所说的 Sometimes 有时候发生的事情应该就是：他需要改一个单词，这里同样注意，因为前面是 to do，所以后面我们依然使用动词原型 change。‎ ‎5．search【考点】逻辑推断 ‎【解析】当他写错字需要改的时候，他找橡皮，那是怎样找的呢？under his books and papers，这里需要的是一个动词，以 s 开头的动词，不难联想到 search，搜寻，在他的书下，纸下寻找橡皮，search。‎ ‎6．cut【考点】文意理解 ‎【解析】这里同样需要的是一个动词，而且是一个动词的过去式。他先把笔的一段弄出了一个凹槽，然后才有后面的 He glued the eraser into the groove，他把橡皮粘进凹槽里。那在这之前，他应该是削出一个凹槽，cut，这边要注意的是 cut的过去式以及过去分词都还是 cut。‎ ‎7．design【考点】文意理解 ‎【解析】带有橡皮的铅笔是他想出来的，是他的创意或者说是他的设计，这里 d开头的词，我们需要的还是一个名词，并且还卖了许多钱的，应该就是设计了，design。‎ ‎8．common【考点】文意理解 ‎【解析】根据常识，现在带橡皮的铅笔是特别常见的，这里需要的刚好是一个形容词，以 c 开头的，我们想到了 common，寻常的。‎ Passage 100（难）‎ I’ll never forget one summer day in 1975. On that day my mother suddenly died because of an unexplained illness at the age of 36. Later that afternoon, a police officer came to my house to ask for my father’s p__1__ for the hospital to use Mother’s valve(心脏瓣膜). I was greatly surprised. I ran into the house in tears. At 14 I just couldn’t understand why people would take a__2__ a person I loved. But my father told him, “Yes.”‎ ‎“How can you let them do that to her?” I c__3__ at him.‎ ‎“Linda,” he said quietly, putting his arm around me, “the greatest present you can give is part of y__4__. Your mother and I decided long ago that if we could make a person’s life better after we died, our death would have meaning.”‎ The lesson my father taught me that day became one of the most important in my life.‎ Years passed. I married and had a family of my own. In 1996 my father became s__5__ ill. With a smile he told me that when he died, he wanted to donate w__6__ was in good condition(状况)，especially his eyes.‎ My father died and we d__7__ his eyes as he had wanted. Three days later, my daughter said, “Mum, I’m so proud of you of what you did for Grandpa.” At that moment I realized that my father gave much more than his eyes. What he left behind sparkled(闪烁) in my daughter’s eyes----p__8__.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______‎ ‎1. permission【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】首先可以确定这里填的是一个名词，这个词和 for 连用。根据后文 But my father told him，“Yes”，这里警察征询的可能是我爸爸的“同意、许可”，permission。‎ ‎2. apart【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】根据文意他们要我爸爸捐献妈妈的心脏瓣膜， I was greatly surprised. I ran into the house in tears.我非常震惊，哭着跑进屋子里。我很不能理解的应该是一件不好的事情：take apart 是一个固定搭配，意思是散开，分解。‎ ‎3. cried【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】根据上文我们可以看出，作者对她爸爸要捐献她妈妈心脏瓣膜这件事情是十分震惊、悲痛与不理解的。这边当她爸爸同意了之后，她这句”How can you let them do that to her?”一定是带着很强烈的情绪的，所以这里的动词我们用cry at，对某人哭喊道。注意事情发生在过去，所以是 cried。‎ ‎4. yourself【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】上文讲的是捐献妈妈的心脏瓣膜，作者很不理解，哭喊着十分不满，然后接下来他爸爸就给她讲道理了，“the greatest present you can give is…”你能给的最好的礼物是…，应该就是你自己的一部分了。这里考查反身代词：yourself。‎ ‎5. seriously【考点】词性分析&上下文关联 ‎【解析】首先可以确定以 s 开头的这个词修饰 ill，它应该是一个副词，后面讲到when he died，那应该是病得怎样会讲到死呢，显然应该是病得很严重，seriously。‎ ‎6. whatever【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】本题可以从文意入手，父亲笑着说当他去世的时候，他愿意捐献良好状态下的？？，尤其是他的眼睛。可以推测，他愿意捐献的应该是任何状态良好的九年级/首字母填空（器官），所以这边填 whatever。‎ ‎7. donated【考点】词义复现 ‎【解析】文中上一段出现“he wanted to donate (whatever) was in good condition”，而后文紧接着说父亲去世，我们就应该是捐献了他的眼睛：donate，这边注意因为是发生在过去，所以要用过去式：donated。‎ ‎8. pride【考点】词义复现 ‎【解析】本段第二行写到女儿说的话“I’m so proud of you of what you did for Grandpa.”这里可以看出女儿对外公捐献眼角膜的行为时感到十分骄傲的，所以后面闪烁在她眼里的，就是骄傲：pride。（这里要注意形容词和名词的转换）‎ Passage 101‎ It was getting dark. Some children and two Canadian women were still s__1__ on the ice near a big hotel. They were having a good time.‎ Suddenly the ice b__2__. One of the boys fell into the water. The children shouted, “Help! Help!” They didn’t know w__3__ to do. The two Canadian friends heard that and skated over to get the boy out of the water.‎ The ice was t__4__. The two Canadians fell into the water, too. But they tried their best to reach the little boy. They knew they must be q__5__. If they didn’t push him up onto the ice, he would soon die.‎ Many people ran over to h__6__. Some of them had ropes and poles. A young man jumped into the water to help.‎ The boy and the two Canadian women were out of water at last. One of the women didn’t feel well. She was sent to the hospital at o__7__. But she felt very happy because the boy was safe.‎ ‎1. skating【解析】在冰上的活动，联想到溜冰，这里 were 提示用过去进行时，表示当时正在发生的 动作，所以是 skating。‎ ‎2. broke【解析】根据后文 One of the boy fell into the water，可以猜出冰破裂了：break。因为事 情发生在过去，所以是 broke。‎ ‎3. what【解析】该句也可以说成 They didn’t know what they could do.他们不知道能做些什么。‎ ‎4. thin【解析】这边想说的是冰很薄，所以前来营救的人也掉进水里了。thin 有薄的意思。‎ ‎5. quick【解析】注意前面是 be 动词，所以这里应该填的是一个形容词。根据文意，我们可以推测 出，他们必须要快：quick。‎ ‎6. help【解析】这里要填的是一个动词，后面还讲到 A young man jumped into the water to help,‎ 可以说本题有词义复现：help。‎ ‎7. once【解析】固定搭配：at once 立刻，马上的意思。‎ Passage 102‎ The computer is fast, and never makes m__1__ while people are too slow and f__2__ of mistakes. That’s w__3__ people often say when they talk about computers. For over a quarter of a century, engineers have been m__4__ better and better computers. Now a computer can do a lot of everyday jobs wonderfully. It is w__5__ used in factories, hospitals and banks. A computer can report, decide and control in almost every f__6__. Many computer scientists are now thinking of making the computer “t__7__” like a man. With the help of a person, a computer can draw pictures, write music, talk with people, play chess, recognize(识别) voices, translate language and s__8__ on. Perhaps computers will one day really think and feel. Do you think that people will be a__9__ when they find that the computer is too c__10__ to listen to and serve(为…服务) the people?‎ ‎1. mistakes【解析】make mistakes,犯错误。这里要讲的是电脑速度快，而且从不犯错。‎ ‎2. full【解析】固定搭配 be full of,充满。这里将电脑和人做了对比，电脑从不犯错，而人却错误百出。‎ ‎3. what【解析】根据文意，“那是人们在谈论电脑的时候经常说的东西”，所以这里填 what。千万不要经验主义，看到 That’s 就填了 why！‎ ‎4. making【解析】考查的是时态：现在完成进行时。现在完成进行时的结构就是 have/has been doing sth.‎ ‎5. widely【解析】首先这里的词是修饰 used，所以一定是一个副词。根据文意我们不难发现，电脑是被广泛应用在各个领域：widely。‎ ‎6. field【解析】这里的 field 是“领域”的意思。‎ ‎7. think【解析】根据后文 With the help of a person, a computer can draw pictures, write music, talk with people, play chess, recognize voices…，以上这些讲的都是电脑像人一样思考，做事。所以本题填 think。‎ ‎8. so【解析】固定搭配：and so on,等等。‎ ‎9. afraid【解析】害怕，恐惧，担心，常用词组：be afraid of sth./doing sth.表示害怕某事或者害怕做某事。‎ ‎10. clever【解析】太聪明了而不能听从于人，服务于人。同义词有 smart，bright，intelligent。‎ Passage 103（难）‎ Some people believe that some star signs get along better with each other than other star signs.‎ P__1__ we should first start with those star signs that are incompatible(合不来的). Aries and Leo are not a good match. Both of them are leaders. Aries is energetic and is not c__2__ with Leo because Leo is strong and confident. Also, Pisces and Taurus are not a good p__3__. Taurus is practical and will not be patient enough to wait for Pisces to stop dreaming.‎ Perhaps the best c__4__ of friend for Taurus is Capricorn. Taurus can be stubborn and Capricorn is patient and will be prepared to wait for Taurus to change his or her mind. Aries should get to know Pisces. Aries is a__5__ but Pisces is gentle and easygoing. They are a good match. Leo can be matched well with Libra. Leo likes to give gifts and Libra likes beautiful things.‎ The p__6__ pair are Libra and Scorpio. Libra does not like to argue and loves peace. Libra will never ask Scorpio about his or her secrets. In addition, Libra will be quite happy to watch Scorpio doing things. Sagittarius and Gemini are also a perfect match. Sagittarius loves to travel and Gemini loves to d__7__ new things.Sagittarius has a good sense of humor and will enjoy listening to Gemini talk.‎ Virgo and Aquarius are a good match too. Sometimes, however, there can be problems in their r__8__. Aquarius has many friends but Virgo worries a lot about meeting a lot of people.‎ ‎1. Perhaps【考点】词义复现 ‎【解析】首先确定词性，这里需要的是一个副词。通读全文之后可以发现第三段的第一句话：Perhaps the best choice of friend for Taurus is Capricorn.前后两段相对应，可以推测出本题是 Perhaps。‎ ‎2. compatible【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】本段第一句话就已表示要从合不来的星座开始讲（star signs that are incompatible），然后就开始讲 Aries（白羊座）和 Leo（狮子座），后面举的事例继续在强调二人合不来，Aries is not compatible with Leo，本题也算是词义复现。‎ ‎3. pair【考点】语义重复 ‎【解析】首先 Pisces（双鱼）和 Taurus（金牛）他们是双数，而这边说的是 They are not a good p__?__,在第三段的倒数第二行讲到白羊和双鱼时，说 They are not a good match。所以这边我们需要的词应该和 match（匹配的一对）意思相近，可以想到是 pair。而且第四段也出现 The (perfect) pair are Libra and Scorpio.‎ ‎4. choice【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】首先可以判断出这里以c开头的单词是一个名词，根据后面的文义Taurus（金牛）和 Capricorn（摩羯）很合得来的，他们是朋友。所以这句话所想要表达的意思其实就是：金牛座最佳的朋友人选就是摩羯：choice。‎ ‎5. active【考点】逻辑判断 ‎【解析】根据逻辑词 but，可以判断出本空应该是一个和 gentle，easygoing 词性相同的形容词，而且意思不同。以 a 开头的形容词，表示不温柔，没那么好相处的，不难猜出是 active，活跃的。‎ ‎6. perfect【考点】上下文关联&词义复现 ‎【解析】根据文意，Libra will never ask Scorpio about his or her secrets. In addition, Libra will be quite happy to watch Scorpio doing things.天秤不会问天蝎他/她的那些秘密，也乐意看天蝎做事情。而后面 Sagittarius（射手）and Gemini（双子）are also a perfect match.从这里可以更加肯定，本题填 perfect。‎ ‎7. discover【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】前面讲到射手和双子也是完美组合，那我们可以合理推测他们一定是志趣相投的。Sagittarius loves to travel 射手喜欢旅行，and Gemini loves to d__?__ new things.首先可以确定本空填一个动词原形，不难推断出这边要填的是 discover，而双子喜欢探索新鲜事物。‎ ‎8. relationship【考点】上下文关联&逻辑判断 ‎【解析】前面讲到 Virgo（处女座）and Aquarius（水瓶座）are a good match，他们也是很好的组合。后面话锋一转，however，前后的句意一定是呈转折关系的。There can be problems in their r__?__,首先可以确定这是一个名词，问题出在他们的什么中呢？不难想到是关系：relationship。‎ Passage 104‎ There was an old man who loved money very much. He n__1__ gave anything to anybody. After some years he became r__2__.‎ One day he was walking near the river with his friends when he fell into the river. His friends ran to help him. One of them held out his hand and cried, ”Give me your hand, and I‟ll p__3__ you out!”The rich m__4__ head went down the water and then came u__5__ again, but he did not g__6__ his hand to his friend. Again another of his friends tried, but again the s__7__ thing happened.‎ Then a__8__ friend, Nasreddin, said, “Take my hand and I‟ll pull you out!” The rich man took his hand and Nasreddin pulled him out of the water.‎ ‎“You don‟t know your friend very w__9__.” Nasreddin said to the others. “When you say ‟Give!‟ to him, he d__10__ nothing, but when you say „Take!‟, he always takes.”‎ ‎1. never【解析】看到 anything 和 anybody，不难想到这里 n 开头的词可能是一个否定意义的词：never。这个人给爱钱，所以他从来不给任何人任何东西。‎ ‎2. rich【解析】如此爱钱又吝啬的人，多年之后我们可以推测，是变得富有了：rich。‎ ‎3. pull【解析】这里有一个固定搭配：pull sb. out, 把…拉出来。‎ ‎4. man’s【解析】因为 head，头，是这个富男人的，所以这里要注意所有格，应该是 man’s。‎ ‎5. up【解析】本题根据上下文可以推断出。他的头应该是在水中上上下下。前面有 down，这里填 up。‎ ‎6.give【解析】前面施救的人跟他讲的就是“Give me your hand”，这个富男人没有这样做，也就是 he did not give his hand to his friend。‎ ‎7. same【解析】另一个朋友来试着救他，看到有个 but，所以应该是同样的事情发生了，the same thing happened。‎ ‎8. another【解析】Nasreddin 是另一个人了，所以这里填 another friend。‎ ‎9. well【解析】这里有一个固定搭配：know sb. well, 很了解某人。‎ ‎10. does【解析】注意时态，后面是 takes，所以这里填的应该是 does。‎ Passage 105（难）‎ Stress is the feeling that you get when you’re really worried about something. This is the kind of worry that t__1__ you for hours, or even days. It makes you feel blue, scared or angry. You may find it h__2__ to eat and sleep, or you might eat and sleep much more than usual.‎ Too much stress is bad for you. Stressing out can lead to s__3__ problems like heart illness. But a moderate amount of stress keeps your body and mind alert and can make your p__4__ better, like when you are doing a presentation to your class or running to the finishing line.‎ But, if you are seriously stressed out, look at these quick and easy ways to relax. Firstly, you can go for a run, play tennis or ride your bike for a while because e__5__ produces more beta-endor-phin(B-内啡呔). Secondly, having a good rest is very important. You should try to get at l__6__ seven hours of sleep every night. Thirdly, eating a healthy, b__7__ diet that includes all the food groups will help. Also, you can talk to the people you trust. Keeping your feelings inside may make the situation worse w__8__ talking to a person you trust may make you feel better. They may be able to give you advice and help you solve your problem.‎ ‎1. troubles 根据后文 It makes you feel blue，scared or angry 它让你感到忧郁、恐惧与生气，可以判断，这种担忧总是困扰着你几小时甚至几天，这里注意不要忘了变第三人称单数：troubles。（多少同学“得意忘形”啦？）‎ ‎2. hard 文章一直讲的都是压力带给人们的消极影响，所以这边你可能会发现你的吃饭和睡觉都变得很困难：hard ‎3. serious【考点】上下文关联【解析】Stressing out can lead to s__?__ problems like heart illness，过度紧张可能会导致 s__?__疾病，比如说心脏病。首先可以确定这里我们需要的是一个形容词来修饰 problems，而心脏疾病根据常理，我们可以推断出是严重的病：serious。‎ ‎4. performance 上下文关联【解析】后面 like when you are doing a presentation to your class or running to the finishing line,这两件事都是再描述前面的这个单词，我们可以总结出这些都是人的表现：performance。‎ ‎5. exercise 上下文关联，前文 go for a run，play tennis or ride your bike，这三项都可以归类为运动：exercise。‎ ‎6. least 文意理解&固定搭配【解析】首先这里面的一个固定搭配是 at least，至少。上文讲到 having a good rest is very important，好的休息是十分重要的，那后文对应的应该就是每晚至少睡七个小时：at least。‎ ‎7. balanced【考点】逻辑判断【解析】首先我们可以判断这个以 b 开头的单词和 healthy 一样是一个形容词，并且在修饰 diet 上意思相近。饮食我们除了说它健康还会说它均衡：balanced。‎ ‎8. while【考点】逻辑判断【解析】该词前面讲 keeping your feelings inside may make the situation worse，而后面说 talking to a person you trust may make you feel ‎ better，前后两者关系呈转折，中间显然是缺了一个转折连词。以 w 开头的转折连词，不难想到 while。‎ Passage 106（难）‎ It’s never easy to admit you are wrong. We all need to know the art of a__1__. Think how often you’ve done wrong. Then count how many times you’ve e__2__ clearly you were sorry. You can’t go to bed with an easy mind if you do nothing about it.‎ My friend, a doctor, Mr Lied, told me about a man who came to him with different signs: headaches, heart trouble and insomnia. After some careful e__3__, Mr Lied found nothing wrong with him and said, “If you don’t tell me what’s worrying you, I can’t help you.” The man admitted he was c__4__ his brother of his inheritance. Then and there the clever doctor let the man write to his brother and r__5__ his money. As soon as the letter was put into the post box, the man suddenly cried. “Thank you,” he said to the doctor, “I think I’ve got well.”‎ An apology can not only save a b__6__ relationship but also make it stronger. If you can think of someone who should be g__7__ an apology from you, do something about it right now.‎ ‎1. apology【考点】文意理解&词意复现【解析】首句 It’s never easy to admit you are wrong 就讲到，承认自己错了从来都不是一件容易的事情。所以我们要学习 a__?__的艺术，大概可以想到是道歉：apology。而读到文中最后一段话的时候我们可以十分确定，这里就是填apology。‎ ‎2. expressed【考点】语意重复【解析】首先本句时态是现在完成时，这里需要的是一个动词的过去分词。e__?__ clearly you were sorry 其实就是 apology 的另一种解释，那此处填的词应该就是表达：expressed。清楚地表达出你错了=道歉。‎ ‎3. exams上下文关联【解析】首先可以确定这里填的应该是一个名词，而且根据前面的 some 可以确定这里需要的是一个名词复数。医生在 e__?__之后发现这个男的根本没病呢，不难想到就是检查之后:exams.‎ ‎4. cheating【考点】逻辑判断【解析】首先根据 was 以及整句话可以确定出这里我们需要的是一个动词的 ing形式。inheritance 是遗产的意思，这个男人应该是欺骗了他哥哥的遗产：cheating。‎ ‎5. return【考点】上下文关联【解析】因为之前是骗了哥哥的钱，所以医生让他给哥哥写信，应该就是还钱，这里注意 return 的时态和前面的 write 保持一致，所以不要写成 returned。‎ ‎6. broken【考点】逻辑判断【解析】根据这里的逻辑关系词 but，以及后面的内容 make it stronger，可以知道前面修饰 relationship 的词应该具有消极的意义，形容关系不好的，可以用broken，破裂的。‎ ‎7. given【考点】上下文关联【解析】这里要注意存在一个被动语态，你给别人道歉是 give apology to sb，变成被动应该就是 sb. be given apology from you.‎ Passage 107（难）‎ Most parents, I suppose, have had the experience of reading a bedtime story to their children. And they must have realized how d__1__ it is to write a good children’s book. Either the author has aimed too high, so that children can’t f__2__ what in his(or more often, her) story, or the story seems to be talking to the readers.‎ The best children’s books are neither very difficult nor very simple, and can s__3__ the child who hears the story and the adult who reads it. U__4__, there are in fact few books like this, so the problem of finding the right bedtime story is not easy to solve. This may be why many of the books r__5__ as works of literature were in fact written for grown-ups. Alice in the Wonderland is perhaps the most obvious of this.‎ Children, left for themselves, often are not interested in literature. Just leave a child in a bookstore or a library and he will more w__6__ choose the books written in an unimaginative way, or have a book at the most children’s comics, full of the stories and jokes which are the rejections of teachers and right-thinking parents.‎ Perhaps we parents should stop liking to brainwash children into accepting our t__7__ in literature. After all, children and adults are so different that we parents should not expect that they will enjoy the same books. So I suppose we’ll just have to compromise over the bedtime story ‎1. difficult【解析】下面讲到：目标定得太高可能孩子读不懂，还有一种情况就是故事看起来特别像是给读故事的人写的。这两点都说明了，写一本好的给孩子的书是十分困难的：difficult。‎ ‎2. follow【解析】目标定得太高孩子一定就无法读懂了，这里 follow 有跟得上，理解懂得的意思。‎ ‎3. satisfy【解析】首先确定这里要填的是一个及物动词，而且应该是原型。前面讲到好的故事书既不过难也不过简，让孩子和大人都满意：satisfy。这边有关 satisfy 的用法值得一记：satisfy sb.使某人满意。‎ ‎4. Unfortunately/Unluckily【考点】上下文关联【解析】根据后文 there are in fact few books like this，几乎没有几本书是这样的，前面 u 开头的词修饰这一整句话，不难想到是 Unfortunately，或者是 Unluckily。‎ ‎5. regarded【考点】固定搭配【解析】be regarded as,被认为，被认作。‎ ‎6. willingly【解析】首先本空修饰 choose，是一个副词。后面讲到如果放孩子一个人在书店或者图书馆，他选择什么书：连环画，充满故事与笑话的。也就是说，这类的书，是孩子所愿意选择的，所以是 willingly。‎ ‎7. taste【考点】语意重复【解析】整篇文章的最后两段都在讲家长和孩子在读故事方面的品味是不同的，‎ 这边呼吁家长不能以洗脑 brainwash 的方式，让孩子接受我们对文学的品味：taste。‎ Passage 108‎ London‎ is such a wonderful city. It is very large. The Thames‎ ‎River runs t__1__ the city from west to east. So the city has two p__2__, the South and the North. In the North are important buildings, shops, big parks and interesting places.‎ The w__3__ in London is good. In winter it is not very cold and in summer it is not very hot because the city is near the sea. People say that London is a foggy city and it often rains. It is t__4__.‎ Last year, when I was in London, I met one of the thickest f__5__ in years. You could not see your hand in front of your face. Cars and buses moved along with their l__6__ on. When evening fell, the weather got even w__7__. All the buses and cars stopped. I had an important meeting on the other side of the town, but it was not easy to find a car. I had to arrive there on foot.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎14‎ ‎1.through【解析】河流穿过城市，不是平面上而是空间上，所以用介词 through。‎ ‎2. parts【解析】根据文意城市应该是被河流分成了两个部分，parts，注意单复数。‎ ‎3. weather【解析】看到后面说 In winter it is not very cold and in summer it is not very hot,这里的冷和热讲的都是天气，weather。‎ ‎4. true【解析】前面说到 People say that London is a foggy city and it often rains,后面整个一段都是在讲一次大雾之后，所以伦敦市多雾的城市，这个说法是正确的，It is true.‎ ‎5. fogs【解析】前面的 thickest 就是用来形容雾的，这里注意复数，fogs。‎ ‎6. lights【解析】雾太大，手在脸前都看不到，小汽车和公车只能开着灯走，注意复数，lights。‎ ‎7. worse【解析】当夜幕降临，事情一定是变得更糟，worse。‎ Passage 109‎ Two days ago I was quite sure of getting an “A” for my English. I had got myself ready. I looked for i__1__ on the Internet for a week. I wrote a speech and I even drew a few p__2__ of England. I practiced the s__3__ a lot.‎ On the day of my speech, I didn’t get nervous or f__4__ what I was going to say. However, everybody has one thing they are b__5__ at. Some people are bad at drawing pictures. O__6__ are bad at typing. My problem is that my stories a__7__ English history seemed boring.‎ After g__8__ my speech and showing my pictures, I thought I was going to get a bad grade.‎ Big projects are very difficult for me to finish. They t__9__ a lot of time, and I always worry about the day it has to be finished and the grade I’ll get.‎ Anyway, I ended up getting an “A”. The teacher said I made all my classmates listen. I was t__10__ very loudly!‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎15‎ ‎1.information【解析】书本中常出现 look for information on the Internet，所以很容易想到这个词，为不可数名词，几则信息用 pieces of information。‎ ‎2. pictures【解析】前面有动词 drew（draw 的过去式），想到 draw pictures。‎ ‎3. speech【解析】上句已提到 speech，做演讲是 make a speech/ give a speech.‎ ‎4. forget【解析】过去式 forgot，过去分词 forgotten，忘记去做某事 forget to do sth. 忘记曾经做过某事 forget doing sth。‎ ‎5. bad【解析】下文已经有提示，be bad at sth. 不擅长…，在…方面比较薄弱。擅长于be good at/ do well in.‎ ‎6. Others【解析】泛指其他人，作代词。others= other people。‎ ‎7. about【解析】“关于”，也可以“在…周围/附近” move about，四处走动。‎ ‎8. giving【解析】做演讲 give/ make a speech。介词 after 后跟动名词形式。‎ ‎9. take【解析】在这里指花费时间，常用句型 it takes sb. some time to do sth.‎ ‎10. taking【解析】was taking 体现过去进行时。‎ Passage 110‎ Every day Miss Wang was busy and tired with her new job in a company. But the young girl was lucky to get a robot from her parents.‎ Miss Wang’s life became much e__1__ than before with the help of the robot. When she got up in the morning, breakfast was m__2__ already. The robot also i__3__ Miss Wang’s dresses to make them smooth, and prepared a lunch box for her every day. As a r__4__, Miss Wang no l__5__ needed to get up early to do the housework and she could s__6__ in bed for an extra hour.‎ While Miss Wang was at work, the robot would clean her flat. It would do the laundry, wash the dishes, sweep the f__7__ and make the bed. The robot also went shopping at the supermarket.‎ When Miss Wang returned home from work, her flat would be as clean as new. A delicious d__8__ would be ready for her on the table. After that, Miss Wang could r__9__ for an hour or two watching her favorite TV programmes, leaving the robot wash the dishes. Miss Wang was very h__10__ with her robot.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎16‎ ‎1.easier【解析】因为 有机器人的帮助，她的生活就变得更容易。此处 much 用来修饰比较级，表示程度更深。‎ ‎2. made【解析】was made，过去时的被动语态。‎ ‎3. ironed【解析】后面的 smooth 提示了应该是熨烫衣服，ironed。‎ ‎4. result【解析】常用词组 as a result，作为结果，as a result of 作为…的结果。‎ ‎5. longer【解析】no longer 不再=not any longer=not any more。‎ ‎6. stay【解析】stay 呆在，还可作“保持”，stay alive/healthy。‎ ‎7. floor【解析】地板。sweep the floor 扫地。‎ ‎8. dish【解析】饭菜，也可作碟子，复数 dishes。‎ ‎9. rest【解析】休息，作动词，have a rest，作名词。‎ ‎10. happy【解析】be happy with 对…感到满意，意思与 be satisfied with 相似。‎ Passage 111（难）‎ People in community haveslowly been pushed apart through the years, mostly because people simply aren’ttaking the time to say a simple “hello.” After considering this phenomenon, Idecided I was going to c__1__ the way I was doing things.‎ My o__2__ came one morningwhen I was in the community library. I passed by a girl who dropped her bookout of her locker. Thinking like most that someone else would help her pickthem up, I continued my way. H__3__, when I had to go back because I stupidlyforgot my book, I noticed she had just finished packing them up by herself. Noone had stopped to help her.‎ ‎“OK,” I thought to myself,“this is w__4__ I should have changed.”‎ My best chance came a fewdays later when I saw a man sitting by himself waiting for the library to open,so I sat down next to him and began a c__5__. It was difficult to get started,and even when I had to say goodbye, almost every respect from my new friend hada tone of doubt in it. And who could blame him?‎ People aren’t used tom__6__ an unprepared chat with a stranger. But a change, no matter howdesperately it is needed, doesn’t just happen. It takes people like us to makeit possible. I a__7__ you to take a small step out of your comfort zone and tryto make someone’s day a little brighter. Together, we can really make societycome closer as a whole.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎1.change ‎【考点】上下文关联+词义复现 ‎【解析】因为前面一直描述的都是不好的现象，比如people simply aren’t taking the time to say a simple “hello.”，而针对这种现象，作者想要做出的应该是一些改变：change。恰巧后文第三段…I should have changed,也印证了本空应该填 change。‎ ‎2. opportunity ‎【考点】词义复现 ‎【解析】本空对应第四段 My best chance came a few days later，本题所在的一句话应该和下面的结构相似，所以这里填的就是 chance 的近义词：opportunity。‎ ‎3. However ‎【考点】逻辑推断 ‎【解析】前面讲的是看到这个女孩的书掉了之后，Thinking like most that someone else would help her pick them up, I continued my way.我和大多数人想得一样，应该会有别人来帮她，所以我继续走我的路。后面则是讲因为我忘了自己的书而不得不折回去的时候，我发现没有人帮她。前后两句话所表达的意思不同，呈转折关系，所以这里我们填一个转折连词：However。‎ ‎4. what ‎【考点】句子成分分析 ‎【解析】原句意思是“这就是我需要改变的地方”，所以这里需要一个关系副词：what。‎ ‎5. chat/conversation ‎【考点】上下文关联+词义复现 ‎【解析】从后面 every respect，每一句回复，可以看出二人之前是在对话。而且第五段第一句话也讲到 unprepared chat，所以这里不难推测出，应该是填 chat 或者 conversation。‎ ‎6. making ‎【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】这里有一个固定搭配就是 be used to doing sth，习惯做某事。根据文意，人们还没有习惯与陌生人做一个无准备的谈话，make a chat with sb 是另一个固定搭配，与…交谈，所以这里确定为动词 make 而且应该是 ing 形式：making。‎ ‎7. advise ‎【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】后面的话 to take a small step out of your comfort zone and try to make someone’s day a little brighter.等全部都是给人的建议，所以这里应该就是 advise sb. to do sth.建议某人做某事。‎ Passage 112（难）‎ In our discussion with people on how education can help them succeed in life, a woman remembered the first meeting of an introductory s__1__ course about 20 years ago.‎ The professor marched into the lecture hall, placed upon his desk a large jar filled with dried beans, and invited the students to guess how many beans the jar contained. After listening to shouts of wildly wrong g__2__ the professor smiled a thin, dry smile, announced the correct answer, and went on saying, ”You have just learned an important lesson about science. That is: Never t__3__ your own senses. ”‎ Twenty years later, the woman could guess what the professor had in mind. He saw himself, perhaps, as i__4__ his students to start an exciting voyage into an unknown world invisible to the eye, which can be discovered only through scientific methods. But the seventeen-year-old girl could not accept or even hear the invitation. She was just beginning to understand the world. And she believed that her firsthand experience could be the truth. The professor, h__5__, said it was wrong. He was taking away her only tool for knowing and was p__6__ her with no substitute. “I remember feeling small and frightened,” the woman says, “and I did the only thing I could do. I d__7__ the course that afternoon, and I haven’t got near science since.”‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎1.scientific ‎【考点】上下文关联+词义复现 ‎【解析】联系上下文，第二段最后一句话 You have just learned an important lesson about science,以及文章最后一段最后一句话，and I haven’t got near science since.都出现了 science，可以判定这是一堂科学课，这里注意词性的转换：scientific。‎ ‎2. guesses ‎【考点】上下文关联+词义复现 ‎【解析】前文讲到教授 invited the students to guess how many beans the jar contained.邀请学生来猜罐子里有多少豆子，所以接下来可以判定他是听到了许多错误的猜测然后笑了，这里填的是 guess 的名词复数形式：guesses。‎ ‎3. trust ‎【考点】文意理解+上下文关联 ‎【解析】首先可以确定这里是一个动词，而且在祈使句中应该是动词原型。根据前面的内容，学生先给出许多错误的猜测，教授笑了，然后公布了正确答案。也就是教授不支持学生在科学方面利用猜测的形式来学习，这边他告诉同学们的也是，永远不要信任你的感觉：trust。‎ ‎4. inviting ‎【考点】上下文关联+词义复现 ‎【解析】本题比较难，因为对应的复现的词距离该题比较远，是在第三段的第四行末尾：But the seventeen-year-old girl could not accept or even hear theinvitation.17 岁的女孩不能接受甚至不能听到这个邀请，那前面这个空就是在讲教授邀请他的学生开启一场超越视觉的未知世界之旅，invite，因为前面有介词as，所以这里填 inviting。‎ ‎5. however ‎【考点】逻辑判断 ‎【解析】前面讲的是 And she believed that her firsthand experience could be the truth.她相信她的直觉是真的，和后面 The professor said it was wrong，教授说那是错的，前后呈转折关系，所以这里填转折连词：however。‎ ‎6. providing ‎【考点】固定搭配 ‎【解析】这里有一个固定搭配是 provide sb. with sth.,提供给某人某物。这边这句话要讲的就是他（教授）拿走了她唯一的认知工具（猜测），又没有提供给她任何替代物，又因为前面的形式是 he was taking…，所以这里填的应该是 providing。‎ ‎7. dropped ‎【考点】上下文关联 ‎【解析】根据作者前面的描述以及本段最后一句话 and I haven’t got near science since.从此以后我再也没有接近过科学，可以判断出，我是把这个可给推掉了，dropped，注意过去式。‎ Passage 113‎ Yesterday I visited the Hongshan Forest Zoo. I was s__1__ to find few people there. Zoos are very important places. They p__2__ homes for many endangered animals. They also help to educate the public about caring f__3__ them. If we don't s__4__ our zoos, they won’t have e__5__ money to take care of so many fine animals. Therefore, people should go and visit the zoos m__6__ often to learn about animals and help to protect them better.‎ H__7__, some people do not think so. They think zoos are t__8__ places for animals to live. “I’ve visited a lot of zoos in my life, and I have never seen o__9__ I liked or one that was suitable for animals to live in.”Jenny said. “The animals are k__10__ in small cages and can hardly move at all. What’s more, they are only given food once a week. That’s terrible.”‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎8. _______ 9. _______ 10. _______‎ ‎17‎ ‎1.surprised【解析】动物园是个游玩地点而那天游人却很少，让作者产生了疑惑，surprised 指人感到奇怪，某事让人觉得很奇怪 sth. be surprising。‎ ‎2. provide【解析】先确定该空填动词，后面出现 for 一词，联想以 p 开头的搭配介词 for 的动词，又联系句意，得出 provide“提供”，provide sth. for sb./ provide sb. sth. 意为“提供给某人某事物”。‎ ‎3. for【解析】care for 照顾，等同于 look after。‎ ‎4. support【解析】即可作动词也可作名词，在这里作动词。‎ ‎5. enough【解析】依照逻辑，如果我们不支持，那么动物园就没有足够的资金照料动物，名词通常放在 enough 的后面，形容词和副词要放在 enough 前面，如 big enough，quickly enough。‎ ‎6. more【解析】more often 经常，次数更频繁。‎ ‎7. However【解析】表转折关系的连词。‎ ‎8. terrible【解析】上文站在褒奖的立场看待动物园，however 这一转折词后面必须跟相反的观点，以t 开头的贬义词，得出 terrible。‎ ‎9. one【解析】代词，指代 a zoo，后面 one 也作了提示。‎ ‎10. kept【解析】下文提到动物几乎不能走动，联想到被囚禁，这里是被动语态。‎ Passage 114‎ Did you know that bacteria live everywhere?‎ They live in the soil and the water. They live in plants and everywhere living thing. They e__1__ live on and in the bodies of animals and people.‎ Can you find and p__2__ at the bacteria on your body now?‎ No way! You can’t see these tiny single-celled living things without a microscope.‎ However, you know they are there. Sometimes, bacteria in the water or soil can be h__3__. They cause diseases in people, plants, and animals. In h__4__, bacteria can cause sicknesses like ear infections. In plants, bacteria work as decomposers. However, bacteria can be h__5__ too. Some scientists h__6__ bacteria in the environment to do good things. For example, they put bacteria into polluted environment to get r__7__ of industrial waste. And bacteria are used to clean up sewage and oil spills.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎18‎ ‎1.even【解析】本段首先讲细菌生存在土壤与水中，其次它们野生常在植物及一切活物中，这和后面它们生存在人类或者动物的身体上与身体内，在逻辑上呈递进关系，所以这里填 even。‎ ‎2. point【解析】首先可以确定这里要填的是一个动词而且和 at 连用。根据后文 No way！You can’t see these tiny single-called living things without a microscope，你甚至都看不到它们，可以判定前面说的是找出并且指着，point at sth，固定搭配。‎ ‎3. harmful【解析】根据后文 They cause diseases in people，plants，and animals，可以推测出它们是有害的，harmful。‎ ‎4. humans【解析】首先根据 ear infections，可以判定这是人或动物，h 开头的可以想到 human又因为后面是 plants，所以这里填复数 humans。‎ ‎5. helpful【解析】前面讲的是细菌有害的地方，后面出现 however，可以想见前后发生了转折，所以细菌也可以很有帮助，helpful。‎ ‎6. help【解析】help sb. to do sth.帮助环境中的细菌做好的事情。‎ ‎7. rid【解析】固定搭配，get rid of…,摆脱….‎ Passage 115‎ Can animals be made to work for people? Some s__1__ think that one day animals may be trained to do a number of simple jobs instead of people. They say that at a circus(杂技场), for example, we may see e__2__, monkeys, dogs and other animals doing quite skillful things. P__3__ you have seen them on the television or in a film. If you watch c__4__, you may find that the trainer always gives the animal some sugar or a piece of fruit as a reward. They say that many different animals may be trained to do a lot of simple sings if they know they will get a reward for doing that.‎ Of course, as we know, dogs can be trained to look after a house, and soldiers in both old and modern times have used geese to give w__5__ by making a lot of noise when an e__6__ comes near. And also it may be p__7__ to train animals to work in families or factories.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎19‎ ‎1.scientists【解析】首先可以确定这里需要填的是人，而且因为前面有 some，所以是复数，这里 s 开头的表示职业或者人的，不难联想到 scientists，科学家。‎ ‎2. elephants【解析】根据后文 monkeys, dogs and other animals 可以确定这里要填的也是一种动物，而且是复数，e 开头的动物想到 elephants。‎ ‎3. Perhaps/Probably【解析】后面的句子 you have seen them on the television or in a film 结构完整，所以这里需要的是一个副词，以 P 开头的副词最常见的就是 Perhaps 或者 Probably，也许，大概意思。‎ ‎4. closely/carefully【解析】首先可以确定这里填的是一个副词，修饰前面的动词 watch，后文讲到你会发现训练者会给这些动物一些糖或者一片水果作为奖励，那这个细节一定是通过仔细看才看得到的，所以 carefully 和 closely 都行。‎ ‎5. warning【解析】这里讲士兵使用鹅来给 w__?__,可以确定这里是一个动词，而后文 by giving a lot of noise 可以推测出，鹅通过制造大量噪音来提醒士兵，给他们警告或者预告：warning。‎ ‎6. enemy【解析】给提醒一定是当不好的人靠近的时候了，这里可以想到是 enemy，敌人。‎ ‎7. possible【解析】根据文意动物在家庭与工厂中工作应该也是可以的，这里还有一个固定搭配是 be possible to do sth，做…是有可能的。‎ Passage 116‎ While sleeping, you suddenly hear shouts of “fire” and smell smoke through the door. You wake up puzzled. What should you do now?‎ You may f__1__ the door first and then decide where to go.‎ If the door is very hot, it means fire is close to you. T__2__ windows. If the building is tall, stand by the window. Wave things with bright colors and shout l__3__ to get help. If the building isn’t tall, get down with a “rope” made by bed clothing. Remember to t__4__ one end of the “rope” to something strong.‎ If the door isn’t hot, run out of it. Don’t use the elevator, use the stairs. Cover your nose with a wet cloth and your body with wet clothing. Bend(弯腰) down to move forward to keep smoke out of your nose. Smoke always stays in the upper a__5__.‎ When you get to a s__6__ place, call 119 at once. Remember, don’t get frightened. Tell the fire f__7__ where the fire is and what is on fire.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎20‎ ‎1.feel【解析】首先第一段讲到 while sleeping，我们可以想象一下，晚上睡觉一定是关灯的。而且第三段第一句是 If the door is very hot，门很热是要通过摸才能体会到的，所以这里是 feel。‎ ‎2. Try【解析】首先可以确定这里是一个及物动词，门不行的话就试试窗户，try。‎ ‎3. loudly【解析】可以确定这里是一个副词修饰 shout，因为后面是 to get help，求助的话一定是要大声喊的，这里填 loudly。‎ ‎4. tie【解析】这里需要的是一个动词，而且与 to 连用，one end of the “rope”，所以联想到动词“系”：tie。‎ ‎5. air【解析】看到前文 Bend down to move forward to keep smoke out of your nose.弯下腰向前走，防止自己的鼻子吸入烟。由此可以判断，烟一般是停留在上面的空气中的，upper air。‎ ‎6. safe【解析】这里需要的是一个形容词，前面讲了一些列的逃生措施，所以这里要说的就是当你到了一个安全的地方：safe place。‎ ‎7. fighters【解析】call 119 at once 立刻给 119 打电话，告诉 fire f__?__火着在哪里，什么失火了。这里显然是要填“人”的，消防员：fire fighter。又因为不只一个消防员，所以是复数形式fighters。‎ Passage 117‎ Last Tuesday I took my two daughters, a__1__ five and seven, to town by car. It began to rain hard so I decided I would leave the children in the car before I rushed into a shop. I w__2__ the girls not to touch anything and told them I would be back w__3__ a few minutes. Then I locked all the doors and left them happily looking out of the window.‎ I returned to the car in less than five minutes but the girls had d__4__! I could hardly believe my eyes. The car doors were still locked; the windows closed and on the back seat were only two coats.‎ Feeling quite sick with f__5__, I sat on the driver’s seat and tried to stop trembling(颤抖). Suddenly, I heard l__6__ behind me. I got out of the car, ran around to open the boot(汽车行李箱) and there inside were two very red-faced and e__7__ children.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎21‎ ‎1.aged【解析】两个女儿，后面是 five and seven，可以联想到是女儿的年龄，所以这里填 aged。‎ ‎2. warned【解析】前面讲要把孩子单独留在车里了，后面看到是 not to touch anything ,不要碰任何东西，可见这里是对孩子们的告诫，w 开头的词想到是 warned，警告。‎ ‎3. within【解析】作者会马上回来，也就是几分钟之内：within a few minutes。‎ ‎4. disappeared【解析】作者说她五分钟之内就回到了车子内 I returned to the car in less than five minutes,注意后面的连词是 but，那应该是不好的事情发生了，孩子们应该是不见了：disappeared，而且后面 I could hardly believe my eyes，我很震惊，也侧面证实了孩子们不见了这一点。‎ ‎5. fear【解析】根据后文 I sat on the driver’s seat and tried to stop trembling 我坐在驾驶员的位置上，努力让自己停止颤抖，可以知道，我此刻是很恐惧的：fear。‎ ‎6. laughter【解析】这里因为前面的词是 heard，所以后面应该是听到某种声音或者内容，又因为这个词是 l 开头的，容易联想到 laughter，笑声。‎ ‎7. excited【解析】两个孩子很调皮，钻到了汽车行李箱中，小脸通红 red-faced，之前还讲到她们的笑声 laughter，可见孩子们玩得很兴奋，excited。‎ Passage 118‎ Which a__1__ do we need most? Dogs? Horses? No! The answer to the question is cows. Why cows? Cows give us milk. And milk is one of our most important kinds of food.‎ S__2__ that all the milk cows make in one year were put into bottles. And these bottles were put side by side. The l__3__ of bottles would go all around the world 400 times. That is a lot of milk, less than h__4__ of it is used for drinking and cooking. Most of it is used to make b__5__, cheese, ice cream and many other things. It t__6__ many cows to give us that much milk, but not as many as it used to. A cow used to give only about 1,500 quarts(夸脱) of milk a year. Now a fine cow may give more than 3,000 quarts in a year. Why do cows give more milk today? Now farmers have better cows. The cows get better c__7__ and better food.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ ‎22‎ ‎1. animal【解析】根据本提问后面的猜测：dogs，horses 都是动物，所以首句问的就是，哪一种动物我们最需要---这里要填单数 animal。‎ ‎2. Suppose【解析】首先由后面的 that 可以确定这里是一个可以引导从句的动词，再看文意：all the milk cows make in one year were put into bottles,一年之内所有奶牛产的奶都被放在瓶子里，这显然是不现实的事情，所以这里实在做一个假设: Suppose。‎ ‎3. line【解析】根据上一句 All these bottles were put side by side,这些瓶子都被并排放着，后面的文意应该是“可以绕地球 400 圈”，可以确定这里的主语，绕地球四百圈的应该是瓶子连成的线：line。‎ ‎4. half【解析】 这里填的应该是一个量词，表示牛奶量的多少，根据后文 Most of it is used to…大部分牛奶都被用作制奶酪，冰淇淋等物，可以确定用来饮用以及烹饪的牛奶量应该是少于一半：less than half。‎ ‎5. butter【解析】根据文意可以推断这里填的也是一个名词，而且和 cheese，ice cream 类似，也是奶制食物，那么 b 开头的词，butter 黄油就不难被想到了。‎ ‎6. takes【解析】这里有一个固定搭配：it takes some people to do sth.，花费多少人去做某事，这句话的意思是，需要许多的奶牛来提供给我们如此多的牛奶。‎ ‎7. care【解析】 这里可以确定要填一个和 food 一样的名词，而且根据文意现在农民们的奶牛更好了，一定是因为它们享受了更好的照顾与更好的食物，这里填 care。‎ 上海市中考英语首字母填空练习 第三部分 27篇 ‎2010~2013年上海市各区中考一模二模卷 Passage 1 【2011年嘉定区一模】‎ Body language is one of the best ways to find out what is really going on inside someone's head. A small movement of the mouth or nose, or a wink of the eye —these actions can say so much more about a person's, feelings than a__1__they say to you. But you need to be very experienced to u__2__what you see completely. Here are some basic movements made by Westerners — and explanationsof what they mean— to get you started. Pat or rub your stomach. If someone rubs their stomach, they are not feeling sick. They are just h__3__. Shrug your shoulders. This means "I don't know" or "I am not bothered". If your friend shrugs their shoulders when invited to a party,it shows they are not very i__4__in going along to it. Keep your fingers crossed. It is a gesture that wishes for good l__5__. Before people take exams,they often cross their fingers in the hope of good grades. Football fans do thesame thing when their favorite team gets a penalty — they wish the player willscore a goal. Rub your chin. If someone rubs their chin, it often means theydon't believe what someone is s__6__! So if your friend makes this gesture, itsecretly tells you what they feel. Scratch your head. If your foreign English teacher scratches his head when you ask a question, then he is confused and might n__7__have understood what you said. Either that, or he can’t remember your name!‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 2 【2011年闸北区一模】‎ Owning a dog is not as easy as some people think.It needs a lot of r__1__. You have to take your dog for walks regularly, feed it and bathe it. You have to c__2__for it every day. I think it is also important to take it to see the vet regularly. B__3__you get a dog, I feel it is important to think about why you want to. Do you want a dog for love and friendship? Maybe you want a dog to p__4__yourself or your home? You can also ask yourself these questions: Do I have enough time to take care of a dog? Do I have enough money to pay for food and visits to the vet? I__5__my home big enough for a dog? These questions should help you decide w__6__you really should have a dog as a pet. If you are sure you can give a dog a good life,then go ahead and look for a dog that would suit you. Good luck with your dog.Remember: a pet is f __7__life.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 3 【2013年松江区二模】‎ Have you ever noticed the black and white bars on a book? Do you know what they are used for? They are barcodes used in most products. If you go to a supermarket, you can see almost every product with a barcode o__1__it. Barcodes contain information about the product, such as nameand production date. It’s an e__2__and convenient way to know about the products. Just scan the bars with a barcode reader and everything is c__3__.The first use of a barcode in a supermarket checkout system was on a pack of American Wrigley Company chewing gum in 1974. Beyond supermarkets, barcodes are n__4__everywhere: for renting cars, for luggage checks on a plane, for parcelsyou send; life would be rather difficult w__5__barcodes. Most of our things would get lost in the post. Barcodes change as well. Barcodes in the past were1-D, but now there are 2-D barcodes, such as QR code. Since 2009, QR has beenused on Chinese train tickets. People can enter stadiums, cinemas and theaters by h__6__certain types of barcodes. If you find these barcode things boring, a barcode building might be more up your street. In St Petersburg‎, ‎Russia, there is a building designed like a barcode. It l__7__strange, but it’s actually a shopping mall. There are games too. Barcode Monsters is a mobile phone game.You have to scan barcodes and find the monsters!‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 4 【2011年静安区一模】‎ In the United States, when you become rich, you want people to know about it. And even if you aren't very rich, you want people to think that you are. that is w___1___" keeping upwith the Joneses" is about. It is the story of someone who tried to look asrich as his neighbours.‎ The expression was f___2___ used in 1913 by ayoung American called Arthur Momand. He told this story about himself. He began earning $‎125 a week at the age of 23. That was a lot of money in those days. He got married and moved with his wife to a very rich neighbourhood o___3___ New York City.‎ Whenhe saw that rich people rode horses, Momand went horseback riding every day.When he saw that rich people had servants, Momand and his wife also hired a servant and gave big parties for their new neighbors.‎ It was like a race, but one could neverf___4___this race because one was always trying to keep up. The race ended for Momand and his wife when they could not pay for their new way of life any l___5___ .They moved back to New York City, living in an old flat.‎ Momand looked around him and noticed that many people did things just to keep up with the rich life style of their neighbors. He saw the funny side of it and started to write a series of short stories about this. He called it "Keeping up with the Joneses"because "Jones" is a very c___6___ name in the United States."Keeping up with the Joneses" came to mean keeping up with the rich lifestyle of the people around you. Momand's series a___7___ in different newspapers across the country for over 28 years.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 5 【2012年浦东新区一模】‎ EachIndian tribe (部落) had a different language. Many Indians never learned any language e___1___ their own. Do you know how Indians from different tribes talked toeach? They had two ways to talk without sound. One way was by sign language;the other was by signals.‎ Sign language is a way talking by signs. Indians used it when they met strangers. In this way, they could find out w___2___ the stranger was a friend or an enemy.‎ Indians usually used signals when they wanted to send messages to someone far away. To make signals, an Indian might use a pony (小马). He might use a blanket. Or he might use smoke, a mirror or fire arrows (箭) .‎ To signal that he had seen many animals, an Indian r___3___ his pony in a large circle. Sometimes the Indian gave a signal likethis and then went away to hide. This meant that there was danger.‎ The blanket signal was visible from far away. AnIndian held two c___4___ of a blanket in his hands. Then he began to swing the blanket from side to side in front of him. An Indian could send many different signals with his blanket.‎ He could also send many signals with a mirror to w___5___ someone or to get the attention of a person far away. But he also used it to send messages in code. Of course, mirrors could be used o___6___ when the Sun was shining. At night, Indians used fire arrows for signaling.‎ An Indian also sent signals with smoke. He made a small fire of dry wood. Then he put grass or green branches on it. He held a blanket over the fire for a minute. When he r___7___ the blanket from the fire,there was a cloud of smoke. The number of clouds of smoke told his message in code.‎ Now you can see that Indians didn't need to learn each other's language. They could talk to one another by using signals or sign language.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 6 【2013年嘉定区一模】‎ Peggy Cardona parked her blue Nissan at a supermarket one day in February. “I’ll come and open the door for you,” she told her four-year-old grandson, Ryan Eshleman,in the back s___1___.‎ The car moved ahead before Cardona could even close the door. “Nana, the car is moving!” Ryan cried. Cardona jumped into the driver’s seat and reached for the handbrake (手闸), her left leg stepping outside, trying to s___2___ the car. She couldn’tfind the brake, and she got out of the car as it moved down the steep slope towards a pond 20 feet away. Ryan was very f___3___ and cried “Nana!” as thecar fell into the pond and the water began pouring in.‎ ‎“Help!” Cardona cried as the car moved from the bank. “My grandson is i___4___!”‎ A supermarket clerk, Clint Fountain, 24, had just stepped outside for a break when he saw a crowd gathering by the pond. He jumped down the slope and dived into the cold water.‎ Reaching the car, Fountain saw Ryan’s terrified face just inches above the water. “Unlock the door!” Fountain shouted. The boy’s fingers fumbled (未触到) with the lock.‎ Fountain hit on the back window, but the glass wouldn’t break. A___5___ man Dick McClung dived in and handed him a hammer. Grabbing it, Fountain told the boy to move aside, and broke the glass. His hands went through the broken window in the black water and pulled the boy out. At that moment the last flash of the blue car d___6___ under the water.‎ ‎“Climb onto my back,” Fountain said. Ryan did so, but the tired man couldn’t swim back.McClung, still beside them in the water, picked up Ryan and swam to the bank s___7___. Later, doctors found Ryan had got only a little hypothermia (体温过低).‎ ‎ “They risked their lives to save Ryan,” Cardona said of the men. “I thank God every day for them.”‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 7【2012年青浦区一模】‎ Carla was riding the bus with her elder brother, Brian. It was pretty hot outside, so they decided to get o__1__the bus and buy some cold drinks. They got their refreshments(活力恢复) and took a walk down the street.‎ As they waited at the crosswalk, they saw a wonderful new car come up. As they admired the car, the passenger door opened a bit and an empty juice b__2__ rolled out.Then the light turned green and the car sped off.‎ Carla and Brain could hardly believe it. Who would put trash(垃圾) in the middle ofthe street? Brian n__3__ all the other trash in the street and on sidewalks. He explained to Carla how much he hated litter and how lazy it was to be a "Jitterbug" (垃圾虫). They decided that they had to get their neighbourhood cleaned up.‎ When they got home, Carla and Brianwrote a letter.‎ They suggested that the city put p__4__trash cans in every corner. They described how they felt about people littering in their town. They wrote that they wanted to see the streets and sidewalks cleaned up. They e__5__ asked everyone in the neighbourhood to sign the letter. Then Brian sent it to the mayor.‎ A few weeks later, Brian told Carla he wanted to s__6__ her something. He took his sister for awalk up the street. What do you think they saw? There were new trash cans on every corner and hardly any litter on the sidewalks!‎ The mayor had listened to them. Carla and Brianwere happy and p__7__ . They decided they would always help keep their town clean.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 8【2012年黄浦区一模】‎ I came into a village and I saw a policeman standing outside the post office and reading something carefully. He looked up at the car, w___1__ into the road, and held up a hand to stop me.‎ I a__2___ stopped, but then I realized that the policeman had been reading about me. I supposed the police at the hotel had worked quickly, and called all the local villages. I drove faster, the policeman jumped out of my way, and I was soon out of the village.‎ I left the main road as soon as possible and tried a smaller one. It was not easy without a map, and I realized thatI had been so s___3___ to steal the car. It would help the police to find me in any corner of Scotland. If I left it, and went off on foot, they would find mein an hour or two.‎ I was very hungry; I had eaten n__4__ since morning. And now, as I drove, I heard a noise in the sky, and there was a plane. I drove as fast as I could down into another town. Suddenly, a car appeared in front of me from a s__5___ road. There was no time to stop. I did the only thing possible and drove off the road into a fence, hoping to hit something soft beyond. But I was out of good l___6__. The car went through the fence like a knife through butter, and immediately began to fall. I jumped out and was caught by the branch of a tree, while the car disappeared into a river fifteen meters below.‎ A hand helped me out of the tree, and a frightened voice asked me if I was badly hurt. The speaker was a young man who was very sorry. I was more p__7___ than angry; it was a good way for the car to disappear.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 9【2013年虹口区一模】‎ Nike, Adidas, Converse…, do you know these world-famous brands? What do you think of them? Do you use theirproducts?‎ Sam: I’m a Nike fan. Many of Nike’s a__1__ onTV are fun and its products are great!‎ Joe: In my eyes, top brand means top quality.So I love top brand products a__2__ they’re very expensive.‎ Sally: The logos of famous brands are usually unique and nice. It’s c__3__ to own products with those logos.‎ Jackie: Many top brand products are advertised by spokesmen. Spokesmen are my favourite stars. I love the stars, so of course I want to use the products they speak f__4__.‎ Susan: I know it’s popular for young people to have famous brand products nowadays. But I have no i__5__ in following the fashion. I only choose the products that suit me.‎ Adam: As students, we don’t earn money ourselves. It’s not easy for our parents to support us. So I use whatever they choose for me now. When I grow up and become financially i__6__, I may buy the famous brand products I am fond of.‎ Bob: I like playing basketball with my classmates. When we play on the playground, we don’t care about what you wear as long as you can play w__7__. So in my opinion, there is no need to care so much about the brands of what you wear.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 10【2012年奉贤区二模】‎ Anger is a kind of feeling. Many things can make you angry. When your teacher gives you too much homework, when your team loses an important game, when your friend b__1__ your favorite thing and then breaks it, you may get really angry.‎ Usually, your body will tell you when you are angry. For example, you breathe much f__2__, your face turns red and you may want to break something or hit someone, but sometimes, you hide your anger. For example, you may hide it in your h__3__. The problem is that if you do this, you may get a headache or your stomach may hurt.‎ In fact, it's not good to hide your anger, and it's normal for you to get angry sometimes. But anger must be let out in the right way, without hurting o__4__or yourself. Let me give you some advice.‎ When you get angry, you can talk about it with other people. It's helpful to talk about your anger with other people, such as p__5__, teachers, good friends etc. When you talk about anger, those b__6__feelings can start to go away. On the other hand, when you start to feel angry, you can do some other things: count from 1 to 100; go for a bike ride; think about good things, etc.‎ Don't let your anger c__7__you. Remember that how you act when you are anger can make everything better or worse.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 11【2012年虹口区二模】‎ In the middle of the 1800s, France was considered the most important place in the world for art. One reason for that was the Academy, a government organization with some strict r__1__about art. It decided what could and could not be art. In order to be accepted by the Academy, an artist had to be very talented. Artists also had to paint exactly the way the Academy wanted them to. A brave group of painters challenged these ideas and changed art f__2__. ‎ Each year, the Academy had an exhibition of the art they had decided was the best. In 1864, a group of artists became a__3__because they didn‟t get into the show. They felt that their paintings were not bad; the paintings were just different. After complaining to the government, these artists were given their own show. ‎ The Academy thought all art should look realistic. But these artists were more interested in trying to show movement and the bright colors of daylight. In their opinion, it was more real to show these than it was to paint a scene which was as s__4__as a photo. It was also more interesting to show all of the different colors when light hits an object like water. ‎ By 1874, many different artists were painting in this new style, including Claude Monet. One of his paintings had the title, Impression: sunrise. A critic h__5__these new artists. He used Monet‟s title to make fun of these painters by calling them “Impressionists”, meaning that they didn‟t make real paintings. The critics who liked these artists thought the word was just right. They began to use it happily. They thought it was more important to paint h__6__they saw things instead of just what they saw. Other artists around the world felt that they could have this freedom as well. Because of the impressionists, the art w__7__was never the same. ‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 12【2012年徐汇区二模】‎ Today, the largest remaining area of hutongs in Beijing is north of Forbidden City. This is where many Chinese and foreign tourists come for a “hutong tour”. We asked several of these tourists to tell us about their o__1__. ‎ ‎(Vicky Wang, Hong Kong) “It‟s really s__2__---we‟re in the middle of one of the biggest cities in the world, but in these hutongs it feels as if we are in a village in the countryside. There are lots of trees everywhere, and all the buildings are only one or two storeys high. In a__3__, there aren‟t many cars in the hutongs, so they are quite quiet--- very different from the streets in the centre of Hong Kong! It‟s nice to walk around here and stop or have a drink in one of the little coffee shops or bars by the lakes.”‎ ‎(Ted‎, ‎Canada) “When you visit the modern part of Beijing--- with the wide roads, tall buildings and colorful lights--- you can i__4__that you are almost anywhere in the world. It’s the old hutongs, temples and palaces that are really interesting and beautiful. It‟s a s__5__that so little of the old city has been kept. I‟ve taken lots of photos while I‟ve been here. The next time I come back here, I don‟t know how much of „old Beijing‟ will be left.” ‎ ‎(Yu,Guangzhou)“I don‟t see what‟s so interesting about these hutongs. The streets are too narrow--- I could h__6__drive my car down them. And most of the houses are old and dirty. China should have a better c__7__city that we can all be proud of. Let‟s get rid of these hutongs and change them into modern offices and flats. ‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 13【2012年奉贤区一模】‎ A thousand years ago, Hong Kong was covered by a thick forest. As more and more people came to live in Hong Kong, these trees were cut down and burnt. Now there is no forest left, though there are still some small areas covered with trees. We call these ―woods‖. Elephants, tigers and many o__1__ animals were living in the thick forest. When people came to live in Hong Kong, the animals began to die out. Early farmers grew rice and r__2__ pigs and chickens in the valleys. They cut down the trees and burnt them. They needed fire to keep t__3__ warm in winter, to cook their food and to drive away the dangerous animals. Elephants quickly d__4__ because there was not enough food for them. So did most of the wolves and tigers.‎ You might think that there are no longer any animals in Hong Kong e__5__ in the zoos, but there are still about 36 different animals living there. One of the most lovely of Hong Kong’s animals is the barking deer. There are beautiful little animals w__6__ a rich brown coat and a white patch under the tail.     They look like deer but they are much smaller. They are less than two feet high. They make a noise rather like a dog barking. In Hong Kong the barking deer has only one r__7__enemy- men. People hunt these little animals though it is illegal. There are now not many barking deer left. So it is important for people to protect these wild animals.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 14【2011年青浦区一模】‎ It's often said that the best way to see a country is to use the method of transport which is traditional in that place. So people should see Australia on horseback, Nepal on foot and the US by car. If this is true, then a bicycle is the p__1__ way to visit Sri Lanka. Although the 18-speed mountain bike I used is not an everyday sight, more traditional types can be seen all over the c__2__ .‎ Sharing the same kind of transport as local people changes the way you see the place. You are traveling at a speed that fits the environment. It is not so slow that you only see a s__3__ area each day, and not so fast that the details of the countryside are missed. Better still, you can stop whenever you want to listen to the birds or the sound of water, you can talk to people, smell their cooking or take a photo. H__4__, this doesn't mean that cycling in Sri Lanka is relaxing. If you want to see the whole country, you have to leave the towns and villages and cycle through forest—where the temperature is‎ ‎‎37°C, cross rivers, climb hills and go over paths which are made of mud, rock or sand.‎ The most pleasant paths in the forest follow the irrigation canals. T__5__ carry water into the bright green rice fields. During the afternoon, groups of children, farm workers and water buffaloes all come to s__6__ in canals. Then, when you climb up the hills in the centre of the country, you see that the side of every hill is covered with rows of trees in another lovely green. In fact, the whole country is covered in more different and beautiful shades of green t__7__ I've ever thought. Now I'm wondering where to ride my bike next — perhaps along the canals of the Netherlands, or through the city streets of China...‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 15【2010年长宁区一模】‎ It is one o'clock in Seattle in the afternoon. You are walking d__1__ the street. A lot of people are outside for lunch. You see a woman. She is holding a white and green paper cup. You see another person. He is also holding a cup in his hand. You see another and another. Everybody holds a cup! What are they all drinking? You s__2__ the air in Seattle. It's coffee! People in Seattle love coffee. Some say it's because Seattle has many rainy d__3__ and people need coffee to be happy. There is caffeine in coffee and it helps people be happy. These people like latte better. Others say coffee shops are popular because people in Seattle are very relaxed. They need coffee to stop them from falling a__4__easily. These people like espresso better.‎ Coffee shops in Seattle are like teahouses in China. In Seattle, people go to coffee shops to talk to friends, read books, play games, work on the computer or relax. Coffee is an important p__5__ of people's life. The world's largest coffee shop chain, Starbucks, first o__6__ in Seattle in 1971. There are many good baristas in Starbucks. But Starbucks is not the o__7__ popular coffee shop chain in the city. There are other large chains. Seattle also has many small neighborhood coffee shops.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 16【2013年虹口区二模】‎ When I came out of my office, it was dark. In order to get home as soon as possible, I took a taxi. The car was flying along the road, but later it was in a traffic jam in darkness. I b_____1_____the silence for fear that the driver might be too tired to drive. “When do you go back home in the evenings?”‎ ‎“Nine o’clock. I’ll go home after this t_____2_____.”‎ ‎“Then when do you come out in the mornings?” I threw out another question.‎ ‎“Nine o’clock, too. And I go home for lunch and dinner, just as if I worked at an office.” His words s_____3_____me, because every time I ride in a taxi, what I hear from the driver is only complaints. They complain that they have to work from morning till night, that it is hard to earn money, that they are bullied by the police, or that the leaders enjoy the fruits of their work. It s_____4_____they are not satisfied with everything. But this driver told me, “I find it tiring to be a section chief as I was before. I don’t like management work. I like driving, just out of pleasure. It’s lucky that I s_____5_____drive without a passenger. So I can earn three or four thousand yuan a month easily. Any trick? Yes, I never follow an e_____6_____taxi. If it goes southward, I go northward. If it goes along the highway, I turn into a narrow street. In this way I always get customers.”‎ His words showed his satisfaction with his life and the pride he took in his job. Such feelings are so rare among people nowadays just as oxygen in high mountains. How many people nowadays can show high ideals by s_____7_____living and go with a calm mind? I couldn’t help feeling moved when I found such a state of mind in a stranger on a cold winter night.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 17【2012年黄浦区二模】‎ Once my mother told me a story. In Africa, when an antelope wakes up every morning, the first thing it thinks about is, “I must be able to run faster than the fastest lion, or I will be k_____1_____.” At the same time, a lion wakes from his dream. The first thing the lion thinks about is, “I must be able to catch the s_____2_____ antelope, or I will die of hunger.” So, almost at the same time, the antelope and the lion get up and start running toward the rising sun.‎ This is life: full of chances and challenge. Whether you are an antelope or a lion, you must go a_____3_____ when the sun rises. For students, it is just the same. If we do not study hard, sooner or later, we will fall b_____4_____ the other students. At first, I did not know what the word “exam” meant. Later I knew an exam was a kind of competition. In competitions, there are always w_____5_____ and losers. As I grew up, I got to know competition well. In one’s life, there must be competitions, so people can improve.‎ Each time I saw children playing games and heard their laughter, I wished I were that age again. However, I remembered my parents’ words: “You must work very hard in order to have a good f_____6_____.” So I picked up my pen and began to study hard again.‎ I was still not sure what competition really meant. One day, I was taking part in an English-speaking competition. When I went to the stage, I saw other students looking at me kindly. I s_____7_____ knew what competition was. It is not as cruel as my teacher and parents told me. In fact, competition is the opposite: it is kind and necessary. I learned a lot from realizing this fact. Now I understand more about the world. Competition is important for us all.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 18【2013年金山区一模】‎ It is difficult to imagine what the world was like in 1254. Europe was living in an age that we call the Medieval Period (中世纪). It was a time of many wars.‎ It was in that time that Marco Polo was born in Venice‎, ‎Italy. Life in Venice was d_____1_____ from life in most of Europe. Venice was a city of beautiful buildings and water canals. Many businessmen did business in Venice. Marco Polo’s father and uncle were businessmen. They had traveled to a far-off country called Cathay. (Cathay is now called China.) There they had friends with the great ruler, Kublai Khan(忽必烈). He i_____2_____ them to return to Cathay.‎ When Marco Polo was seventeen years old, he began a journey to China with his father and uncle. They sailed the Indian Ocean and crossed the desert and mountains of Asia on camels. The journey to China took three years.‎ Kublai Khan greeted the Polos and sent them lots of gifts. He was especially impressed with Marco, who could speak four l_____3_____ including Chinese and others.‎ Khan sent Marco on many trips t_____4_____ China. On these trips, Marco saw many amazing things that he had never seen in Europe, such as coal used as fuel, paper money i_____5_____of coins, and papermaking and printing processes. Marco made many notes about life in China. After almost twenty years in China, the Polos began their journey home to Italy. Kublai Khan gave them many gifts of ivory, silk, jewels, and jade.‎ When they returned to Venice, they found their city at war. Marco Polo was put in prison. He spent his time w_____6_____a book about his years in China. The book is called Descriptions of the World. It became the most p_____7_____ book in Europe. Because of the book, many people in Europe learned about life in China.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 19【2012年闵行区二模】‎ In the movie 2012, the volcano in Yellowstone‎ ‎National Park erupts, smoke flies thousands of meters into the air, and car-sized pieces of stone and ash fly out.‎ Now, some scientists say, it‟s very possible that the Yellowstone volcano will soon erupt in r__1__life for the fourth time in history, after about 640,000 years. According to the Daily Mail, the volcano in the Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, US, has been rising at a record rate since 2004. Its magma surface has gone u__2__3 inches (7.6 centimeters) per year over the last three years alone. This rise is one of the main s__3__ that a volcano is about to erupt. However, scientists are not certain when the eruption will happen or what it will cause.‎ Unlike what happens in the movie 2012, a volcano eruption would not destroy the whole world, b__4__it could cause huge damage to people living nearby. For example, the 2010 eruption of the Iceland Volcano caused more than 800 people to l__5__their homes and many airports in European countries to shut down for a few days.‎ There are more than 1, 500 active volcanoes in the world. A volcano is c__6__ active if it has erupted at least once during the last 10, 000 years. In ancient times, more than 80 percent of the earth‟s surface was volcanic. Volcanic eruptions formed the sea floor and some mountains over many years. Gas from volcanoes formed the earth‟s atmosphere.‎ Volcanoes come from very hot liquid rock that is magma, inside the earth. When magma comes upward and breaks through the earth‟s surface, it forms volcanoes.‎ The rising magma heats water, which leads to explosions of steam. This pushes rocks and ash high into the sky. T__7__different things erupt from a volcano: hot liquid rock, volcanic ash and gases.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 20【2012年杨浦区二模】‎ Today some people call Amsterdam “The City of Bicycles” because it is a city which is flat and convenient for bicycles.‎ In the 1960s, a group of cycling fans had an idea. They believed that it would be better for everybody if only bicycles were a__1__in the city center. They hoped that this would help to save energy, reduce pollution and provide free transport. The group painted hundreds of bicycles white and placed them in public places around Amsterdam for people to use. Anyone was able to use them for s__2__journeys, whether he was a local or a foreigner. Wherever someone finished a journey, they would l__3__the bicycle there for someone else to use. The problem was that it didn‟t work–thieves took all the bicycles within weeks!‎ However, more than forty years later, the “white bicycle” is b__4__in town–this time with a computer chip to r__5__its every move! To take a bicycle, you have to put a special card inside. The new “white bicycle” is not white any more but is an unusual design with bright colors. The bicycles are parked at special parking places and people who want to use them have to take them to a__6__place that has enough room.‎ There is already l__7__traffic in central Amsterdam, because both locals and tourists have been using the “white bicycles”. Thanks to the good ideas of lots of people, like the cycling fans in the 1960s, many people around the world have been enjoying city center streets without cars for many years.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 21【2013年静安区一模】‎ Li Ming has studied in the UK for nearly two years now. But he‟ll never forget his first few weeks of living in a different country.‎ The Food In China, I‟ll eat almost anything. But I remember the first food I tasted at school in England. We had this soup and it tasted of n__1__at all. In China, our food is quite salty, but we like it because the salt m__2__it taste nice. A friend advised me to try some cheese and biscuits. I thought biscuits were the same as “cookies” in America but I was wrong. Again, I felt disappointed at the taste of the biscuits and the cheese was really sour.‎ Introductions In China when you meet someone for the first time, you sometimes shake hands. I was so s__3__when my friend‟s mother gave me a kiss when I left his house. I felt so embarrassed and I know my face went very red at that moment. ‎ T___4___ ‎ When I want to go anywhere in China, I just take my bicycle. Here in England, I have to get a bus everywhere. It‟s really confusing b__5__buses don‟t stop automatically like they do in Beijing. You have to put your hand out, ring the bell or press the signal button.‎ Socializing I remember when I went around to a friend‟s house and I wanted to say “thank you” to his mother. In China, we often give people cakes as p__6__. The boy‟s mother stared at the cake. She was trying to be polite but I knew from her face that I had taken something wrong. In England, a cake is more o__7__given on someone‟s birthday.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 22【2012年黄浦区一模】‎ I came into a village and I saw a policeman standing outside the post office and reading something carefully. He looked up at the car, w__1__into the road, and held up a hand to stop me.‎ I a__2__stopped, but then I realized that the policeman had been reading about me. I supposed the police at the hotel had worked quickly, and called all the local villages. I drove faster, the policeman jumped out of my way, and I was soon out of the village.‎ I left the main road as soon as possible and tried a smaller one. It was not easy without a map, and I realized that I had been so s__3__to steal the car. It would help the police to find me in any corner of Scotland. If I left it, and went off on foot, they would find me in an hour or two.‎ I was very hungry; I had eaten n__4__since morning. And now, as I drove, I heard a noise in the sky, and there was a plane. I drove as fast as I could down into another town. Suddenly, a car appeared in front of me from a s__5__road. There was no time to stop. I did the only thing possible and drove off the road into a fence, hoping to hit something soft beyond. But I was out of good l__6__. The car went through the fence like a knife through butter, and immediately began to fall. I jumped out and was caught by the branch of a tree, while the car disappeared into a river fifteen meters below.‎ A hand helped me out of the tree, and a frightened voice asked me if I was badly hurt. The speaker was a young man who was very sorry. I was more p__7__than angry; it was a good way for the car to disappear.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 23【2013年松江区一模】‎ Shopping used to mean actually going to shops, but nowadays, you can shop without even leaving your house. Just sit in front of your computer, click your mouse and your t__1__will be sent to your house in a matter of days.‎ Nov 11 is a big day for people who like shopping online. Many online stores offered a big discount and free deliver s__2__. On that day, the biggest online shopping sites in China, Taobao.com and Tmall.com, sold things worth 19.1 billion yuan in total.‎ ‎“Goods online are often much c__3__. It also saves me a lot of time. And we often have more choices on many online stores than in shopping malls,” Wang Xin, an online shopping lover in Beijing, said to China Daily.‎ A__4__big advantage of online is that it helps people get things from different cities, even different countries, with ease. “I like eating duck neck very much and I often buy it on Taobao from shops in Wuhan. It’s much more delicious than what our local stores sell,” said Zhang Xi, a girl in Yangzhou.‎ While enjoying online shopping, many people a__5__have worries, especially for middle school student buyers. Young students are easily a__6__by advertisements on the Internet and buy things they don’t need.‎ ‎“Middle school students should pay more attention to their study. Searching for things w__7__their time,” said Jing Chunling, and education expert. “Online shop owners have no idea of the ages of their buyers. It’s dangerous when young students can buy things such as cigarettes and wines so easily.”‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 24【2012年普陀区二模】‎ Wendy Martin is an ordinary university student who used to love surfing the Internet and chatting with friends online. She often spent much of her free time talking with her family and making new friends online. Then something a__1__happened. It completely changed Wendy’s feelings about the Internet.‎ One of Wendy’s favorite things to do online was to visit the chat rooms on music websites. Everyone there loved chatting about recent concerts and what the famous s__2__were going to do next. It was here that Wendy first met Anne. The two women liked each other immediately. Soon they exchanged e-mail addresses and were communicating online every day.‎ Wendy e__3__talking to her new friend. They both liked the same music, the same clothes and the same films, but they also had the same worries about studying and the future. Anne had e-mailed her a picture of herself---she even looked s__4__to Wendy. So, when Anne asked Wendy for her address and phone number, Wendy thought her new friend was a person she could trust.‎ It was only when Wendy got a letter from the bank that she realized something was wrong. Anne was not who she said she was. She was not a university student, she was not young and she was not even a woman. ―Anne‖ was really a 45-year-old man called Tim Histanon. He p__5__to like the same things as Wendy. He had used Wendy’s personal information to spend all the money in her bank account.‎ This situation is actually quite common, and affects thousands of people every year. Fortunately for Wendy, Tim Histanon was finally caught by the police, so Wendy got most of her money back. Many people, h__6__, have not been so lucky.‎ Everyone can learn from the mistakes that Wendy made. N__7__give out personal information while chatting online, and always make sure your user name is different from your real name. Nobody wants to make the same mistakes as Wendy.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 25【2012静安一模】‎ Are you eager to be a person who has a good memory? People who enjoy their wonderful memory often do well in their studies and work. These people only have to spend a few m__1___ on a page and will keep what they read in mind. Here are some things you can do to improve your memory. Try these:‎ Be more observant(善于观察的). Some people who said to have a bad memory don't r__2___ have memory problems. They just don't take time to notice the details. If you pay more attention to the details, you're sure to have a much clearer memory of events. A little exercise that you could do is to p___3___ memorizing lists of things, such as the things you are going to buy in a supermarket, or even the ingredients printed on your biscuit box. Do more activities such as puzzles, word g__4___, and learn a new language. These activities will further improve your brain functions and will help you improve your memory.‎ Try to have more free time. When you are t___5___, probably you are to have a weaker focus. Find ways to get rid of stress, so your brain will be clearer and ready to have new i___6___.‎ Get enough sleeping hours. You need at least seven hours of sleep every night. Give your brain cells a chance to r___7__ the damage done by a day's tiring work. Eat lots of fruits, vegetables and grains. Do your best to be healthy and these foods help you improve your memory?‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 26【2012普陀一模】‎ Anyone who has a dog as a pet will tell you why the dog is called 'man's best friend'. "They are loyal, funny and loving. They seldom complain and always o ___1___  their owners," said Mary Smith of Washington D.C. Doctors will also tell you that people who have dogs seem to be happier and healthier than those who live a ___2___ . One reason for this is that people with dogs lead more active lives. Who can say no to a lovely dog when he pulls on your arm and asks you to take him for a walk?‎ Dogs are really amazing animals. They not only offer emotional (情感的) support but also p __3___ great help for humans. Think about guide dogs for blind people, or dogs that help people in wheelchairs.‎ However, it is the emotional side of owning a dog that has been studied in detail by Dr Julie Davis of Chicago‎ ‎University. "B___4___ every dog lover there is a story," says Dr. Davis. "Why do people love their dogs so much? If you hear their stories, it's not difficult to understand why. "‎ Dr. Davis has studied the r___ 5___ between dogs and people for the last ten years. "I have spoken to people in parks, pet stores, and veterinary (兽医的) offices, as well as stopping people in the street. I have interviewed office workers and farmers, policemen and construction workers," says Dr Davis. " E ___6___ wants to talk about their dogs. Many people said they cried much more when their dogs died than when their parents did. They said the sadness was much d___ 7___ . People are finding animals are more reliable than human beings. People tell me all the time that they get more emotional support from their dogs than they do from their husbands or wives."‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ Passage 27【2011闵行一模】‎ ‎“Fire! Fire!” What horrible words to hear when one wakes up in a strange house in the middle of the night! It was a large, wooden house and my room was on the top floor. I jumped out of bed, opened the door and s ___ 1___ out into the passage. It was full of thick smoke.‎ I began to run, but as I was still only half awake, instead of going towards the stairs I went in the opposite direction. The smoke grew t ___ 2___ and I could see flames all around and the floor became hot under my bare feet. I found an open door and ran into a room to get to the window. But before I could reach it, one of my feet was caught in something soft and I fell down. The thing I had fell over was l ___ 3___ a bundle（一捆）of clothes, and I picked it up to protect my face from smoke and heat. Just then the floor gave way under me and I crashed to the below with pieces of wood all around me.‎ I saw a flaming doorway in front, put the bundle of clothes over my face and ran. The fire around my feet burned me t ___ 4___ , but I got through. As I reached the cold air outside, my bundle of clothes gave a thin cry. I nearly dropped it in my s ___ 5___ . Then I saw a crowd gathered in the street. A woman in a night dress and a borrowed man’s coat screamed when she saw me and came running madly. “My baby! My baby!” she cried. The crowd cheered widely as she took the smoke bundle out of my a ___ 6___. I had some difficulty in recognizing her. She was Mayor’s wife, and I had s ___ 7___ her baby. I was a hero.‎ ‎1. _______ 2. _______ 3. _______ 4. _______ 5. _______ 6. _______ 7. _______‎ 上海市中考英语首字母填空练习 第三部分 27篇 ‎2010~2013年上海市各区中考一模二模卷 Passage 1【2011年嘉定区一模】‎ 首先通读全文，尤其是首段，可以了解这篇文章讲的是对肢体语言的解读。知道了这个主题，对文中某些词语的猜测是有很大帮助的。‎ ‎1.【答案】anything【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】我们需要把这个长句子简化，these actions can say more than a_____ they say to you，这个空所填词的词性是什么？我们看关键词than，than前后两相比较的内容是对称的，即词性也是一致的，than前面的action，注意不是say，是action即名词，所以than后面的部分也是名词。a_____ they say to you中，say to you 是不完整的，say后面少了宾语，即说话内容，所以如果句子要完整，宾语不可能没有，于是可知a_____就是say的宾语。而这个a_____，作为名词前面没有任何冠词，所以是个复合不定代词，于是可推出是anything，翻译后意思通顺。‎ ‎2.【答案】understand【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】考验的就是对全文主旨的把握及上下文的理解。这篇文章讲的是对肢体语言的解读，句子中“what you see completely”指代的就是上一段中“these actions”，即肢体语言，对于肢体语言，我们要做的事情就是去解读、了解，所以u开头的词很自然是understand。‎ ‎3.【答案】hungry【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空等于是一个生活常识。联系前文，“If someone rubs their stomach, they are not feeling sick.”当人们揉肚子的时候，如果不是生病那就是饿了，hungry不难得出。‎ ‎4.【答案】interested【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”&“情感”‎ ‎【解析】句意理解，如果朋友被邀请参加聚会却耸肩膀，表示他不…参加，我们可以从情感的角度想象到这里要表达朋友不想参加，是消极的情绪，因为有了一个not，所以所填的词是相反的，是积极的；be i____ in应该不难想到一个固定搭配，be interested in。所以答案是interested。‎ ‎5.【答案】luck【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】联系后文“in the hope of goodgrades”，表示他们交叉手指为了祈祷好成绩，与此处文意相近，衍生出去就是好的运气，所以答案是luck。‎ ‎6.【答案】saying【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”& 回首望月 ‎【解析】这道题只能通过这一个句子和理解能力来解决。先理解句意，揉下巴意味着这个人不相信另一个人正在s_____的什么。通过语法，立马判断这个空需要填一个现在分词，是什么动词呢？联想一下实际生活，不相信的无非是做的或是说的，s开头的只有说，所以填say，如果有人填speak，那么记住speak是不及物动词，当它后面跟宾语时，基本上只有语言，比如speak Chinese。 ‎ ‎7.【答案】not【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】he is confused and might n___ have understood what you said.这个空考验上下文理解，其实答案就在前半句的confused里，confused解释为困惑的，所以意味着外教没有明白你说的内容，所以这里很明显填not。‎ Passage 2 【2011年闸北区一模】‎ 通读全文，细读首句，知道这篇文章讲的是养狗。‎ ‎1.【答案】responsibility【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空要联系第一句话，第一句翻译下来是“养狗不像人们想的那么简单”，第二句翻译“它需要很多的r_____”，这里的它指的是养狗这件事，而不是狗，这里我们可以联想养狗不容易因为需要什么？需要钱？耐心？辛苦？同时联系后文中为狗做的很多事，我们可以推出这个r开头的词是责任responsibility，请注意责任是不可数，所以即使有a lot of，也不用变复数。‎ ‎2.【答案】care【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】前面一句里罗列了遛狗、喂食和洗澡。所以这一句从写作习惯的角度出发，基本上不会是和前面一样类型的事情了，否则也会在前面罗列在一起，所以有同学填cook不太符合写作习惯和逻辑。这里有一个固定搭配，care for解释为喜欢和照顾，如果不知道这个搭配，也应该从“关心狗狗”的角度出发，想到care，care作为关心时是不及物动词，后面需要介词，care在这里是首选。‎ ‎3.【答案】before【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”&“逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】后文句子完整，所以这个空只需要一个连接词。并列连词中b开头的只有but，但是此处逻辑不符；考虑从属连词，从属连词可以从不同的状语从句去排除，因为以b开头的从属连词很少，最常见的就是because和before，这里通过句意理解应该填before。‎ ‎4.【答案】protect【秘籍】逐段解决& 瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】联系上问，这一小段落在讨论一个问题：“你为什么需要狗”，而此句之前已罗列的一些理由，此处，你养狗是为了p___你或者你家？这里填动词是毋庸质疑的，通过联想和理解，可以得出这里的意思是保护，所以是protect。‎ ‎5.【答案】is【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】由句末的问号可以得知，此处考疑问句的结构。可以引导疑问句的无非是“特殊疑问词”或“助动词&情态动词”，其中以i开头的，只有is，结合my home是单数，从主谓一致上页论证了答案为is。‎ ‎6.【答案】whether【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”& 瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】此句通过句子结构分析，发现decide引导了一个“动宾”的结构，即“w__6__you really should have a dog as a pet.”是一个宾语从句。此时答案的范围已经缩小到，宾语从句引导词了，以W开头的，可以有whether 和其他Wh特殊疑问词。联系上文，提到“养狗前要想一想为什么要养和是否有能力养狗”。所以，结合文意，这些问题可以帮助你决定是否真的需要一只宠物狗。这里是一个whether引导的宾语从句。‎ ‎7.【答案】for【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这里有一个固定搭配，如果不知道，可以通过语法知识尝试推测。Life是名词，名词前面可以是形容词，形容词性物主代词，冠词，动词，介词。另外life这个单词的意思是双面的，如果解释为生命，是可数名词，可是句子中is 后没有a，所以解释为生活。然后用排除法，填形容词意味着“一只宠物是怎样的生活”，不通顺，所以先排除。物主代词没有f开头的，也排除。冠词也排除，动词除非做分词扮演形容词的角色，才能在is后面，但是形容词已排除，剩下介词，f开头的最常见的是for。For life的意思是一辈子的。所以这里应该填for。‎ Passage 3【2013年松江区二模】‎ 通读全文，细读首句，知道这篇文章讲的是条形码的应用和变迁。‎ ‎1.【答案】on【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这个空很简单，barcode是名词，和代词it之间需要连词或介词，这里句子译为几乎看到每一个产品身上都有一个条形码，所以是on。‎ ‎2.【答案】easy【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空根据前后理解，条形码对于了解产品是一种e___和方便的方法。和“方便”对应的e开头的最常见的单词就是easy，所以答案填easy。‎ 注：有同学填efficient，文意及语法上没有问题，但与黄金法则一冲突：efficient不是中考考纲词汇。‎ ‎3.【答案】clear【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空看前文理解，前面说条形码是一种对于了解产品非常简单和方便的方法，只要一刷阅读器,“everything is c____”，everything指的是产品的信息，所以这个空想表达的是产品信息在刷了阅读器后会一目了然，很清楚明白，所以是clear。‎ ‎4.【答案】needed 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这个空根联系后文，“for renting cars, for luggage checks on a plane, for parcelsyou send”都是在罗列需要条形码的理由，表现出条形码已经在生活中无处不在。结合文意得出此处是need，而此处need之后没有宾语，所以不能填needing，需要用被动语态，填needed。‎ ‎5.【答案】without【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空需要上下文理解，前文讲到了生活中处处需要条形码，所以这里要表达的是生活如果没有了条形码就会变得很困难，表示没有的介词是without。 ‎ ‎6.【答案】holding【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”& 瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这里的关键词是介词by，表示方式，“通过h_____特定的条形码，人们才能进入这些场合”，这里需要的是一个动作，那么我们联想实际生活，应该是“手持条形码”，所以是hold，by后面所以holding。‎ ‎7.【答案】looks【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】It l___ strange. 句中缺少动词，且动词之后用了strange这个形容词去修饰，所以根据语法知识，“系动词后跟形容词”得出此处需要一个系动词。前文说的是被设计成条形码样式的购物商城，所以strange是视觉的结果，所以填looks。‎ Passage 4【2011年静安区一模】‎ 细读首句，得知这篇文章在讲美国人们希望自己成为富人或者看起来像富人。‎ ‎1.【答案】what【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这句句子中有两个“is”，所以这是一句复合句，句子中暂时找不到连接词，所以空格处就是一个连接词，以w开头。我们把“”里的内容看成一个整体，简称it，简化句子看：that is ｗ＿＿it is about. 这是一个表语从句，在从句中，w___应该是about后面的宾语，需要填一个疑问代词，在what、which、who、whom中，根据句意，选what。‎ ‎2.【答案】first【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”& 瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这个空很多同学可以用语感一下子填出来。这里需要一个副词，因为整句句子结构完整，该空又是在be和uesd之间。由第一段最后一句得知，这篇文章讲这个谚语的由来，所以故事肯定是从一开始讲起的，如果还是想不出来，结合全文可知道这个故事的来龙去脉，即这个谚语在1913年之前是不存在的，是美国人Arthur ‎ Momand首创的。所以答案是first。Firstly虽然是副词，但是它意为“第一”，表列举时使用。‎ ‎3.【答案】outside【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这道题填一个介词，联系后文“moved back to New York City”，意为“之后搬回纽约”，那倒推故事，此时他们应该是“搬离纽约”、“搬出纽约”才对，o开头的介词表“离开”、“在……之外”，所以填outside。‎ ‎4.【答案】finish【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句话的意思是：这种攀比就像一个比赛，每个人永远都不会f____。这个比赛因为每个人都一直在努力追赶。Never和because决定了空格词的意思和后半句“一直在努力追赶”的意思相反，一直向前的相反就是倒退或者停止。所以不难想到finish。‎ ‎5.【答案】longer【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】Not any longer意为：“不再”。‎ ‎6.【答案】common【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】根据前文理解，主人公开始写很多人攀比的故事，所以这个Jones并不是指代一个人，那就是泛指很多人，泛指很多人用的名字一定是周围人经常听到的，才能引起读者的共鸣，去联想到是很多人的故事，所以这个名字很普遍，答案是common。‎ ‎7.【答案】appeared【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&瞻前顾后之“语法”&回首望月 ‎【解析】句子缺少谓语，此空需填动词。主人公的系列故事a_____在不同的报纸上，中文意思可以推测出“刊登”“发表”“出现”“印刷”，但是句中使用了主动语态，所以只有“出现”的意思符合句子结构，对应单词appear；另，注意文章时态，正确答案appeared。 ‎ Passage 5 【2012年浦东新区一模】‎ 细读首句，可知文章讲的是印第安部落语言的内容。‎ ‎1.【答案】except【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”&瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】their own 是个名词词组，所以在这里填不是介词就。然后看介词所表达的前后两者的关系。联系后文，部落之间不用声音来交流，也就意味着不需要语言，倒推此处也就意味着，他们除了自己的语言，其他都不会，所以用except。‎ ‎2.【答案】whether【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”&瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】此处find out后需要填一个宾语从句的引导词，且要与句中的“or”连用。正确答案：whether。‎ ‎3.【答案】rode【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&回首望月 ‎【解析】r___his pony in alarge circle。在一个大圈里怎么他的马，不难想到是骑马，注意时态，rode。‎ ‎4.【答案】corners【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&回首望月 ‎【解析】held two c____of a blanket in his hands，用手抓着毯子的两个c_____，毯子上能用一个两个形容的是角，所以是corners，因为two，千万不要漏了复数。‎ ‎5.【答案】warn【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句句子的答案无法从上下文得知，因为是孤立的，我们只能从常识和句意理解出发。他也可以用镜子发送信号以w____‎ ‎ 有些人或者吸引远处的人的注意。填动词没有问题，我们再从常识和想象出发，对于我们来说，镜子反光照在陌生人身上是件不礼貌的事情，对于印第安人也是，但是他们为什么还对陌生人这么做？因为他们要警告那些对他们来说存在威胁的陌生人。所以答案是warn。‎ ‎6.【答案】only【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空填副词，因为除掉空格句子完整。对比此处和后文，此处说的是”when the Sun was shining”，后文笔锋一转说”at night”，结合句意和常识，镜子只有在有阳光的时候可以用。填only。‎ ‎7.【答案】removed【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&回首望月 ‎【解析】前面一个句子是held a blanket over the fire for a minutes，后面r____the blanket from the fire ，很显然这是个连贯的过程，先把篮子扣在火上，然后把它拿掉，所以是remove，注意时态要前后一致，所以是removed。‎ Passage 6【2013年嘉定区一模】‎ 细读首句，知道了这篇记叙文的人物、地点和时间。‎ ‎1.【答案】seat【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】联系前文，“parked her blue Nissan”，告诉大家首段的场景发生在车内。此处“in the back s___”表示的是孩子的位置。再联系后文“Cardonajumped in the driver’s seat”，给出了最直接的提示。综上，答案是seat。‎ ‎2.【答案】stop【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】try to do sth，首先这里填动词原形。这里联系上下文，尤其后一句中的brake，刹车，可知她想让车停下来，所以填stop。‎ ‎3.【答案】frightened【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这里填形容词不难判断，根据上下文，车子开始掉到池塘里，所以主人公的反应自然是很害怕很惊恐的，所以f开头的词是frightened。‎ ‎4.【答案】inside【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】联系前文，“Ryan, in the back seat”说明孩子还在车内。此处Cardona要求救必然是让人们救车内的孩子，所以得出答案，inside。‎ ‎5.【答案】Another【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】前文救Ryan的是Fountain；此处出现了另一个人名，McClung。所以此处填Another。‎ ‎6.【答案】disappear【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个句子需要理解正确，the last flash of the blue car d____ under the water. Flash 指的是这车子的闪光，意味着拉出男孩的那一刻车子开始下沉，沉至水下从而看不到闪光了，所以说闪光消失了，填disappeared。‎ ‎7.【答案】slowly【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】填副词不难判断，这个副词形容swam，通过情景可以想象，救人的过程很辛苦，Fountain都已经游不动了，所以McClung也一定很累了，所以他游泳一定很慢，所以是slowly。‎ Passage 7【2012年青浦区一模】‎ 这是篇记叙文，所以读首句未必能知道全文的主要内容，所以一句句往下看。‎ ‎1.【答案】off【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】结合前文，前文兄妹俩在车上，所以感到很热后他们决定下车去买饮料；注意搭配，下车是get off the bus，而非get out或get outside。‎ ‎2.【答案】bottle【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】句意理解知道这边需要填一个装果汁的容器，可以想到“bottle”和“box”；此时，关联后文“roll out”意为“滚动出来”，则明确答案为bottle。‎ ‎3.【答案】noticed【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&回首望月 ‎【解析】根据句子成分分析可得知，此处填动词。前文中主人公看到有人从车里扔出垃圾，所以很惊讶，说明他之前从未关注过这种现象，所以他接下来就进一步注意到街上人行道上更多的垃圾，所以这里填notice，注意时态noticed。‎ ‎4.【答案】public【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】垃圾桶对于城市来说，属于公共设施，算是一个常识，但是要学生在这边联想到确实有一定难度，答案是public。（Demon班上的学生考试时候填新概念二册词汇plentiful，语义也通畅，只可惜plentiful是纲外词汇。）‎ ‎5.【答案】even【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】这里填副词不难判断。这一段每一句都是一个动作，写了主人公做的一系列事情，包括建议、描述、希望，除此之外，还找邻居在信上集体签名，这件事比起前面的程度更甚更难得，所以这里想表达甚至的意思，是even。‎ ‎6.【答案】show【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这里是不定式，填动词原形。有语感的话答案脱口而出，如果想不出来，看后文，哥哥带着妹妹去街上看垃圾桶，所以说哥哥想要给妹妹看一些东西，所以是show。‎ ‎7.【答案】proud【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】市长听取了他们的建议，所以他们又开心又p____，做了这样一件了不起的事情之后自然应感到自豪，所以这里填proud。‎ Passage 8【2012年黄浦区一模】‎ 记叙文读首句，大概知道故事发生的地点和人物。由首句可知，发生在村子的警局附近，人物有我和警察。‎ ‎1.【答案】walked【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】第一空，三个并列句，所以填的词和前面的look，后面的held一样都是动词。至于是什么动词，看警察做这一系列动作的逻辑。别忘了还要看前面一句对警察的介绍，前面他站在警局外读东西。这一句他先是看我的车，然后w___进马路，然后举手让我停车。应该很明显了，举手让我停车的动作一定是在马路上做的，所以他是从旁走到马路中，所以是walk，注意时态，walked。‎ ‎2.【答案】almost【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】第二空填副词，这里同样联系上下文，请注意后面的“but”，这一句说我突然意识到警察已经知道我了，再往后有一句“I drove faster”。也就是我压根就没停车。回头看我a_____停车了，但突然……这里要填的词是肯定的意思，但是又不是真的停下车了，所以只能是“几乎，差不多”，即almost。‎ ‎3.【答案】stupid【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】第三空主要看后一句，他意识到偷车是s____的，它会帮助警察找到我。所以偷车是件愚蠢的事，所以是stupid。‎ ‎4.【答案】nothing【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】第四空填名词，因为在eat后面。主要看前一句了，我很饿了，我从早上到现在吃n____。这句句子看上去是个肯定句，但是我们从作者情感角度出发，他强调很饿，一定是说吃了很少东西或者没吃东西，所以这里填的词有否定作用，有否定作用的名词，想到nothing。‎ ‎5.【答案】side/small【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】第五空可以联系上下文，这里说我飞快地开车，一辆车从一条s___的路上出现。也就是说这条s___的路不是他自己在开的那条路，所以这条路一定是在他开车的路的旁边，所以我们应该想到是side，也有同学想到small，在这边也是对的。‎ ‎6.【答案】luck【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”& 固定搭配 ‎【解析】第六空，这里注意but表转折，我们看but的前后分别是什么，前面是他想试一试hit something soft beyond, 后面是车沉入河里了，所以他的设想没有实现。此处be out of考察学生对固定搭配的认知，解释为“没有”，所以他说自己没有好的l____，在没有把握的情况下做事情想成功最需要的是运气，good luck表好运。‎ ‎7.【答案】pleased【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】第七空作者的心情实际上是好的还是坏的？最后一句，他说这是个让车子消失的好方法，所以心 情是积极的，more p____ than angry，比起生气来更p____，和angry相对的表示开心的，是pleased。‎ Passage 9【2013年虹口区一模】‎ 首先细读首句，事实上，这篇文章是首段，三个问句就把主旨说清楚了，讲的是对于名牌的了解和使用。‎ ‎1.【答案】advertisement【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”& 回首望月 ‎【解析】Nike’s是所有格形式，所以后面一定是名词。空格后面是on TV，把耐克和电视联系起来，能想到的东西只有广告，所以是advertisements。请注意复数，因为耐克的广告肯定不止一个。‎ ‎2.【答案】although【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】首先判断词性，这个句子有两个谓语，所以这个空是个连词，连词主要判断前后两句的逻辑关系就行。前面半句说我喜欢顶尖的名牌产品，后半句说他们很贵，即使贵还是喜欢买，所以是一种让步的逻辑，所以是although。‎ ‎3.【答案】cool【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】前面一句说名牌产品通常很独特很好看，所以拥有这些产品是c____的，我们从情感角度想，拥有了独特的东西给人感觉就是很炫很酷，所以这里是cool。‎ ‎4.【答案】for【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这个人说的这一段都是在讲明星代言。I want to use the products they speak f____。我们看这个句子结构，主句是I want to use the products，而they speak f____是个定语从句，修饰products，那么这里明显省略了一个连接词，定语从句中能省略的连接词只有that，而省略的情况只有当that在从句中充当宾语的时候，所以换言之，that修饰的products是从句中谓语的宾语。那谓语是speak还是speak f___？speak基本上除了说语言时及物之外，其他基本都不及物，代言也是，所以这里需要代词，为……代言，所以代词是for。‎ ‎5.【答案】interest【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】首先看到逻辑转折词“but”，前一句说当今社会年轻人拥有名牌产品很流行，“但是”引出的这一句一定会表达相反的观点。固定搭配have (no)interestin sth.，意为“对某事（没有）兴趣”，所以填interest。‎ ‎6.【答案】independent【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】首先，Become是系动词，financially是副词，所以要填的是形容词。这个空也要先联系整个这一段的思想。这个人说的前几句话表达了她不会乱花父母的钱，因为她自己没挣钱，父母挣钱也不容易。最后这一句说她长大后且变得financially i____之后，就会买喜欢的名牌。前面提的是没有钱，依赖父母，所以不买，后一句一定是对应前面说的，所以指长大后有钱了，独立了，就买，所以是经济独立，independent就出来了，事实上这是个固定搭配，be financially independent，经济独立。 ‎ ‎7.【答案】well【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这道题给出了逻辑词“as long as”意为“只要”，所以顺承这样的逻辑，推导文意：爱打球的男生在操场上不在乎穿着，所以只要你能打得w_____就够了，很明显，球场上只在乎球技，就是打得好。所以是well。‎ Passage 10【2012年奉贤区二模】‎ 这篇文章比较简单，很多同学甚至可以凭语感做出来。细读首句，这篇文章讲的是生气，是说明文。‎ ‎1.【答案】borrows【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”& 回首望月 ‎【解析】第一空，这里是个排比句，三个when，所以空格处的词可以对应其他两个句子的相同成分，所以这里和gives、loses一样是个一般现在时的动词。然后根据句意，朋友b___我最爱的东西而且打破它我会很生气，不难判断是借，即borrows。‎ ‎2.【答案】faster【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ ‎【解析】前面有一个For example，所以后面这些都是在列举生气时身体的表现。所以完全可以合常识来推断。Breathe在这里是动词，所以所填的是副词，副词前面有个much,much是用来修饰比较级的标志词，所以这个副词是比较级，结合常识，呼吸会变快，所以是faster。‎ ‎3.【答案】heart【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这里纯粹是瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”，我们会把自己的怒气藏在心里，从而导致头痛和胃病，所以是heart。‎ ‎4.【答案】others【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”。怒气必须得释放出来，当然不能伤害o___或者你自己。Or意味着前后是同样性质的，yourself是人，所以o___也是人，除了yourself，那么就只有其他人了。所以是others。‎ ‎5.【答案】parents 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”& 回首望月 ‎【解析】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”，向他人倾诉愤怒是好事，Such as表示举例，所以后面出现的三个例子是同一性质的，p____，老师，好朋友等等，所以p_____很自然而然的是家长，parents。‎ ‎6.【答案】bad【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】诉说愤怒时，那些b___的感觉就开始消失，b___的感觉其实就是愤怒或者和愤怒相关的感觉，也就是不好的感觉，所以是bad。‎ ‎7.【答案】control【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--情感”‎ ‎【解析】这句话是文章的总结，所以需要对文章的主旨有概念。这篇文章先是讲了生气的原因，表现，后来就主要讲怎么处理生气，而这才是重点。所以最后一段的这第一句就是点明这个主题的，主题是你要学会处理生气，也就是你能控制自己脾气，反过来你不会被怒气控制，，所以是control。‎ Passage 11【2012年虹口区二模】‎ 这篇文章有难度。读首句，大概知道讲的是法国的艺术。‎ ‎1.【答案】rules【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这句句子开头是One reason，所以这句是在解释第一句，法国为什么能被认为是世界上最重要的艺术之国，因为Academy，这个词不认识不要紧，因为逗号后面就是在解释什么是Academy，这是一个政府组织with some strict r____ about art.政府组织有严格的r___，不难想到是规章制度，所以是rules，注意别漏了s。‎ ‎2.【答案】form【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空有点难。这句句子在段末，所以我们要先搞清楚前面都在讲什么。前面都在讲画家们要遵守很多规定，最后一句有一个标志性的形容词brave和一个标志性的动词challenge，如果不知道challenge什么意思，通过brave也能判断这句话的感情基调，前面是组织里僵化了的规定，后面来了一群勇敢的画家，因为强调勇敢，所以肯定是要做非同凡响的事情，就是挑战权威，and changed art f____，他们挑战了之后还改变了艺术的f____。这个f____从哪里找？challenged these ideas中的ideas其实是对应了前面的内容，所以f___对应的内容也许可以从下文中找。从后文中我们知道被改变的是什么？传统的画画是像拍照一样画出你看到的东西，而改变的是画光与影，也就是你怎么看东西。所以这改变的是画画的方式、形式。所以这里是form。‎ ‎3.【答案】angry【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--情感”‎ ‎【解析】这里通过瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”，关键词because解释的原因是这群艺术家不被邀请参加这个展出，前面说过这个展览展出的是最好的艺术品，而这些作家被排除，他们自己认为自己的作品并不差，所以他们的情绪肯定是生气的，angry。‎ ‎4.【答案】still【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这个空很难，这个词的这种用法不常见，所以不太容易想到。我们句中的关键词than，有than就要关注前后的对比和同步性。这句话比较的是哪个is more real，Than前是show these，这句中“these”指的是再前一句中“movement and the bright colors of daylight”，than后面是to paint a scene which was as s___ as a photo。前面是“光线的运动和亮色”,后面是“像照片一样s____的图”，前者强调的是动，那么后面相反一定是静，不动的，所以是still。有同学填same，没有as same as的用法。‎ ‎5.【答案】hated【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】这句话要联系后面两句，首先critic是评论家，如果不了解什么意思不要紧，只要知道他是一个人就行。后面一句中有个关键词组“make fun of”，这个人取笑他们的作品，还给他们的作品取了个名字叫“印象派”。所以他h_____这些新的艺术家。如果还想不出来再看下一句，The critics who liked these artists thought the word was just right.那些喜欢这些艺术家的人认为这个词（即“印象派”）恰恰是对的。所以这些评论家的态度和那个评论家的态度是相反的，like的反义词就是hate。所以答案是hated。 ‎ ‎6.【答案】how【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—语法”& “逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这里找到关键词组“instead of”，它和than一样，前后内容是对应的。后面是“what they saw”，前面是“h__ they saw things”，与what 对应的且h开头的只有how。‎ ‎7.【答案】world【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—语法”‎ ‎【解析】这句话说因为有了印象派，艺术w___从此不一样了。我们知道印象派是以一种艺术流派，如果只有它自己一种艺术方式，就称不上流派，流派一定是在一个领域内才存在的，所以一个流派的出现所改变的正是这个领域，就好像一个朋友圈如果多了一个不同性格的朋友，他会改变整个朋友圈的气氛。艺术的领域就是art world。‎ Passage 12【2012年徐汇区二模】‎ 首先细读首句，这篇文章讲的是北京的胡同。而且这篇文章的体裁是个采访报道。‎ ‎1.【答案】opinions【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”& 回首望月 ‎【解析】这一句记者说，我们请几个游客告诉了我们他们的o_____。采访肯定是听别人的想法和观点，而且通过后文中的每一段不难看出，人们是在发表看法，所以是opinions，注意是their，所以复数。‎ ‎2.【答案】strange/surprising【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--情感”‎ ‎【解析】关键符号破折号请注意，表示补充说明，破折号后面说我们在一个世界级的大城市的中央却因为这些胡同有了一种在乡下的感觉。这种感受对于这位游客来说是很不同的，后文中还有一句话印证了“very different from the streets in the centre of Hong Kong!”对于一种全新不同的体验她当然会感到惊讶或者奇怪。所以是strange/surprising。‎ ‎3.【答案】addition【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】这里固定搭配一眼就能看出来，是in addition。‎ ‎4.【答案】imagine【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这个句子简化了看，When you visit the modern part of Beijing, you can i___ you are almost anywhere in the world。很明显，当你游览北京时几乎在世界的任何地方是不真实的，所以是想象出来的。所以是imagine。‎ ‎5.【答案】shame【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--逻辑&情感”‎ ‎【解析】看到关键词“so little of ”，Little有否定的意思，表示这座古城里被保住的遗产极少，这是一件让人遗憾的事情，加上固定搭配，不难得出shame。‎ ‎6.【答案】hardly【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”初三 Demon 老师 首字母填空分享 ‎ ‎【解析】破折号又出现了，前面是胡同太窄了，后面是我h___沿着他们开车。Too常常表示程度太高以至于让人无法做某事，所以这里想表达的是很难，几乎不能开车，所以是hardly。‎ ‎7.【答案】capital【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个游客对胡同没有好感，他抱怨了胡同的窄，抱怨了房子的旧和脏，然后一下子把范围放到中国，说中国需要一个值得骄傲的更好的c____城市。有些同学可能做到后来只把注意力放在胡同上，忽略了城市北京，就想不到要填首都，所以可以想想为什么突然把范围放到中国，因为这个城市在中国地位不一般，进而回过头来想到北京是首都，填capital。‎ Passage 13【2012年奉贤区一模】‎ 细读首段，这篇文章讲的是香港森林因为人类入住而发生的变化。‎ ‎1.【答案】other【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句话说“大象、老虎和很多o____动物曾住在茂密的森林里。”森林里住的动物肯定不止大象和老虎，还有其他动物，所以这里不难推出是other。注意的是other在这里作形容词，不需要加s。‎ ‎2.【答案】raised【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句话说“早期的农民在山谷里种植水稻且r____猪和鸡”。根据句意和常识我们就可以知道，这里要表达的是养猪养鸡。所以是raised。‎ ‎3.【答案】themselves【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这里很好理解，他们砍树生火为了在冬天保暖，保暖的对象当然是他们自己，所以是themselves。‎ ‎4.【答案】disappeared/died（曹燕霞老师提供的答案，也可以哦！）【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这一段的第二句中提到当人们来到香港后，动物们开始die out，这个词组解释为灭绝。回到这个空格，大象开始迅速地d_____，因为没有足够的食物提供给它们。通过这一句中没有足够食物和前一句的die out，可以推断出这里是disappeared 或者died。‎ ‎5.【答案】except【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】在两个介词词组中间的这个词一定是个连词，那就看逻辑是什么。“你可能认为香港不再有任何动物e_____在动物园里，”前面说不再有动物，后面说动物园，我们知道动物园里肯定是有动物的，所以后面的情况是不属于前面的，是被排除的，所以应该可以想到except。‎ ‎6.【答案】with【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这道题能用语感做出来。也可以通过语法和推理。首先这句句子到animals为止就是一句完整的there be 句型句子了，所以后面的一串不是状语就是后置定语。明显不是状语，所以是后置定语，我们最常接触的后置定语是介词短语、分词和一些特殊的形容词。那么在这里是分词还是介词？分词有同学想到wearing，因为和coat对应，但是别忘了有个and，wearing和后面的patch不符合，所以是介词。然后，“animals”以及A rich brown coat and a white patch under the tail是什么关系？这一段是在介绍香港有名的一种动物“barking deer”，中间的三句都是在介绍它的样子。所以这个coat不是指人穿的衣服，而是指deer身上的毛，所以这两个短语都是animals身上的东西，是一种伴随的状态。表伴随的介词且w开头的就是with。‎ ‎7.【答案】real【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--情感”‎ ‎【解析】“在香港，麂子只有一个r____的敌人——人类。”后面讲了很多香港人非法捕猎麂子。r____这个词是形容词没有异议。我们通过常识应该知道，动物在大自然里是有很多敌人的，甚至气候和地理环境有时候也会是他们生存的敌人，不可能“has only one”，所以这里强调的是人类这个敌人的特殊，。人类的行为直接决定了它们的存活率，所以和其他因素比起来，人类才是真正的敌人，所以这里是real。‎ Passage 14【2011年青浦区一模】‎ 细读首段，这篇文章讲的是香港森林因为人类入住而发生的变化。‎ ‎1.【答案】perfect【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—复现”‎ ‎【解析】前文出现”the best way to see a country”与此处”the p______ way to visit Sri Lanka”意思相近，此处需要填一个p开头的能表示最好的词，即perfect。‎ ‎2.【答案】country【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】前文出现”the best way to see a country”已经出现了country一次，另外前文提到的Australia、Nepal、US都是国家名，所以此处填country。‎ ‎3.【答案】small【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】本句It is not so slow that …，so …that的句型意为“太……以至于”。因此，此处要填的形容词是骑太慢所导致的结果，骑得慢看得地方自然不大，所以天small。‎ ‎4.【答案】However【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】前文提到的”listen to the birds or the sound of water”、”smell their cooking”等都是惬意舒适的活动，而后文却说”thisdoesn’t mean that cycling in Sri Lanka is relaxing.”，前后文逻辑出现了转折，因此此处需要填一个表示转折的逻辑词，即However。‎ ‎5.【答案】They【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】本句缺少主语，并且主语要能把水带到田地里。容易联想到前文提及的“渠道”，可是并非t开头。那是否有考虑过用代词去指代“渠道”呢？此处填代词They。‎ ‎6.【答案】swim【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】此处需要填动词，而动作的发出者即有人也有水牛，所以stay不合适，答案为swim。‎ ‎7.【答案】trees【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—复现”& 回首望月 ‎【解析】前文”hill is coveredwith rows of trees in another lovely green”给此处”shades of green t____”提供了充分的线索，要注意tree是可数名词，填trees。‎ Passage 15【2010年长宁区一模】‎ 首先细读首句，文章交代的时间地点是西雅图的下午。‎ ‎1.【答案】down【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】这里是固定搭配，沿着街道走，walk down。‎ ‎2.【答案】smell【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这一句的前面在讲人们手里都有一杯东西，他们在喝什么呢？后面作者知道了，是咖啡。那作者是怎么知道的呢？You s___ the air in Seattle。通过s___空气就可以知道是咖啡，很明显，是通过鼻子闻，所以是smell。‎ ‎3.【答案】days【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--情感”‎ ‎【解析】句意理解，西雅图的人都爱咖啡，因为西雅图有很多下雨的d____而且人们需要咖啡让自己快乐。其实这里本身有固定搭配，因为rainy后面跟的无非是天气、日子、季节，在这里结合语境，阴雨天让人的心情容易糟糕，所以人们更需要咖啡，所以这里是days。‎ ‎4.【答案】asleep【秘籍】固定搭配 ‎【解析】如果一下子看出固定搭配最好，看不出来可以通过前面一句推断。前一句说“咖啡店盛行的另一个原因是西雅图的人都很闲散。”后一句说“他们需要咖啡来防止自己很容易fall a_____。”结合常识，人很闲散的时候容易犯困，所以是asleep。‎ ‎5.【答案】part【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】结合前一句，前一句列举了人们在咖啡吧里做的各种事情，从聊天到工作都泡在那里，所以很显然咖啡吧成了他们生活很重要的一部分。所以是part。‎ ‎6.【答案】opened【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】1971年，星巴克第一次在西雅图o____。句意理解直接可以推出这里说的是开张，opened。‎ ‎7.【答案】：only【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】通过前后两个句子就能得出。前一句“星巴克有很多好的baristas（咖啡师）”，这一句“但是星巴克不是城市里o____受欢迎的连锁店。”后一句“还有其他的大型的连锁店。”首先星巴克肯定是受欢迎的，因为有好的咖啡师。“But”这个转折出现了，但是还有其他的连锁店也受欢迎，所以星巴克不是“唯一的”，顺理成章得就得出了only。‎ Passage 16【2013年虹口区二模】‎ 细读首段，这篇文章是个记叙文，讲的是深夜打的。‎ ‎1.【答案】broke【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句句子的前一句有一个traffic jam，指交通堵塞，所以可以想到这个时候车子会停一段时间。后一句说我b___了沉默因为害怕司机因为太累而睡着，然后紧跟着一句主人公说的话，所以这里可以想到，主人公害怕司机在车子停着的时候睡着，所以要通过和他说话来让他保持清醒，所以是打破沉默，注意时态，填broke。‎ ‎2.【答案】trip【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句话是司机在回答主人公“你一般晚上什么时候回家？”的问题，司机说我会在这一趟t___之后回家。坐过出租的人都能理解这里的意思是送完这一个客人，开完这最后一趟，那么出租车每次运送一个客人就等于是一个小型的旅行，我们用trip。‎ ‎3.【答案】surprised【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句后面有个because，主人公因为过去听多了抱怨，所以当他听到司机说他独特的想法时，感受当然是惊讶，所以是surprised。‎ ‎4.【答案】seems【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】从they开始是一句完整的句子，而整句开头是it，所以不难想到是一个it做形式主语的句子，所以这里需要一个系动词，而且是可以引导宾语从句的系动词，因为后面的that省略了，结合句意，这里表达一种猜测，一种意见的表达，所以只有seems，由于“人们对一切都不满足”这是客观现实，所以用一般现在时。‎ ‎5.【答案】seldom 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】首先这里无疑是填副词。关键词lucky，driver without a passenger是一件不幸运的事，所以这里填的副词是一个表示否定的，不幸的事很少或者不发生才叫lucky，s开头的只有seldom。‎ ‎6.【答案】empty【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这里司机在说他自己的载客绝招。他为什么能一直都能有客人呢？因为他和e____的车子对着干，和人家往相反的方向开，才会有客人，那么同样都是出租车，他绕开的是什么出租车才能有生意呢？坐过出租车的人都知道，你打的打了前面一辆，后面那辆就失去了你这个客人，所以只有抢在前面做第一辆空车才能有客人，所以这里是empty，他绕开的正是前面的空车。‎ ‎7.【答案】serious【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】这个空需要对全文的把握。这里主人公无疑是在称赞司机的生活态度，所以s开头的词是一个形容生活态度的，正面的词，我们看到司机是个知足常乐，踏实认真，且充满智慧的人，所以他的生活态度是认真的，填serious。‎ Passage 17【2012年黄浦区二模】‎ 细读首段，讲了是一个非洲羚羊的故事，当然往后读发现是篇夹叙夹议的文章。‎ ‎1.【答案】killed【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空格很简单，通过句意了解就能得出结果，“我必须比最快的狮子跑得快，不然我会被吃掉”。这个意思很容易得出，但是这里是k开头的，所以是被杀，killed。‎ ‎2.【答案】slowest【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这句话对应上面那句羚羊说的话，这个空格填的是形容词，前面有个the，所以填的是最高级或表示有最高级含义的词。狮子说“我必须能抓住最s___的羚羊才不至于饿死”。狮子想不饿死，至少得抓住最慢的羚羊。所以是slowest。‎ ‎3.【答案】ahead【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】“不管你是狮子还是羚羊，每天当太阳升起你就必须go a___”。Go后面的介词通常表示go的方向，那么想象一下狮子和羚羊们奔跑的方向通常是向前的，就像现实生活中，人都要向前进一样，所以是ahead。‎ ‎4.【答案】behind【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】这句很简单，如果我们不努力学习，我们就会fall b___其他人。这里当然是填“落后于”，固定搭配fall behind。‎ ‎5.【答案】winners【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这个词通过后面的losers就能得出，在比赛中就输家就有赢家，所以填winners。‎ ‎6.【答案】future【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空每个学生应该都很熟悉，因为家长基本都这么对孩子说过：“你必须努力，为了有一个美好的将来”。所以是future。‎ ‎7.【答案】suddenly【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】这段段首的句子是“我还不是很确定竞赛到底意味着什么。”后面说他有一天参加了一个竞赛，当他看到同学友善地看着他时，他s___明白了什么是竞赛。他明白了什么是竞赛这件事情是个意外，他没有预料到的，所以是突然地，suddenly。‎ Passage 18【2013年金山区一模】‎ ‎1.【答案】different【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】这句话的结构是（Life In Venice）----（was d_____ from）-----（life in most of Europe）。在威尼斯的生活和欧洲大多数的生活，这两者间需要填的是谓语。这句话后，详述的是威尼斯的生活：有漂亮的大楼，有很多水渠。而第一段叙述的是欧洲在那个时期，处在战乱时期。所以此空填的是adj. different ‎2.【答案】invited【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】该句的主语He 指代的是Kublai Khan忽必烈，忽必烈是Marco Polo的朋友，他们游历到了中国，忽必烈i______ 他们返回中国。由friend 和return 可以得出，答案是invite，注意时态。‎ ‎3.【答案】languages【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&回首望月 ‎【解析】主语who指代Marco，谓语speak，所以该空填的是宾语，并且是可数名词，因为有Four修饰。又看到空后面有including Chinese，是对该谓语的举例说明。很明显是language，注意用复数形式。‎ ‎4.【答案】through/throughout【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ ‎【解析】先判断句子主谓宾结构完整，该空应该填的是状语，China是地名，判断是个介词，作地点状语。Many trips，再结合后文的很多种经历，可知Marco游历的中国很多地方，表示遍及整个中国，介词throughout。‎ ‎5.【答案】instead【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】中国元代官方发行的纸币要比欧洲国家早400多年。根据前文所说coal used as fuel，很明显欧洲那时也没有coal，所以macro在中国看到的是和欧洲不一样的，纸币而不是硬币。Instead of 而不是。‎ ‎6.【答案】writing【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】上下文判断，后文的book和哪个动词搭配，很明显只有write，注意语法，spend后接动词，需要用动名词的形式。所以Writing。‎ ‎7.【答案】popular【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】先判断句子结构，空后是book，空前是the most，这里想要表示形容词的最高级，并且空处填的是多音节的形容词。联系后文，many people in Europe learned about life in China，很多人因为这本书开始了解中国，所以填popular。‎ Passage 19【2012年闵行区二模】‎ 细读首段，提到了电影《2012》中黄石公园里火山爆发的场景。‎ ‎1.【答案】real【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】前一段讲的是电影情节，这一段说的是现实生活中科学家的预言，所以他们所预言的黄石公园火山爆发和电影中的虚拟相对，是现实的，所以是real life。‎ ‎2.【答案】up【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】从前句或后句中的“has been rising”和“this rise”可以得出，这里要填的是岩浆表面上升了‎3英寸，所以是go的一个表示上升的词组，表示向上的介词是up。‎ ‎3.【答案】signs【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这一段一开始讲的是科学家预言黄石公园的火山很快会爆发，后面讲的是火山岩浆表面上升。然后这一句说“这种上升是火山即将爆发的几个主要s___之一。”很显然，科学家作出预言是需要根据需要征兆的，而这种上升正是一种迹象、征兆，所以填sign，以为前面是one of，所以复数signs。‎ ‎4.【答案】but【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这里填连词是不难得出的，因为逗号隔开的两个句子各自都是完整的。所以只要判断逻辑。前面说火山爆发不会摧毁整个世界，后面说它可以对附近的人造成巨大的损失，这明显是一个转折的关系，所以是but。‎ ‎5.【答案】lose 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句举了2010年冰岛火山爆发的实际例子，它导致800多人l____了他们的家。这里不用多想肯定是失去家园，所以是lose。‎ ‎6.【答案】considered/called【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】前面一句中有active这个词，然后接下来这句也出现了active，第二句其实是紧跟着第一句来的。第一句说的是世上有超过1500座活火山，接下来就说，一座火山在最近的一万年里爆发至少一次就被c____活的。就是说一万年里爆发一次其实就是个判断活火山的标准，所以空格填的是被认为或者被称作，所以是considered或者called。‎ ‎7.【答案】Three【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】这个空很简单，关键是冒号，冒号后面的内容是对冒号前的详细说明。冒号后是三种东西，所以这个空填three。‎ Passage 20【2012年杨浦区二模】‎ 细读首句，讲的是阿姆斯特丹这座城市被称作“自行车之城”的原因。‎ ‎1.【答案】allowed【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这一段要结合前后内容，我们从后文中看出，人们开始骑自行车是因为这群自行车迷把车子放在了公共场所，也就是说在这之前，公共场所是没有自行车的。回过头来看这个空，他们相信只要在城市中心自行车被a____，对每个人会更好。原先是没有自行车的，只要自行车被允许在市中心流通。所以是allowed。注意被动语态。‎ ‎2．【答案】short【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空填形容词毋庸置疑。任何人可以用自行车来完成一次s___的旅行。自行车完成旅行这种说法不是很常见，一般都是火车或者飞机。这里是为了突出自行车的作用，而自行车与火车、飞机的旅行相比下来最明显的不同点就是旅途的长短，自行车的旅途是很短的，所以是short。‎ ‎3.【答案】leave【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】当人们到达目的地后，他们可以把车l___在那里给别人用。通过句意理解，可以想到是留在那里，所以是leave。‎ ‎4.【答案】back【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这里要结合前一段的最后一句，说的是自行车因为小偷而没有很好地延续下去。第三段段首的一个词“however”表转折，肯定就是承接上面说的这个遗憾的情况的。这一段说的是白色自行车在四十年后b____，这次它带上了芯片。很明显，前面说自行车计划失败了，后面说带上芯片了后白色自行车又开始了，所以是回归。所以是back。‎ ‎5.【答案】record【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】r____填动词，因为跟在to后面作不定式，表目的，动词前面是电脑芯片，电脑芯片的目的是r____车的每一次行程，这样就能解决前面小偷的问题，这里结合常识，就知道这个芯片是为了追踪自行车的，所以记录它的行程，用record。‎ ‎6.【答案】another【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句话有个and，并列句，前半句说的是自行车被停在一个特定的地方，后半句说用它的人要把它带到a_____地方，那里要有充足空间。前面是一个地方，后面是用了之后，那肯定是去了另一个地方，所以是another。‎ ‎7.【答案】less【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这里填形容词不难推断。重点是because这一句，因为人们都开始用白色自行车，所以市中心的交通变l____。结合后面的“thanks to”，这里肯定是表达自行车带来了好的结果，所以交通一定是变得更简单更少。所以这里填less。‎ Passage 21【2013年静安区一模】‎ 首先细读首句，讲的是李明难以忘记他来英国时的生活。‎ ‎1.【答案】nothing【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ ‎【解析】首先注意到后面的at all，我们知道一个固定搭配not at all，这里缺了一个not，而前面没有not，所以所填的词必须有否定含义。再次，看句意，他在说这个汤的味道，但是味道怎么样，要从后面一句句子看出来。后一句说中国的菜很咸。所以前面英国的汤相对来说很淡，所以尝起来基本上没有什么味道。这两点结合下来，这个空填nothing。‎ ‎2．【答案】makes【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这句根据句意，盐可以使汤的味道变得更好，这里填一个使役动词，m开头的只有make。注意单数。‎ ‎3.【答案】surprised【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】我走的时候朋友的妈妈亲了我一下，这是个很突然地举动对我来说，而且是中国没有的，所以我当时的感受一定是很吃惊。所以是surprised。有同学填shy，这里填shy不能突出这件事情的突发性。‎ ‎4.【答案】Transport【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空只要看这段内容就可以。提到了自行车、公交车，还有如何坐公交，所以很简单，这段讲交通，填transport。‎ ‎5.【答案】because【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这句话很明显是个复合句。这真的让人很困惑b___公交不会像北京那样自己停下。很明显后半句是在解释“困惑”是什么，所以是原因状语从句。填because。‎ ‎6.【答案】presents【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这一段讲社交。举了一个送蛋糕的例子，讲中国和英国送蛋糕的意义区别。这句说在中国我们通常送别人蛋糕作为p___，无疑是礼物，presents。‎ ‎7.【答案】often【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这一空根据前文理解，我送蛋糕作为感谢礼明显送错了，这一句交代了原因，因为在英国蛋糕更o____在生日时赠送。平时不怎么送，所以这里想表达的是更多情况下生日时赠送，表示一个频率，所以是often。‎ Passage 22【2012年黄浦区一模】‎ 记叙文读首句，大概知道故事发生的地点和人物。由首句可知，发生在村子的警局附近，人物有我和警察。‎ ‎1.【答案】walked【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】第一空，三个并列句，所以填的词和前面的look，后面的held一样都是动词。至于是什么动词，看警察做这一系列动作的逻辑。别忘了还要看前面一句对警察的介绍，前面他站在警局外读东西。这一句他先是看我的车，然后w___进马路，然后举手让我停车。应该很明显了，举手让我停车的动作一定是在马路上做的，所以他是从旁走到马路中，所以是walk，注意时态，walked。‎ ‎2.【答案】almost【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】第二空填副词，这里同样联系上下文，请注意后面的“but”，这一句说我突然意识到警察已经知道我了，再往后有一句“I drove faster”。也就是我压根就没停车。回头看我a_____停车了，但突然……这里要填的词是肯定的意思，但是又不是真的停下车了，所以只能是“几乎，差不多”，即almost。‎ ‎3.【答案】stupid【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】第三空主要看后一句，他意识到偷车是s____的，它会帮助警察找到我。所以偷车是件愚蠢的事，所以是stupid。‎ ‎4.【答案】nothing【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】第四空填名词，因为在eat后面。主要看前一句了，我很饿了，我从早上到现在吃n____。这句句子看上去是个肯定句，但是我们从作者情感角度出发，他强调很饿，一定是说吃了很少东西或者没吃东西，所以这里填的词有否定作用，有否定作用的名词，想到nothing。‎ ‎5.【答案】side/small【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】第五空可以联系上下文，这里说我飞快地开车，一辆车从一条s___的路上出现。也就是说这条s___的路不是他自己在开的那条路，所以这条路一定是在他开车的路的旁边，所以我们应该想到是side，也有同学想到small，在这边也是对的。‎ ‎6.【答案】luck【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”& 固定搭配 ‎【解析】第六空，这里注意but表转折，我们看but的前后分别是什么，前面是他想试一试hit something soft beyond, 后面是车沉入河里了，所以他的设想没有实现。此处be out of考察学生对固定搭配的认知，解释为“没有”，所以他说自己没有好的l____，在没有把握的情况下做事情想成功最需要的是运气，good luck表好运。‎ ‎7.【答案】pleased【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】第七空作者的心情实际上是好的还是坏的？最后一句，他说这是个让车子消失的好方法，所以心情是积极的，more p____ than angry，比起生气来更p____，和angry相对的表示开心的，是pleased。‎ Passage 23【2013年松江区一模】‎ 细读首句，讲的是去年的“双十一”，网购。‎ ‎1.【答案】things【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ 这一句形象地描述了网购的流程，“坐在电脑前，点击鼠标然后你的t____将在几天内寄到你家”。很明显，寄到你家的是你买的东西，所以是things。‎ ‎2.【答案】service【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ Deliver是递送的意思，free deliver s____，免费的递送s____，不难想到这里是指免邮，免邮是网店提供的一种优惠服务，所以这里是service。‎ ‎3.【答案】cheaper【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ 在be动词后面，所以这个空是形容词，有much在前面，所以是形容词比较级。这里是一位顾客在说网购的好处，比如省时间，比如选择更多，那么作为常识，第一空就是省钱，因为网购通常更便宜，所以是cheaper。‎ ‎4.【答案】Another【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ 上一段讲了网购的三个好处。这一段第一句“big advantage”，讲的是帮助人们买到不同城市甚至不同国家的商品，所以相对于上一段的几个好处，这是另一个好处，所以是another。‎ ‎5.【答案】also【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ 句首有个while，表示同步，“当享受网购的时候，人们a____有一些困扰。”通过瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”，这里表示“也”，所以是also。‎ ‎6.【答案】attracted【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ 年轻的学生容易被网上广告a____并且买他们不需要的东西，通过瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”，这里是被广告吸引，所以是attracted，注意被动语态。‎ ‎7.【答案】wastes【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--逻辑”‎ 网购w___中学生的时间，这里通过瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”，是浪费时间，所以是wastes。‎ Passage 24【2012年普陀区二模】‎ 首先细读首句，讲的是一个过去很喜欢上网的女孩子。‎ ‎1.【答案】awful【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ 跟在something后面，所以是一个修饰something且后置的形容词。至于是什么形容词，通过后文，得知她被一个网友骗钱了，这件事彻底改变了她的网络观，这件事对她的打击很大，所以是件很可怕很糟糕的事情，所以是awful。‎ ‎2.【答案】singers【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--逻辑”‎ Wendy最喜欢做的事情就是去音乐网站上聊天，别人也都喜欢在那里聊最新的演唱会和著名的s___最近会做什么。这里很明显是在聊明星，因为前面说了是音乐网站，所以这里的明星是歌手，singers。‎ ‎3.【答案】enjoyed【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”&“语法”‎ 这里要填谓语，且后面紧跟着的是talking，即这个谓语是一个后跟doing的动词，通过后文，看出她和这个网友志趣相投，所以这里是她很喜欢很享受和她聊天。所以是enjoyed。‎ ‎4.【答案】similar【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ 紧跟在looked后面，这个空不是副词就是形容词。如果是副词，就是修饰look to，但是句意不通顺，所以是形容词跟在look这个系动词后面。前面说，她们俩喜欢相同的音乐，相同的服饰，相同的电影，相同的担忧。然后Anne发了一张她的照片，她甚至看上去s____Wendy。“even”就是承接前面一连串的“same”的，她们有一大堆东西一样，现在看了照片后发现，甚至长得都差不多。所以是similar。‎ ‎5.【答案】pretended【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ 真相大白了，这个骗子不是真的和Wendy志同道合，他喜欢Wendy喜欢的东西这些行为都是装出来的，所以是pretended。‎ ‎6.【答案】however【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--逻辑”‎ 前一句说骗子被逮捕了，Wendy拿回了她的钱。后面一句说很多人没有这么幸运，这两句是相反的情况，所以是转折关系，所以填however。‎ ‎7.【答案】Never【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联--逻辑”‎ 这个句子有个逗号，有个and，所以是个并列句，所以前后句子结构一样，后面一句是祈使句，所以前一句也是。“当网聊时N____给出你的个人信息。”很明显，这里是要告诫人们不要透露个人信息，所以这里是Never。句子开头所以大写。‎ Passage 25【2012静安一模】‎ 细读首段，这篇文章讲的是拥有好的记忆力。‎ ‎1.【答案】minutes 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“固定搭配”‎ ‎【解析】“Spend a few m______on”，我们知道和spend搭配的多半是时间和金钱，在这句中的后面有个“keep in mind”，结合文章主题“记忆力”，所以说的是记住东西的时间的多少，所以填minutes。 ‎ ‎2.【答案】really 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句话的主语是用了一个定语从句，从句说的是“被说成是记忆力差的人”，再看后一句，“他们只是不花时间去关注细节”。所以这些人不是真的有记忆问题。所以填really。 ‎ ‎3.【答案】practise 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】句首一个词“exercise”其实暗示了这个空格填什么，根据句意，你可以做的一个小练习是p____记忆一连串东西。既然是练习，所以记忆一连串东西是需要反复操练的，所以是practise。 ‎ ‎4.【答案】games 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句句子里推荐了更多的几种锻炼记忆力的活动。第一个是猜谜，第三种是学一种新的语言，第二种是Word g____，这个我们学生可能不是很熟悉，如果玩过的话可能知道，是一种填词游戏，国外很popular的一种游戏，所以是Word games。 ‎ ‎5.【答案】tired 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—词义复现”‎ ‎【解析】看这个空的后面半句和后一句。当你t_____，也许你的注意力会不那么集中。找到方法释放压力，那么你的大脑会变得更清醒并且随时会有新的i_____。“释放压力”，也就是说当你压力大的时候大脑就会不太好使，所以前面这个词是压力大的，劳累的，tired。 ‎ ‎6.【答案】idea/information 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】紧接着上一个空的讲解，当你压力释放了之后，大脑会很清醒，而且会随时有新的i_____。我们知道当大脑轻松的时候是思维最活跃的时候，容易迸发出新的想法、新的信息，不像劳累的时候，大脑像一潭死水。所以这里是随时有新的ideas/information。 ‎ ‎7.【答案】repair或者reduce 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】关键词是该空后面的damage。根据句意，你需要足够的睡眠时间来使你的脑细胞r___工作带来的损伤。睡眠是好的，所以这个动词肯定是一件好事，然后与损伤联系在一起，只有修复损伤或者减少损伤。所以是repair或者reduce。‎ Passage 26【2012普陀一模】‎ 首先细读首句，这篇文章讲的是人类的好朋友——狗。‎ ‎1.【答案】obey 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】狗是忠诚的，有趣的并且有爱的。它们几乎从不抱怨而且一直o____它们的主人。不抱怨、忠诚，所以自然是遵从自己的主人了，所以填obey。‎ ‎2.【答案】alone【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】句子中有一个关键词than，表示对比，所以看对比的前半部分是那些有狗陪伴的人，对比后半部分是live a___的人，前者比后者更快乐和健康。所以很明显，前者是有陪伴的，后者相对的就是没有陪伴的，即一个人的，所以是alone。 ‎ ‎3.【答案】provide 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】这句句子有个关键的结构“not only but also”，这个结构所连接的两部分是并列的，所以not only后面是offer情感支持，but also 后面是p____帮助，offer是给予，后面当然也是同类词，给予帮助，所以p开头的只有provide。 ‎ ‎4.【答案】Behind 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ ‎【解析】这个句子其实是个there be句型，只是把there is 放在了句子后面，所以如果我们放回来就是there is a story b_____every dog lover。很明显“b_____every dog lover”作的是状语，且there be 句型强调某地有某物，所以状语是地点状语。所以这里需要一个表地点方位的介词，根据句意，每个“every dog lover”的背后都有一个故事，所以是behind。 ‎ ‎5.【答案】relationship 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个空的关键一个是后面的between，一个是后文理解。首先，他研究的是狗和人类之间的r____（注意between，表示两者之间），其次，根据后文，他采访了很多人，他们都说他们对狗的依赖甚至超过了亲人，所以他所研究的是狗和人之间的关系。Relationship。 ‎ ‎6.【答案】Everyone或everybody 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ ‎【解析】前文说他采访了很多人，然后E____wants to talk about their dogs。这里注意wants，用了第三人称单数，所以主语是个表示单数的名词，再看后面their，表示很多人，所以主语又可以表示很多人，加上前后文联系，这个主语指代的就是他采访的那些人，所以不难想到这个词是everybody或者everyone。 ‎ ‎7.【答案】deeper 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】这个空首先确定是填形容词，因为在was后面，且用来修饰sadness，sadness本身是一种情绪了，所以修饰的话就是修饰它的程度，d开头的无非就是深深的难过，即deep，然后看到much要想到这个词填的是比较级，所以是deeper。 ‎ Passage 27【2011闵行一模】‎ 首先细读首句，文章讲的是主人公经历的一场火灾。‎ ‎1.【答案】shouted 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这个句子是一连串动作，形象地写出主人公当时的真实反应。Jumped out of bed，opened the door ‎ and s_____out into the passage。所以这个空肯定和前面两个一样，是一个动词过去式。且通过细读首句也会发现“Fire ！Fire ！”这就是惊呼，所以此处shouted out表示惊呼、尖叫，对应前文。‎ ‎2.【答案】thicker 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ ‎【解析】第一段最后有一句“It was full of thick smoke”。所以这里不难想到，也是说烟的，肯定是thick，但是原先已经有很浓的烟了，这里用grew要表达的一种变化趋势，所以是变得更浓了，所以用比较级，thicker。‎ ‎3.【答案】like【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这里说他手里的东西l_____一捆衣服，根据后文我们知道这个东西其实是个孩子。所以这里是好像一捆衣服，所以是like。‎ ‎4.【答案】terribly 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”&“语法”‎ ‎【解析】首先这个空填的是一个副词，句子去掉这个空是完整的，所以这里是个副词，修饰burned，火都烧到我的脚底了，这种情况肯定是很严重很糟糕的，所以形容烧得严重或者糟糕，有个t开头的词最适合，terribly。‎ ‎5.【答案】surprise 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—情感”‎ ‎【解析】前一句说我手里的“衣服”突然间发出了哭声，这时候我肯定是吓了一跳，所以我几乎把它掉在地上。所以这个空表达的是我的吃惊，in my surprise。 ‎ ‎6.【答案】arms 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联”‎ ‎【解析】这句话说这个女人拿走冒烟的包裹out of my a_____，根据前文，这个包裹就是我手里一直拿着的“衣服”，所以是从我的手里，即手臂里拿走，填arms，注意抱着的时候是用两条手臂抱的，所以复数。 ‎ ‎7.【答案】saved 【秘籍】瞻前顾后之“上下文关联—逻辑”‎ ‎【解析】文章到最后作者及读者才知道，原来这个包裹不是衣服，而是一个婴儿。所以我已经s___了她的宝宝，我是个英雄。我把婴儿带出火场，所以大家误以为我救了这个孩子，所以这里是saved。‎ ‎（打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记 打印标记）‎